Postgres95 1.01 Distribution - Virgin Sources

src/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Makefile.inc--
+#    Build and install postgres.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+#
+#
+# IDENTIFICATION
+#    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/Makefile,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:07 scrappy Exp $
+#
+# NOTES
+#	objdir	- location of the objects and generated files (eg. obj)
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SUBDIR= backend libpq bin
+
+FIND = find
+# assuming gnu tar and split here
+TAR  = tar
+SPLIT = split
+
+ETAGS = etags
+XARGS = xargs
+
+ifeq ($(USE_TCL), true)
+SUBDIR += libpgtcl
+endif
+
+include mk/postgres.subdir.mk
+
+TAGS:
+	rm -f TAGS; \
+	for i in backend libpq bin; do \
+	  $(FIND) $$i -name '*.[chyl]' -print | $(XARGS) $(ETAGS) -a ; \
+	done
+
+# target to generate a backup tar file and split files that can be 
+# saved to 1.44M floppy
+BACKUP:
+	rm -f BACKUP.filelist BACKUP.tgz; \
+	$(FIND) . -not -path '*obj/*' -not -path '*data/*' -type f -print > BACKUP.filelist; \
+	$(TAR) --files-from BACKUP.filelist -c -z -v -f BACKUP.tgz
+	$(SPLIT) --bytes=1400k BACKUP.tgz pgBACKUP.	
+
+.PHONY: TAGS
+.PHONY: BACKUP

src/Makefile.global

@@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Makefile.global--
+#    global configuration for the Makefiles
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+#
+#
+# IDENTIFICATION
+#    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/Attic/Makefile.global,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:07 scrappy Exp $
+#
+# NOTES
+#    This is seen by any Makefiles that include mk/postgres.mk. To
+#    override the default setting, create a Makefile.custom in this
+#    directory and put your defines there. (Makefile.custom is included
+#    at the end of this file.)
+#
+#    If you change any of these defines you probably have to 
+#	gmake clean; gmake
+#    since no dependecies are created for these. (of course you can 
+#    be crafty and check what files really depend on them and just remake
+#    those).
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+##############################################################################
+#
+# CONFIGURATION SECTION
+#
+# Following are settings pertaining to the postgres build and 
+# installation.  The most important one is obviously the name 
+# of the port.
+
+#  The name of the port.  Valid choices are:
+#	alpha		-	DEC Alpha AXP on OSF/1 2.0
+#	hpux		-	HP PA-RISC on HP-UX 9.0
+#	sparc_solaris	-	SUN SPARC on Solaris 2.4
+#	sparc		-	SUN SPARC on SunOS 4.1.3
+#	ultrix4		-	DEC MIPS on Ultrix 4.4
+#	linux		-	Intel x86 on Linux 1.2 and Linux ELF
+#				(For non-ELF Linux, you need to comment out 
+#				"LINUX_ELF=1" in src/mk/port/postgres.mk.linux)
+#	BSD44_derived	-	OSs derived from 4.4-lite BSD (NetBSD, FreeBSD)
+#       bsdi            -       BSD/OS 2.0 and 2.01
+#	aix		-	IBM on AIX 3.2.5
+#	irix5		-	SGI MIPS on IRIX 5.3
+#  Some hooks are provided for
+#	svr4		-	Intel x86 on Intel SVR4
+#	next		-	Motorola MC68K or Intel x86 on NeXTSTEP 3.2
+#  but these are guaranteed not to work as of yet.
+#
+#  XXX	Note that you MUST set PORTNAME here (or on the command line) so 
+#	that port-dependent variables are correctly set within this file.
+#	Makefile.custom does not take effect (for ifeq purposes) 
+#	until after this file is processed!
+#  make sure that you have no whitespaces after the PORTNAME setting
+#  or the makefiles can get confused
+PORTNAME=	alpha
+
+# POSTGRESLOGIN is the login name of the user who gets special
+# privileges within the database.  By default it is "postgres", but
+# you can change it to any existing login name (such as your own 
+# login if you are compiling a private version or don't have root
+# access).
+POSTGRESLOGIN=	postgres
+
+# For convenience, POSTGRESDIR is where DATADIR, BINDIR, and LIBDIR 
+# and other target destinations are rooted.  Of course, each of these is 
+# changable separately.
+POSTGRESDIR=	/private/postgres95
+
+# SRCDIR specifies where the source files are.
+SRCDIR=		$(POSTGRESDIR)/src
+
+# DATADIR specifies where the postmaster expects to find its database.
+# This may be overridden by command line options or the PGDATA environment
+# variable.
+DATADIR=	$(POSTGRESDIR)/data
+
+# Where the postgres executables live (changeable by just putting them
+# somewhere else and putting that directory in your shell PATH)
+BINDIR=		$(POSTGRESDIR)/bin
+
+# Where libpq.a gets installed.  You must put it where your loader will
+# look for it if you wish to use the -lpq convention.  Otherwise you
+# can just put the absolute pathname to the library at the end of your
+# command line.
+LIBDIR=		$(POSTGRESDIR)/lib
+
+# This is the directory where IPC utilities ipcs and ipcrm are located
+#
+IPCSDIR=	/usr/bin
+
+# Where the man pages (suitable for use with "man") get installed.
+POSTMANDIR=	$(POSTGRESDIR)/man
+
+# Where the formatted documents (e.g., the reference manual) get installed.
+POSTDOCDIR=	$(POSTGRESDIR)/doc
+
+# Where the header files necessary to build frontend programs get installed.
+HEADERDIR=	$(POSTGRESDIR)/include
+
+# NAMEDATALEN is the max length for system identifiers (e.g. table names, 
+# attribute names, function names, etc.)  
+#
+# These MUST be set here.  DO NOT COMMENT THESE OUT
+# Setting these too high will result in excess space usage for system catalogs
+# Setting them too low will make the system unusable.
+# values between 16 and 64 that are multiples of four are recommended.
+#
+# NOTE also that databases with different NAMEDATALEN's cannot interoperate!
+#
+NAMEDATALEN = 32
+# OIDNAMELEN should be set to NAMEDATALEN + sizeof(Oid)
+OIDNAMELEN = 36
+
+CFLAGS+= -DNAMEDATALEN=$(NAMEDATALEN) -DOIDNAMELEN=$(OIDNAMELEN)
+
+##############################################################################
+#
+# FEATURES 
+#
+# To disable a feature, comment out the entire definition
+# (that is, prepend '#', don't set it to "0" or "no").
+
+# Comment out ENFORCE_ALIGNMENT if you do NOT want unaligned access to
+# multi-byte types to generate a bus error.
+ENFORCE_ALIGNMENT= true
+
+# Comment out CDEBUG to turn off debugging and sanity-checking.
+#
+#	XXX on MIPS, use -g3 if you want to compile with -O
+CDEBUG= -g
+
+# turn this on if you prefer European style dates instead of American
+# style dates
+# EUROPEAN_DATES = 1
+
+# Comment out PROFILE to disable profiling.
+#
+#	XXX define on MIPS if you want to be able to use pixie.
+#	    note that this disables dynamic loading!
+#PROFILE= -p -non_shared
+
+# About the use of readline in psql:
+#    psql does not require the GNU readline and history libraries. Hence, we
+#    do not compile with them by default. However, there are hooks in the
+#    program which supports the use of GNU readline and history. Should you
+#    decide to use them, change USE_READLINE to true and change READLINE_INCDIR
+#    and READLINE_LIBDIR to reflect the location of the readline and histroy
+#    headers and libraries.
+#
+#USE_READLINE= true
+
+# directories for the readline and history libraries.
+READLINE_INCDIR=  /usr/local/include
+HISTORY_INCDIR=   /usr/local/include
+READLINE_LIBDIR=  /usr/local/lib
+HISTORY_LIBDIR=   /usr/local/lib
+
+# If you do not plan to use Host based authentication,
+# comment out the following line
+HBA = 1
+ 
+ifdef HBA
+HBAFLAGS= -DHBA
+endif
+
+
+
+# If you plan to use Kerberos for authentication...
+#
+# Comment out KRBVERS if you do not use Kerberos.
+# 	Set KRBVERS to "4" for Kerberos v4, "5" for Kerberos v5.
+#	XXX Edit the default Kerberos variables below!
+#
+#KRBVERS=	5
+
+
+# Globally pass Kerberos file locations.
+#	these are used in the postmaster and all libpq applications.
+#
+#	Adjust KRBINCS and KRBLIBS to reflect where you have Kerberos
+#		include files and libraries installed.
+#	PG_KRB_SRVNAM is the name under which POSTGRES is registered in
+#		the Kerberos database (KDC).
+#	PG_KRB_SRVTAB is the location of the server's keytab file.
+#
+ifdef KRBVERS
+KRBINCS= -I/usr/athena/include
+KRBLIBS= -L/usr/athena/lib
+KRBFLAGS+= $(KRBINCS) -DPG_KRB_SRVNAM='"postgres_dbms"'
+   ifeq ($(KRBVERS), 4)
+KRBFLAGS+= -DKRB4
+KRBFLAGS+= -DPG_KRB_SRVTAB='"/etc/srvtab"'
+KRBLIBS+= -lkrb -ldes
+   else
+   ifeq ($(KRBVERS), 5)
+KRBFLAGS+= -DKRB5
+KRBFLAGS+= -DPG_KRB_SRVTAB='"FILE:/krb5/srvtab.postgres"'
+KRBLIBS+= -lkrb5 -lcrypto -lcom_err -lisode
+   endif
+   endif
+endif
+
+#
+# location of Tcl/Tk headers and libraries
+#
+# Uncomment this to build the tcl utilities.
+USE_TCL= true
+# customize these to your site's needs
+#
+TCL_INCDIR= /usr/local/devel/tcl7.4/include
+TCL_LIBDIR= /usr/local/devel/tcl7.4/lib
+TCL_LIB = -ltcl7.4
+TK_INCDIR=  /usr/local/devel/tk4.0/include
+TK_LIBDIR=  /usr/local/devel/tk4.0/lib
+TK_LIB = -ltk4.0
+
+#
+# include port specific rules and variables. For instance:
+#
+# signal(2) handling - this is here because it affects some of 
+# the frontend commands as well as the backend server.
+#
+# Ultrix and SunOS provide BSD signal(2) semantics by default.
+#
+# SVID2 and POSIX signal(2) semantics differ from BSD signal(2) 
+# semantics.  We can use the POSIX sigaction(2) on systems that
+# allow us to request restartable signals (SA_RESTART).
+#
+# Some systems don't allow restartable signals at all unless we 
+# link to a special BSD library.
+#
+# We devoutly hope that there aren't any systems that provide
+# neither POSIX signals nor BSD signals.  The alternative 
+# is to do signal-handler reinstallation, which doesn't work well 
+# at all.
+#
+-include $(MKDIR)/port/postgres.mk.$(PORTNAME)
+
+##############################################################################
+#
+# Flags for CC and LD. (depend on CDEBUG and PROFILE)
+#
+
+# Globally pass debugging/optimization/profiling flags based
+# on the options selected above.
+ifdef CDEBUG
+   CFLAGS+= $(CDEBUG)
+   LDFLAGS+= $(CDEBUG)
+else
+   ifndef CFLAGS_OPT
+      CFLAGS_OPT= -O
+   endif
+   CFLAGS+= $(CFLAGS_OPT)
+#
+# Uncommenting this will make things go a LOT faster, but you will
+# also lose a lot of useful error-checking.
+#
+   CFLAGS+= -DNO_ASSERT_CHECKING
+endif
+
+ifdef PROFILE
+CFLAGS+= $(PROFILE)
+LDFLAGS+= $(PROFILE)
+endif
+
+# Globally pass PORTNAME
+CFLAGS+= -DPORTNAME_$(PORTNAME)
+
+# Globally pass the default TCP port for postmaster(1).
+CFLAGS+= -DPOSTPORT='"5432"'
+
+# include flags from mk/port/postgres.mk.$(PORTNAME)
+CFLAGS+= $(CFLAGS_BE)
+LDADD+= $(LDADD_BE)
+LDFLAGS+= $(LDFLAGS_BE)
+
+
+##############################################################################
+#
+# Miscellaneous configuration
+#
+
+# This is the time, in seconds, at which a given backend server
+# will wait on a lock before deciding to abort the transaction
+# (this is what we do in lieu of deadlock detection).
+#
+# Low numbers are not recommended as they will tend to cause
+# false aborts if many transactions are long-lived.
+CFLAGS+= -DDEADLOCK_TIMEOUT=60
+
+srcdir=		$(SRCDIR)
+includedir=	$(HEADERDIR)
+objdir=		obj
+
+
+##############################################################################
+#
+# Customization.
+#
+-include $(MKDIR)/../Makefile.custom
+
+

src/backend/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Makefile--
+#    Makefile for the postgres backend (and the postmaster)
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+#
+#
+# IDENTIFICATION
+#    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/Makefile,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:08 scrappy Exp $
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#
+# The following turns on intermediate linking of partial objects to speed
+# the link cycle during development. (To turn this off, put "BIGOBJS=false"
+# in your custom makefile, ../Makefile.custom.)
+BIGOBJS= true
+
+
+PROG=	postgres
+
+MKDIR=	../mk
+include $(MKDIR)/postgres.mk
+
+
+include $(CURDIR)/access/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/bootstrap/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/catalog/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/commands/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/executor/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/include/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/lib/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/libpq/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/main/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/nodes/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/optimizer/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/parser/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/port/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/postmaster/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/regex/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/rewrite/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/storage/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/tcop/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/tioga/Makefile.inc
+include $(CURDIR)/utils/Makefile.inc
+
+SRCS:=	${SRCS_ACCESS} ${SRCS_BOOTSTRAP} $(SRCS_CATALOG) ${SRCS_COMMANDS} \
+	${SRCS_EXECUTOR} $(SRCS_LIB) $(SRCS_LIBPQ) ${SRCS_MAIN} \
+	${SRCS_NODES} ${SRCS_OPTIMIZER} ${SRCS_PARSER} ${SRCS_PORT} \
+	$(SRCS_POSTMASTER) ${SRCS_REGEX} ${SRCS_REWRITE} ${SRCS_STORAGE} \
+	${SRCS_TCOP} ${SRCS_UTILS} 
+
+ifeq ($(BIGOBJS), true)
+OBJS= ACCESS.o BOOTSTRAP.o COMMANDS.o EXECUTOR.o MAIN.o MISC.o NODES.o \
+	PARSER.o OPTIMIZER.o REGEX.o REWRITE.o STORAGE.o TCOP.o UTILS.o
+CLEANFILES+= $(subst .s,.o,$(SRCS:.c=.o)) $(OBJS)
+else
+OBJS:= $(subst .s,.o,$(SRCS:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o))
+CLEANFILES+= $(notdir $(OBJS))
+endif
+
+#############################################################################
+#
+# TIOGA stuff
+#
+ifdef TIOGA
+SRCS+= $(SRCS_TIOGA) 
+   ifeq ($(BIGOBJS), true)
+TIOGA.o: 	$(SRCS_TIOGA:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+	$(make_partial)
+OBJS+= TIOGA.o
+CLEANFILES+= $(SRCS_TIOGA:%.c=%.o) TIOGA.o
+   else
+OBJS+= $(SRCS_TIOGA:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+   endif
+endif
+
+
+#############################################################################
+#
+# Compiling the postgres backend.
+#
+CFLAGS+=  -DPOSTGRESDIR='"$(POSTGRESDIR)"' \
+	-DPGDATADIR='"$(DATADIR)"' \
+	-I$(CURDIR)/. -I$(CURDIR)/$(objdir) \
+	-I$(CURDIR)/include \
+	-I$(CURDIR)/port/$(PORTNAME)
+
+# turn this on if you prefer European style dates instead of American
+# style dates
+ifdef EUROPEAN_DATES
+CFLAGS += -DEUROPEAN_STYLE
+endif
+
+# kerberos flags
+ifdef KRBVERS
+CFLAGS+= $(KRBFLAGS)
+LDADD+= $(KRBLIBS)
+endif
+
+# host based access flags
+ifdef HBA
+CFLAGS+= $(HBAFLAGS)
+endif
+ 
+
+
+#
+# All systems except NEXTSTEP require the math library.
+# Loader flags for system-dependent libraries are appended in
+#	src/backend/port/$(PORTNAME)/Makefile.inc
+#
+ifneq ($(PORTNAME), next)
+LDADD+=	-lm
+endif
+
+# statically link in libc for linux
+ifeq ($(PORTNAME), linux)
+LDADD+= -lc
+endif
+
+postgres: $(POSTGRES_DEPEND) $(OBJS) $(EXPORTS)
+	$(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $(objdir)/$(@F) $(addprefix $(objdir)/,$(notdir $(OBJS))) $(LDADD)
+
+# Make this target first if you are doing a parallel make.
+# The targets in 'first' need to be made sequentially because of dependencies.
+# Then, you can make 'all' with parallelism turned on.
+first: $(POSTGRES_DEPEND)
+
+
+#############################################################################
+#
+# Partial objects for platforms with slow linkers.
+#
+ifeq ($(BIGOBJS), true)
+
+OBJS_ACCESS:=	   $(SRCS_ACCESS:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_BOOTSTRAP:=   $(SRCS_BOOTSTRAP:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_CATALOG:=	   $(SRCS_CATALOG:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_COMMANDS:=	   $(SRCS_COMMANDS:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_EXECUTOR:=	   $(SRCS_EXECUTOR:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_MAIN:=	   $(SRCS_MAIN:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_POSTMASTER:=  $(SRCS_POSTMASTER:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_LIB:=	   $(SRCS_LIB:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_LIBPQ:=	   $(SRCS_LIBPQ:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_PORT:=	   $(addprefix $(objdir)/,$(subst .s,.o,$(SRCS_PORT:.c=.o)))
+OBJS_NODES:=	   $(SRCS_NODES:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_PARSER:=	   $(SRCS_PARSER:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_OPTIMIZER:=   $(SRCS_OPTIMIZER:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_REGEX:=	   $(SRCS_REGEX:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_REWRITE:=	   $(SRCS_REWRITE:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_STORAGE:=	   $(SRCS_STORAGE:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_TCOP:=	   $(SRCS_TCOP:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+OBJS_UTILS:=	   $(SRCS_UTILS:%.c=$(objdir)/%.o)
+
+ACCESS.o:	$(OBJS_ACCESS)
+	$(make_partial)
+BOOTSTRAP.o:	$(OBJS_BOOTSTRAP)
+	$(make_partial)
+COMMANDS.o:	$(OBJS_COMMANDS)
+	$(make_partial)
+EXECUTOR.o:	$(OBJS_EXECUTOR)
+	$(make_partial)
+MAIN.o:		$(OBJS_MAIN) $(OBJS_POSTMASTER)
+	$(make_partial)
+MISC.o:		$(OBJS_CATALOG) $(OBJS_LIB) $(OBJS_LIBPQ) $(OBJS_PORT)
+	$(make_partial)
+NODES.o:	$(OBJS_NODES)
+	$(make_partial)
+PARSER.o:	$(OBJS_PARSER)
+	$(make_partial)
+OPTIMIZER.o:	$(OBJS_OPTIMIZER)
+	$(make_partial)
+REGEX.o:	$(OBJS_REGEX)
+	$(make_partial)
+REWRITE.o:	$(OBJS_REWRITE)
+	$(make_partial)
+STORAGE.o:	$(OBJS_STORAGE)
+	$(make_partial)
+TCOP.o:		$(OBJS_TCOP)
+	$(make_partial)
+UTILS.o:	$(OBJS_UTILS)
+	$(make_partial)
+endif
+
+#############################################################################
+#
+# Installation.
+#
+# Install the bki files to the data directory.  We also copy a version
+# of them that has "PGUID" intact, so one can change the value of the
+# postgres userid before running initdb in the case of customizing the
+# binary release (i.e., fixing up PGUID w/o recompiling the system).
+# Those files are copied out as foo.source.  The program newbki(1) can
+# be run later to reset the postgres login id (but it must be run before
+# initdb is run, or after clearing the data directory with
+# cleardbdir(1)). [newbki distributed with v4r2 but not with Postgres95.]
+#
+
+# 	NAMEDATALEN=`egrep "^#define NAMEDATALEN" $(CURDIR)/include/postgres.h | awk '{print $$3}'`; \
+# 	OIDNAMELEN=`egrep "^#define OIDNAMELEN" $(CURDIR)/include/postgres.h | awk '{print $$3}'`; \
+
+install: beforeinstall pg_id $(BKIFILES) postgres
+	$(INSTALL) $(INSTL_EXE_OPTS) $(objdir)/postgres $(DESTDIR)$(BINDIR)/postgres
+	@rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(BINDIR)/postmaster
+	cd $(DESTDIR)$(BINDIR); ln -s postgres postmaster
+	@cd $(objdir); \
+	PG_UID=`./pg_id $(POSTGRESLOGIN)`; \
+	POSTGRESLOGIN=$(POSTGRESLOGIN);\
+ 	echo "NAMEDATALEN = $(NAMEDATALEN)"; \
+ 	echo "OIDNAMELEN = $(OIDNAMELEN)"; \
+	case $$PG_UID in "NOUSER") \
+		echo "Warning: no account named $(POSTGRESLOGIN), using yours";\
+		POSTGRESLOGIN=`whoami`; \
+		PG_UID=`./pg_id`;; \
+	esac ;\
+	for bki in $(BKIFILES); do \
+		sed \
+		    -e "s/postgres PGUID/$$POSTGRESLOGIN $$PG_UID/" \
+		    -e "s/NAMEDATALEN/$(NAMEDATALEN)/g" \
+		    -e "s/OIDNAMELEN/$(OIDNAMELEN)/g" \
+		    -e "s/PGUID/$$PG_UID/" \
+		    < $$bki > $$bki.sed ; \
+		echo "Installing $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/files/$$bki."; \
+		$(INSTALL) $(INSTLOPTS) \
+		    $$bki.sed $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/files/$$bki; \
+		rm -f $$bki.sed; \
+		echo "Installing $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/files/$$bki.source."; \
+		$(INSTALL) $(INSTLOPTS) \
+		    $$bki $(DESTDIR)$(DATADIR)/files/$$bki.source; \
+	done;
+	@echo "Installing $(DATADIR)/pg_hba";
+	@cp $(srcdir)/libpq/pg_hba $(DATADIR)
+	@chmod 644 $(DATADIR)/pg_hba
+
+
+# so we can get the UID of the postgres owner (w/o moving pg_id to
+# src/tools). We just want the vanilla LDFLAGS for pg_id
+IDLDFLAGS:= $(LDFLAGS)
+ifeq ($(PORTNAME), hpux)
+ifeq ($(CC), cc)
+IDLDFLAGS+= -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE
+endif
+endif
+pg_id:	$(srcdir)/bin/pg_id/pg_id.c
+	$(CC) $(IDLDFLAGS) -o $(objdir)/$(@F) $<
+
+CLEANFILES+= pg_id postgres
+
+
+#############################################################################
+#
+# Support for code development.
+#
+
+#
+# Build the file, "./ID", used by the "gid" (grep-for-identifier) tool
+#
+IDFILE=	ID
+.PHONY: $(IDFILE)
+$(IDFILE):
+	$(CURDIR)/makeID $(PORTNAME)
+
+#
+# Special rule to generate cpp'd version of a .c file.  This is
+# especially useful given all the hellish macro processing going on.
+# The cpp'd version has a .C suffix.  To create foo.C from foo.c, just
+# type
+#	bmake foo.C
+#
+%.cpp:	%.c
+	$(CC) -E $(CFLAGS) $(<:.C=.c) | cat -s | cb | tr -s '\012*' '\012' > $(objdir)/$(@F)
+
+cppall: $(SRCS:.c=.cpp)
+
+#
+# To use Purify (SunOS only), define PURIFY to be the path (and
+# options) with which to invoke the Purify loader.  Only the executable
+# needs to be loaded with Purify.
+#
+# PURIFY = /usr/sww/bin/purify -cache-dir=/usr/local/postgres/src/backend/purify-cache
+#.if defined(PURIFY)
+#${PROG}: $(POSTGRES_DEPEND) $(OBJS) $(EXPORTS)
+#	${PURIFY} ${CC} ${LDFLAGS} -o $(objdir)/$(@F) $(addprefix $(objdir)/,$(notdir $(OBJS))) $(LDADD)
+#
+#CLEANFILES+= .purify* .pure .lock.*.o *_pure_*.o *.pure_*link*
+#.endif
+

src/backend/access/Makefile.inc

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Makefile.inc--
+#    Makefile for the access methods module
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+#
+#
+# IDENTIFICATION
+#    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/Attic/Makefile.inc,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:08 scrappy Exp $
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+accdir=$(CURDIR)/access
+VPATH:=$(VPATH):$(accdir):\
+	$(accdir)/common:$(accdir)/hash:$(accdir)/heap:$(accdir)/index:\
+	$(accdir)/rtree:$(accdir)/nbtree:$(accdir)/transam
+
+
+SUBSRCS=
+include $(accdir)/common/Makefile.inc
+include $(accdir)/hash/Makefile.inc
+include $(accdir)/heap/Makefile.inc
+include $(accdir)/index/Makefile.inc
+include $(accdir)/rtree/Makefile.inc
+include $(accdir)/nbtree/Makefile.inc
+include $(accdir)/transam/Makefile.inc
+SRCS_ACCESS:= $(SUBSRCS)
+
+HEADERS+= attnum.h funcindex.h genam.h hash.h \
+	heapam.h hio.h htup.h ibit.h iqual.h istrat.h \
+	itup.h nbtree.h printtup.h relscan.h rtree.h \
+	sdir.h skey.h strat.h transam.h tupdesc.h tupmacs.h \
+	valid.h xact.h
+

src/backend/access/attnum.h

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * attnum.h--
+ *    POSTGRES attribute number definitions.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: attnum.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:08 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef	ATTNUM_H
+#define ATTNUM_H
+
+#include "c.h"
+
+/*
+ * user defined attribute numbers start at 1.	-ay 2/95
+ */
+typedef int16		AttrNumber;
+
+#define InvalidAttrNumber	0
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	support macros
+ * ----------------
+ */
+/*
+ * AttributeNumberIsValid --
+ *	True iff the attribute number is valid.
+ */
+#define AttributeNumberIsValid(attributeNumber) \
+    ((bool) ((attributeNumber) != InvalidAttrNumber))
+
+/*
+ * AttrNumberIsForUserDefinedAttr --
+ *	True iff the attribute number corresponds to an user defined attribute.
+ */
+#define AttrNumberIsForUserDefinedAttr(attributeNumber) \
+    ((bool) ((attributeNumber) > 0))
+
+/*
+ * AttrNumberGetAttrOffset --
+ *	Returns the attribute offset for an attribute number.
+ *
+ * Note:
+ *	Assumes the attribute number is for an user defined attribute.
+ */
+#define AttrNumberGetAttrOffset(attNum) \
+     (AssertMacro(AttrNumberIsForUserDefinedAttr(attNum)) ? \
+      ((attNum - 1)) : 0)
+
+/*
+ * AttributeOffsetGetAttributeNumber --
+ *	Returns the attribute number for an attribute offset.
+ */
+#define AttrOffsetGetAttrNumber(attributeOffset) \
+     ((AttrNumber) (1 + attributeOffset))
+
+#endif /* ATTNUM_H */

src/backend/access/common/Makefile.inc

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Makefile.inc--
+#    Makefile for access/common
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+#
+#
+# IDENTIFICATION
+#    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/Attic/Makefile.inc,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:09 scrappy Exp $
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SUBSRCS+= heaptuple.c heapvalid.c indextuple.c indexvalid.c printtup.c \
+	scankey.c tupdesc.c
+

src/backend/access/common/heapvalid.c

@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * heapvalid.c--
+ *    heap tuple qualification validity checking code
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/Attic/heapvalid.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:09 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "c.h"
+
+#include "access/htup.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "utils/tqual.h"
+#include "access/valid.h"	/* where the declarations go */
+#include "access/xact.h"
+
+#include "storage/buf.h"
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+#include "storage/itemid.h"
+#include "fmgr.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	heap_keytest
+ *
+ *	Test a heap tuple with respect to a scan key.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+bool
+heap_keytest(HeapTuple t,
+	     TupleDesc tupdesc,
+	     int nkeys,
+	     ScanKey keys)
+{
+    bool	isnull;
+    Datum	atp;
+    int		test;
+    
+    for (; nkeys--; keys++) {
+	atp = (Datum)heap_getattr(t, InvalidBuffer,
+				  keys->sk_attno, 
+				  tupdesc,
+				  &isnull);
+	
+	if (isnull)
+	    /* XXX eventually should check if SK_ISNULL */
+	    return false;
+	
+	if (keys->sk_flags & SK_COMMUTE)
+	    test = (long) FMGR_PTR2(keys->sk_func, keys->sk_procedure,
+				    keys->sk_argument, atp);
+	else
+	    test = (long) FMGR_PTR2(keys->sk_func, keys->sk_procedure,
+				    atp, keys->sk_argument);
+	
+	if (!test == !(keys->sk_flags & SK_NEGATE))
+	    return false;
+    }
+    
+    return true;
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	heap_tuple_satisfies
+ *
+ *  Returns a valid HeapTuple if it satisfies the timequal and keytest.
+ *  Returns NULL otherwise.  Used to be heap_satisifies (sic) which
+ *  returned a boolean.  It now returns a tuple so that we can avoid doing two
+ *  PageGetItem's per tuple.
+ *
+ *	Complete check of validity including LP_CTUP and keytest.
+ *	This should perhaps be combined with valid somehow in the
+ *	future.  (Also, additional rule tests/time range tests.)
+ *
+ *  on 8/21/92 mao says:  i rearranged the tests here to do keytest before
+ *  SatisfiesTimeQual.  profiling indicated that even for vacuumed relations,
+ *  time qual checking was more expensive than key testing.  time qual is
+ *  least likely to fail, too.  we should really add the time qual test to
+ *  the restriction and optimize it in the normal way.  this has interactions
+ *  with joey's expensive function work.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+HeapTuple
+heap_tuple_satisfies(ItemId itemId,
+		     Relation relation,
+		     PageHeader disk_page,
+		     TimeQual	qual,
+		     int nKeys,
+		     ScanKey key)
+{
+    HeapTuple	tuple;
+    bool res;
+    
+    if (! ItemIdIsUsed(itemId))
+	return NULL;
+    
+    tuple = (HeapTuple) PageGetItem((Page) disk_page, itemId);
+    
+    if (key != NULL)
+	res = heap_keytest(tuple, RelationGetTupleDescriptor(relation), 
+			   nKeys, key);
+    else
+	res = TRUE;
+    
+    if (res && (relation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_UNCATALOGED
+		|| HeapTupleSatisfiesTimeQual(tuple,qual)))
+	return tuple;
+    
+    return (HeapTuple) NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ *  TupleUpdatedByCurXactAndCmd() -- Returns true if this tuple has
+ *	already been updated once by the current transaction/command
+ *	pair.
+ */
+bool
+TupleUpdatedByCurXactAndCmd(HeapTuple t)
+{
+    if (TransactionIdEquals(t->t_xmax,
+			    GetCurrentTransactionId()) &&
+	t->t_cmax == GetCurrentCommandId())
+	return true;
+    
+    return false;
+}

src/backend/access/common/indextuple.c

@@ -0,0 +1,427 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * indextuple.c--
+ *     This file contains index tuple accessor and mutator routines,
+ *     as well as a few various tuple utilities.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/indextuple.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:09 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "c.h"
+#include "access/ibit.h"
+#include "access/itup.h"	/* where the declarations go */
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/genam.h"	
+#include "access/tupdesc.h"
+#include "access/tupmacs.h"
+
+#include "storage/itemptr.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+
+static Size IndexInfoFindDataOffset(unsigned short t_info);
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *		  index_ tuple interface routines
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	index_formtuple
+ * ----------------
+ */
+IndexTuple
+index_formtuple(TupleDesc tupleDescriptor,
+		Datum value[],
+		char null[])
+{
+    register char	*tp;	/* tuple pointer */
+    IndexTuple		tuple;	/* return tuple */
+    Size		size, hoff;
+    int 		i;
+    unsigned short      infomask = 0;
+    bool		hasnull = false;
+    char		tupmask = 0;
+    int                 numberOfAttributes = tupleDescriptor->natts;
+    
+    if (numberOfAttributes > MaxIndexAttributeNumber)
+	elog(WARN, "index_formtuple: numberOfAttributes of %d > %d",
+	     numberOfAttributes, MaxIndexAttributeNumber);
+    
+    
+    for (i = 0; i < numberOfAttributes && !hasnull; i++) {
+	if (null[i] != ' ') hasnull = true;
+    }
+    
+    if (hasnull) infomask |= INDEX_NULL_MASK;
+    
+    hoff = IndexInfoFindDataOffset(infomask);
+    size = hoff
+	+ ComputeDataSize(tupleDescriptor,
+			  value, null);
+    size = DOUBLEALIGN(size);	/* be conservative */
+    
+    tp = (char *) palloc(size);
+    tuple = (IndexTuple) tp;
+    memset(tp,0,(int)size);
+    
+    DataFill((char *)tp + hoff,
+	     tupleDescriptor,
+	     value,
+	     null,
+	     &tupmask,
+	     (hasnull ? (bits8*)tp + sizeof(*tuple) : NULL));
+    
+    /*
+     * We do this because DataFill wants to initialize a "tupmask" which
+     * is used for HeapTuples, but we want an indextuple infomask.  The only
+     * "relevent" info is the "has variable attributes" field, which is in
+     * mask position 0x02.  We have already set the null mask above.
+     */
+    
+    if (tupmask & 0x02) infomask |= INDEX_VAR_MASK;
+    
+    /*
+     * Here we make sure that we can actually hold the size.  We also want
+     * to make sure that size is not aligned oddly.  This actually is a
+     * rather odd way to make sure the size is not too large overall.
+     */
+    
+    if (size & 0xE000)
+	elog(WARN, "index_formtuple: data takes %d bytes: too big", size);
+
+    
+    infomask |= size;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     * initialize metadata
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    tuple->t_info = infomask;
+    return (tuple);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	fastgetiattr
+ *
+ *	This is a newer version of fastgetiattr which attempts to be
+ *	faster by caching attribute offsets in the attribute descriptor.
+ *
+ *	an alternate way to speed things up would be to cache offsets
+ *	with the tuple, but that seems more difficult unless you take
+ *	the storage hit of actually putting those offsets into the
+ *	tuple you send to disk.  Yuck.
+ *
+ *	This scheme will be slightly slower than that, but should
+ *	preform well for queries which hit large #'s of tuples.  After
+ *	you cache the offsets once, examining all the other tuples using
+ *	the same attribute descriptor will go much quicker. -cim 5/4/91
+ * ----------------
+ */
+char *
+fastgetiattr(IndexTuple tup,
+	     int attnum,
+	     TupleDesc tupleDesc,
+	     bool *isnull)
+{
+    register char		*tp;		/* ptr to att in tuple */
+    register char		*bp;		/* ptr to att in tuple */
+    int 			slow;		/* do we have to walk nulls? */
+    register int		data_off;	/* tuple data offset */
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	sanity checks
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    
+    Assert(PointerIsValid(isnull));
+    Assert(attnum > 0);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *   Three cases:
+     * 
+     *   1: No nulls and no variable length attributes.
+     *   2: Has a null or a varlena AFTER att.
+     *   3: Has nulls or varlenas BEFORE att.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    
+    *isnull =  false;
+    data_off = IndexTupleHasMinHeader(tup) ? sizeof *tup : 
+	IndexInfoFindDataOffset(tup->t_info);
+    
+    if (IndexTupleNoNulls(tup)) {
+	
+	/* first attribute is always at position zero */
+	
+	if (attnum == 1) {
+	    return(fetchatt(&(tupleDesc->attrs[0]), (char *) tup + data_off));
+	}
+	attnum--;
+	
+	if (tupleDesc->attrs[attnum]->attcacheoff > 0) {
+	    return(fetchatt(&(tupleDesc->attrs[attnum]),
+			    (char *) tup + data_off + 
+			    tupleDesc->attrs[attnum]->attcacheoff));
+	}
+	
+	tp = (char *) tup + data_off;
+	
+	slow = 0;
+    }else { /* there's a null somewhere in the tuple */
+	
+	bp = (char *) tup + sizeof(*tup); /* "knows" t_bits are here! */
+	slow = 0;
+	/* ----------------
+	 *	check to see if desired att is null
+	 * ----------------
+	 */
+	
+	attnum--;
+	{
+	    if (att_isnull(attnum, bp)) {
+		*isnull = true;
+		return NULL;
+	    }
+	}
+	/* ----------------
+	 *      Now check to see if any preceeding bits are null...
+	 * ----------------
+	 */
+	{
+	    register int  i = 0; /* current offset in bp */
+	    register int  mask;	 /* bit in byte we're looking at */
+	    register char n;	 /* current byte in bp */
+	    register int byte, finalbit;
+	    
+	    byte = attnum >> 3;
+	    finalbit = attnum & 0x07;
+	    
+	    for (; i <= byte; i++) {
+		n = bp[i];
+		if (i < byte) {
+		    /* check for nulls in any "earlier" bytes */
+		    if ((~n) != 0) {
+			slow++;
+			break;
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    /* check for nulls "before" final bit of last byte*/
+		    mask = (finalbit << 1) - 1;
+		    if ((~n) & mask)
+			slow++;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	tp = (char *) tup + data_off;
+    }
+    
+    /* now check for any non-fixed length attrs before our attribute */
+    
+    if (!slow) {
+	if (tupleDesc->attrs[attnum]->attcacheoff > 0) {
+	    return(fetchatt(&(tupleDesc->attrs[attnum]), 
+			    tp + tupleDesc->attrs[attnum]->attcacheoff));
+	}else if (!IndexTupleAllFixed(tup)) {
+	    register int j = 0;
+	    
+	    for (j = 0; j < attnum && !slow; j++)
+		if (tupleDesc->attrs[j]->attlen < 1) slow = 1;
+	}
+    }
+    
+    /*
+     * if slow is zero, and we got here, we know that we have a tuple with
+     * no nulls.  We also know that we have to initialize the remainder of
+     * the attribute cached offset values.
+     */
+    
+    if (!slow) {
+	register int j = 1;
+	register long off;
+	
+	/*
+	 * need to set cache for some atts
+	 */
+	
+	tupleDesc->attrs[0]->attcacheoff = 0;
+	
+	while (tupleDesc->attrs[j]->attcacheoff > 0) j++;
+	
+	off = tupleDesc->attrs[j-1]->attcacheoff + 
+	      tupleDesc->attrs[j-1]->attlen;
+	
+	for (; j < attnum + 1; j++) {
+	    /*
+	     * Fix me when going to a machine with more than a four-byte
+	     * word!
+	     */
+	    
+	    switch(tupleDesc->attrs[j]->attlen)
+		{
+		case -1:
+		    off = (tupleDesc->attrs[j]->attalign=='d')?
+			DOUBLEALIGN(off):INTALIGN(off);
+		    break;
+		case sizeof(char):
+		    break;
+		case sizeof(short):
+		    off = SHORTALIGN(off);
+		    break;
+		case sizeof(int32):
+		    off = INTALIGN(off);
+		    break;
+		default:
+		    if (tupleDesc->attrs[j]->attlen > sizeof(int32))
+			off = (tupleDesc->attrs[j]->attalign=='d')?
+			    DOUBLEALIGN(off) : LONGALIGN(off);
+		    else
+			elog(WARN, "fastgetiattr: attribute %d has len %d",
+			     j, tupleDesc->attrs[j]->attlen);
+		    break;
+		    
+		}
+	    
+	    tupleDesc->attrs[j]->attcacheoff = off;
+	    off += tupleDesc->attrs[j]->attlen;
+	}
+	
+	return(fetchatt( &(tupleDesc->attrs[attnum]), 
+			tp + tupleDesc->attrs[attnum]->attcacheoff));
+    }else {
+	register bool usecache = true;
+	register int off = 0;
+	register int i;
+	
+	/*
+	 * Now we know that we have to walk the tuple CAREFULLY.
+	 */
+	
+	for (i = 0; i < attnum; i++) {
+	    if (!IndexTupleNoNulls(tup)) {
+		if (att_isnull(i, bp)) {
+		    usecache = false;
+		    continue;
+		}
+	    }
+		
+	    if (usecache && tupleDesc->attrs[i]->attcacheoff > 0) {
+		off = tupleDesc->attrs[i]->attcacheoff;
+		if (tupleDesc->attrs[i]->attlen == -1) 
+		    usecache = false;
+		else
+		    continue;
+	    }
+		    
+	    if (usecache) tupleDesc->attrs[i]->attcacheoff = off;
+	    switch(tupleDesc->attrs[i]->attlen)
+		{
+		case sizeof(char):
+		    off++;
+		    break;
+		case sizeof(short):
+		    off = SHORTALIGN(off) + sizeof(short);
+		    break;
+		case -1:
+		    usecache = false;
+		    off = (tupleDesc->attrs[i]->attalign=='d')?
+			DOUBLEALIGN(off):INTALIGN(off);
+		    off += VARSIZE(tp + off);
+		    break;
+		default:
+		    if (tupleDesc->attrs[i]->attlen > sizeof(int32))
+			off = (tupleDesc->attrs[i]->attalign=='d') ?
+			    DOUBLEALIGN(off) + tupleDesc->attrs[i]->attlen :
+			    LONGALIGN(off) + tupleDesc->attrs[i]->attlen;
+		    else
+			elog(WARN, "fastgetiattr2: attribute %d has len %d",
+			     i, tupleDesc->attrs[i]->attlen);
+		    
+		    break;
+		}
+	}
+	
+	return(fetchatt(&tupleDesc->attrs[attnum], tp + off));
+    }
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	index_getattr
+ * ----------------
+ */
+Datum
+index_getattr(IndexTuple tuple,
+	      AttrNumber attNum,
+	      TupleDesc tupDesc,
+	      bool *isNullOutP)
+{
+    Assert (attNum > 0);
+
+    return (Datum)
+	fastgetiattr(tuple, attNum, tupDesc, isNullOutP);
+}
+
+RetrieveIndexResult
+FormRetrieveIndexResult(ItemPointer indexItemPointer,
+			ItemPointer heapItemPointer)
+{
+    RetrieveIndexResult	result;
+    
+    Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(indexItemPointer));
+    Assert(ItemPointerIsValid(heapItemPointer));
+    
+    result = (RetrieveIndexResult) palloc(sizeof *result);
+    
+    result->index_iptr = *indexItemPointer;
+    result->heap_iptr = *heapItemPointer;
+    
+    return (result);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Takes an infomask as argument (primarily because this needs to be usable
+ * at index_formtuple time so enough space is allocated).
+ *
+ * Change me if adding an attribute to IndexTuples!!!!!!!!!!!
+ */
+static Size
+IndexInfoFindDataOffset(unsigned short t_info)
+{
+    if (!(t_info & INDEX_NULL_MASK))
+	return((Size) sizeof(IndexTupleData));
+    else {
+	Size size = sizeof(IndexTupleData);
+	
+	if (t_info & INDEX_NULL_MASK) {
+	    size += sizeof(IndexAttributeBitMapData);
+	}
+	return DOUBLEALIGN(size);	/* be conservative */
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Copies source into target.  If *target == NULL, we palloc space; otherwise
+ * we assume we have space that is already palloc'ed.
+ */
+void
+CopyIndexTuple(IndexTuple source, IndexTuple *target)
+{
+    Size size;
+    IndexTuple ret;
+    
+    size = IndexTupleSize(source);
+    if (*target == NULL) {
+	*target = (IndexTuple) palloc(size);
+    }
+    
+    ret = *target;
+    memmove((char*)ret, (char*)source, size);
+}
+

src/backend/access/common/indexvalid.c

@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * indexvalid.c--
+ *    index tuple qualification validity checking code
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/Attic/indexvalid.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:09 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "executor/execdebug.h"
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/iqual.h"	/* where the declarations go */
+#include "access/itup.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+
+#include "storage/buf.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+#include "storage/itemid.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *		  index scan key qualification code
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+int	NIndexTupleProcessed;
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	index_keytest
+ *
+ * old comments
+ *	May eventually combine with other tests (like timeranges)?
+ *	Should have Buffer buffer; as an argument and pass it to amgetattr.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+bool
+index_keytest(IndexTuple tuple,
+	      TupleDesc tupdesc,
+	      int scanKeySize,
+	      ScanKey key)
+{
+    bool	    isNull;
+    Datum	    datum;
+    int		    test;
+    
+    IncrIndexProcessed();
+    
+    while (scanKeySize > 0) {
+	datum = index_getattr(tuple,
+			      1,
+			      tupdesc,
+			      &isNull);
+	
+	if (isNull) {
+	    /* XXX eventually should check if SK_ISNULL */
+	    return (false);
+	}
+	
+	if (key[0].sk_flags & SK_COMMUTE) {
+	    test = (int) (*(key[0].sk_func))
+		(DatumGetPointer(key[0].sk_argument),
+		 datum);
+	} else {
+	    test = (int) (*(key[0].sk_func))
+		(datum,
+		 DatumGetPointer(key[0].sk_argument));
+	}
+	
+	if (!test == !(key[0].sk_flags & SK_NEGATE)) {
+	    return (false);
+	}
+	
+	scanKeySize -= 1;
+	key++;
+    }
+    
+    return (true);
+}
+

src/backend/access/common/printtup.c

@@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * printtup.c--
+ *    Routines to print out tuples to the destination (binary or non-binary
+ *    portals, frontend/interactive backend, etc.).
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/printtup.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:10 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include <sys/file.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/htup.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+#include "access/printtup.h"
+#include "access/tupdesc.h"
+#include "storage/buf.h"
+#include "utils/memutils.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "fmgr.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+
+#include "utils/syscache.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_type.h"
+
+#include "libpq/libpq.h"
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *	printtup / debugtup support
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	typtoout - used by printtup and debugtup
+ * ----------------
+ */
+Oid
+typtoout(Oid type)
+{
+    HeapTuple	typeTuple;
+    
+    typeTuple = SearchSysCacheTuple(TYPOID,
+				    ObjectIdGetDatum(type),
+				    0, 0, 0);
+    
+    if (HeapTupleIsValid(typeTuple))
+	return((Oid)
+	       ((TypeTupleForm) GETSTRUCT(typeTuple))->typoutput);
+    
+    elog(WARN, "typtoout: Cache lookup of type %d failed", type);
+    return(InvalidOid);
+}
+
+Oid
+gettypelem(Oid type)
+{
+    HeapTuple	typeTuple;
+    
+    typeTuple = SearchSysCacheTuple(TYPOID,
+				    ObjectIdGetDatum(type),
+				    0,0,0);
+    
+    if (HeapTupleIsValid(typeTuple))
+	return((Oid)
+	       ((TypeTupleForm) GETSTRUCT(typeTuple))->typelem);
+    
+    elog(WARN, "typtoout: Cache lookup of type %d failed", type);
+    return(InvalidOid);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	printtup
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+printtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo)
+{
+    int		i, j, k;
+    char	*outputstr, *attr;
+    bool	isnull;
+    Oid	typoutput;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	tell the frontend to expect new tuple data
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    pq_putnchar("D", 1);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	send a bitmap of which attributes are null
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    j = 0;
+    k = 1 << 7;
+    for (i = 0; i < tuple->t_natts; ) {
+	attr = heap_getattr(tuple, InvalidBuffer, ++i, typeinfo, &isnull);
+	if (!isnull)
+	    j |= k;
+	k >>= 1;
+	if (!(i & 7)) {
+	    pq_putint(j, 1);
+	    j = 0;
+	    k = 1 << 7;
+	}
+    }
+    if (i & 7)
+	pq_putint(j, 1);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	send the attributes of this tuple
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    for (i = 0; i < tuple->t_natts; ++i) {
+	attr = heap_getattr(tuple, InvalidBuffer, i+1, typeinfo, &isnull);
+	typoutput = typtoout((Oid) typeinfo->attrs[i]->atttypid);
+	
+	if (!isnull && OidIsValid(typoutput)) {
+	    outputstr = fmgr(typoutput, attr, 
+			     gettypelem(typeinfo->attrs[i]->atttypid));
+	    pq_putint(strlen(outputstr)+4, 4);
+	    pq_putnchar(outputstr, strlen(outputstr));
+	    pfree(outputstr);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	printatt
+ * ----------------
+ */
+static void
+printatt(unsigned attributeId,
+	 AttributeTupleForm attributeP,
+	 char *value)
+{
+    printf("\t%2d: %.*s%s%s%s\t(typeid = %u, len = %d, byval = %c)\n",
+	   attributeId,
+	   NAMEDATALEN,		/* attname is a char16 */
+	   attributeP->attname.data,
+	   value != NULL ? " = \"" : "",
+	   value != NULL ? value : "",
+	   value != NULL ? "\"" : "",
+	   (unsigned int) (attributeP->atttypid),
+	   attributeP->attlen,
+	   attributeP->attbyval ? 't' : 'f');
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	showatts
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+showatts(char *name, TupleDesc tupleDesc)
+{
+    int	i;
+    int natts = tupleDesc->natts;
+    AttributeTupleForm *attinfo = tupleDesc->attrs;
+
+    puts(name);
+    for (i = 0; i < natts; ++i)
+	printatt((unsigned) i+1, attinfo[i], (char *) NULL);
+    printf("\t----\n");
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	debugtup
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+debugtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo)
+{
+    register int	i;
+    char		*attr, *value;
+    bool		isnull;
+    Oid		typoutput;
+    
+    for (i = 0; i < tuple->t_natts; ++i) {
+	attr = heap_getattr(tuple, InvalidBuffer, i+1, typeinfo, &isnull);
+	typoutput = typtoout((Oid) typeinfo->attrs[i]->atttypid);
+	
+	if (!isnull && OidIsValid(typoutput)) {
+	    value = fmgr(typoutput, attr, 
+			 gettypelem(typeinfo->attrs[i]->atttypid));
+	    printatt((unsigned) i+1, typeinfo->attrs[i], value);
+	    pfree(value);
+	}
+    }
+    printf("\t----\n");
+}
+
+/*#define IPORTAL_DEBUG*/
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	printtup_internal
+ *      Protocol expects either T, D, C, E, or N.
+ *      We use a different data prefix, e.g. 'B' instead of 'D' to
+ *      indicate a tuple in internal (binary) form.
+ *
+ *      This is same as printtup, except we don't use the typout func.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+printtup_internal(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo)
+{
+    int		i, j, k;
+    char	*attr;
+    bool	isnull;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	tell the frontend to expect new tuple data
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    pq_putnchar("B", 1);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	send a bitmap of which attributes are null
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    j = 0;
+    k = 1 << 7;
+    for (i = 0; i < tuple->t_natts; ) {
+	attr = heap_getattr(tuple, InvalidBuffer, ++i, typeinfo, &isnull);
+	if (!isnull)
+	    j |= k;
+	k >>= 1;
+	if (!(i & 7)) {
+	    pq_putint(j, 1);
+	    j = 0;
+	    k = 1 << 7;
+	}
+    }
+    if (i & 7)
+	pq_putint(j, 1);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	send the attributes of this tuple
+     * ----------------
+     */
+#ifdef IPORTAL_DEBUG
+    fprintf(stderr, "sending tuple with %d atts\n", tuple->t_natts);
+#endif
+    for (i = 0; i < tuple->t_natts; ++i) {
+	int32 len = typeinfo->attrs[i]->attlen;
+	
+	attr = heap_getattr(tuple, InvalidBuffer, i+1, typeinfo, &isnull);
+	if (!isnull) {
+	    /* # of bytes, and opaque data */
+	    if (len == -1) {
+		/* variable length, assume a varlena structure */
+		len = VARSIZE(attr) - VARHDRSZ;
+		
+		pq_putint(len, sizeof(int32));
+		pq_putnchar(VARDATA(attr), len);
+#ifdef IPORTAL_DEBUG
+		{
+		    char *d = VARDATA(attr);
+		    
+		    fprintf(stderr, "length %d data %x%x%x%x\n",
+			    len, *d, *(d+1), *(d+2), *(d+3));
+		}
+#endif
+	    } else {
+		/* fixed size */
+		if (typeinfo->attrs[i]->attbyval) {
+		    int8 i8;
+		    int16 i16;
+		    int32 i32;
+		    
+		    pq_putint(len, sizeof(int32));
+		    switch (len) {
+		    case sizeof(int8):
+			i8 = DatumGetChar(attr);
+			pq_putnchar((char *) &i8, len);
+			break;
+		    case sizeof(int16):
+			i16 = DatumGetInt16(attr);
+			pq_putnchar((char *) &i16, len);
+			break;
+		    case sizeof(int32):
+			i32 = DatumGetInt32(attr);
+			pq_putnchar((char *) &i32, len);
+			break;
+		    }
+#ifdef IPORTAL_DEBUG
+		    fprintf(stderr, "byval length %d data %d\n", len, attr);
+#endif
+		} else {
+		    pq_putint(len, sizeof(int32));
+		    pq_putnchar(attr, len);
+#ifdef IPORTAL_DEBUG
+		    fprintf(stderr, "byref length %d data %x\n", len, attr);
+#endif
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}

src/backend/access/common/scankey.c

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * scan.c--
+ *    scan direction and key code
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/scankey.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:10 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "c.h"
+#include "access/sdir.h"
+#include "access/attnum.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+
+#include "fmgr.h"
+
+/*
+ * ScanKeyEntryIsLegal --
+ *	True iff the scan key entry is legal.
+ */
+#define ScanKeyEntryIsLegal(entry) \
+    ((bool) (AssertMacro(PointerIsValid(entry)) && \
+	     AttributeNumberIsValid(entry->sk_attno)))
+
+/*
+ * ScanKeyEntrySetIllegal --
+ *	Marks a scan key entry as illegal.
+ */
+void
+ScanKeyEntrySetIllegal(ScanKey entry)
+{
+
+    Assert(PointerIsValid(entry));
+    
+    entry->sk_flags = 0;	/* just in case... */
+    entry->sk_attno = InvalidAttrNumber;
+    entry->sk_procedure = 0;	/* should be InvalidRegProcedure */
+}
+
+/*
+ * ScanKeyEntryInitialize --
+ *	Initializes an scan key entry.
+ *
+ * Note:
+ *	Assumes the scan key entry is valid.
+ *	Assumes the intialized scan key entry will be legal.
+ */
+void
+ScanKeyEntryInitialize(ScanKey entry,
+		       bits16 flags,
+		       AttrNumber attributeNumber,
+		       RegProcedure procedure,
+		       Datum argument)
+{
+    Assert(PointerIsValid(entry));
+    
+    entry->sk_flags = flags;
+    entry->sk_attno = attributeNumber;
+    entry->sk_procedure = procedure;
+    entry->sk_argument = argument;
+    fmgr_info(procedure, &entry->sk_func, &entry->sk_nargs);
+    
+    Assert(ScanKeyEntryIsLegal(entry));
+}

src/backend/access/common/tupdesc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * tupdesc.c--
+ *    POSTGRES tuple descriptor support code
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/common/tupdesc.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:10 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ *    some of the executor utility code such as "ExecTypeFromTL" should be
+ *    moved here.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include <stdio.h>	/* for sprintf() */
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "nodes/pg_list.h"
+#include "nodes/parsenodes.h"
+
+#include "access/attnum.h"
+#include "access/htup.h"
+#include "access/tupdesc.h"
+
+#include "utils/builtins.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"		/* XXX generate exceptions instead */
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+
+#include "utils/syscache.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_type.h"
+
+#include "nodes/primnodes.h"
+
+#include "parser/catalog_utils.h"
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *	CreateTemplateTupleDesc
+ *
+ *	This function allocates and zeros a tuple descriptor structure.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+TupleDesc
+CreateTemplateTupleDesc(int natts)
+{
+    uint32	size;
+    TupleDesc desc;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	sanity checks
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    AssertArg(natts >= 1);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *  allocate enough memory for the tuple descriptor and
+     *  zero it as TupleDescInitEntry assumes that the descriptor
+     *  is filled with NULL pointers.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    size = natts * sizeof (AttributeTupleForm);
+    desc = (TupleDesc) palloc(sizeof(struct tupleDesc));
+    desc->attrs = (AttributeTupleForm*) palloc(size);
+    memset(desc->attrs, 0, size);
+
+    desc->natts = natts;
+
+    return (desc);
+}
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *	CreateTupleDesc
+ *
+ *	This function allocates a new TupleDesc from AttributeTupleForm array
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+TupleDesc
+CreateTupleDesc(int natts, AttributeTupleForm* attrs)
+{
+    TupleDesc desc;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	sanity checks
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    AssertArg(natts >= 1);
+    
+    desc = (TupleDesc) palloc(sizeof(struct tupleDesc));
+    desc->attrs = attrs;
+    desc->natts = natts;    
+
+
+    return (desc);
+}
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *	CreateTupleDescCopy
+ *
+ *	This function creates a new TupleDesc by copying from an existing
+ *      TupleDesc
+ * 
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+TupleDesc
+CreateTupleDescCopy(TupleDesc tupdesc)
+{
+    TupleDesc desc;
+    int i, size;
+
+    desc = (TupleDesc) palloc(sizeof(struct tupleDesc));
+    desc->natts = tupdesc->natts;
+    size = desc->natts * sizeof (AttributeTupleForm);
+    desc->attrs = (AttributeTupleForm*) palloc(size);
+    for (i=0;i<desc->natts;i++) {
+	desc->attrs[i] = 
+	    (AttributeTupleForm)palloc(ATTRIBUTE_TUPLE_SIZE);
+	memmove(desc->attrs[i],
+		tupdesc->attrs[i],
+		ATTRIBUTE_TUPLE_SIZE);
+    }
+    return desc;
+}
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *	TupleDescInitEntry
+ *
+ *	This function initializes a single attribute structure in
+ *	a preallocated tuple descriptor.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+bool
+TupleDescInitEntry(TupleDesc desc,
+		   AttrNumber attributeNumber,
+		   char *attributeName,
+		   char *typeName,
+		   int attdim,
+		   bool attisset)
+{
+    HeapTuple		tuple;
+    TypeTupleForm	typeForm;
+    AttributeTupleForm	att;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	sanity checks
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    AssertArg(PointerIsValid(desc));
+    AssertArg(attributeNumber >= 1);
+    /* attributeName's are sometimes NULL, 
+       from resdom's.  I don't know why that is, though -- Jolly */
+/*    AssertArg(NameIsValid(attributeName));*/
+/*    AssertArg(NameIsValid(typeName));*/
+    
+    AssertArg(!PointerIsValid(desc->attrs[attributeNumber - 1]));
+    
+
+    /* ----------------
+     *	allocate storage for this attribute
+     * ----------------
+     */
+
+    att = (AttributeTupleForm) palloc(ATTRIBUTE_TUPLE_SIZE);
+    desc->attrs[attributeNumber - 1] = att;
+
+    /* ----------------
+     *	initialize some of the attribute fields
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    att->attrelid  = 0;				/* dummy value */
+    
+    if (attributeName != NULL)
+	namestrcpy(&(att->attname), attributeName);
+    else
+	memset(att->attname.data,0,NAMEDATALEN);
+
+    
+    att->attdefrel = 	0;			/* dummy value */
+    att->attnvals  = 	0;			/* dummy value */
+    att->atttyparg = 	0;			/* dummy value */
+    att->attbound = 	0;			/* dummy value */
+    att->attcanindex = 	0;			/* dummy value */
+    att->attproc = 	0;			/* dummy value */
+    att->attcacheoff = 	-1;
+    
+    att->attnum = attributeNumber;
+    att->attnelems = attdim;
+    att->attisset = attisset;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	search the system cache for the type tuple of the attribute
+     *  we are creating so that we can get the typeid and some other
+     *  stuff.
+     *
+     *  Note: in the special case of 
+     *
+     *	    create EMP (name = char16, manager = EMP)
+     *
+     *  RelationNameCreateHeapRelation() calls BuildDesc() which
+     *  calls this routine and since EMP does not exist yet, the
+     *  system cache lookup below fails.  That's fine, but rather
+     *  then doing a elog(WARN) we just leave that information
+     *  uninitialized, return false, then fix things up later.
+     *  -cim 6/14/90
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    tuple = SearchSysCacheTuple(TYPNAME, PointerGetDatum(typeName),
+				0,0,0);
+    if (! HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) {
+	/* ----------------
+	 *   here type info does not exist yet so we just fill
+	 *   the attribute with dummy information and return false.
+	 * ----------------
+	 */
+	att->atttypid = InvalidOid;
+	att->attlen   = (int16)	0;
+	att->attbyval = (bool) 0;
+	att->attalign = 'i';
+	return false;
+    }
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	type info exists so we initialize our attribute
+     *  information from the type tuple we found..
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    typeForm = (TypeTupleForm) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
+    
+    att->atttypid = tuple->t_oid;
+    att->attalign = typeForm->typalign;
+    
+    /* ------------------------
+       If this attribute is a set, what is really stored in the
+       attribute is the OID of a tuple in the pg_proc catalog.
+       The pg_proc tuple contains the query string which defines
+       this set - i.e., the query to run to get the set.
+       So the atttypid (just assigned above) refers to the type returned
+       by this query, but the actual length of this attribute is the
+       length (size) of an OID.
+       
+       Why not just make the atttypid point to the OID type, instead
+       of the type the query returns?  Because the executor uses the atttypid
+       to tell the front end what type will be returned (in BeginCommand),
+       and in the end the type returned will be the result of the query, not
+       an OID.
+       
+       Why not wait until the return type of the set is known (i.e., the
+       recursive call to the executor to execute the set has returned) 
+       before telling the front end what the return type will be?  Because
+       the executor is a delicate thing, and making sure that the correct
+       order of front-end commands is maintained is messy, especially 
+       considering that target lists may change as inherited attributes
+       are considered, etc.  Ugh.
+       -----------------------------------------
+       */
+    if (attisset) {
+	Type t = type("oid");
+	att->attlen = tlen(t);
+	att->attbyval = tbyval(t);
+    } else {
+	att->attlen   = typeForm->typlen;
+	att->attbyval = typeForm->typbyval;
+    }
+    
+    
+    return true;
+}
+
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *	TupleDescMakeSelfReference
+ *
+ *	This function initializes a "self-referential" attribute like
+ *      manager in "create EMP (name=text, manager = EMP)".
+ *	It calls TypeShellMake() which inserts a "shell" type
+ *	tuple into pg_type.  A self-reference is one kind of set, so
+ *      its size and byval are the same as for a set.  See the comments
+ *      above in TupleDescInitEntry.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+static void
+TupleDescMakeSelfReference(TupleDesc desc,
+			   AttrNumber attnum,
+			   char *relname)
+{
+    AttributeTupleForm att;
+    Type t = type("oid");
+    
+    att = desc->attrs[attnum-1];
+    att->atttypid = TypeShellMake(relname);
+    att->attlen   = tlen(t);
+    att->attbyval = tbyval(t);
+    att->attnelems = 0;
+}
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *	BuildDescForRelation
+ *
+ *	This is a general purpose function identical to BuildDesc
+ *	but is used by the DefineRelation() code to catch the
+ *	special case where you
+ *
+ *		create FOO ( ..., x = FOO )
+ *
+ *	here, the initial type lookup for "x = FOO" will fail
+ *	because FOO isn't in the catalogs yet.  But since we
+ *	are creating FOO, instead of doing an elog() we add
+ *	a shell type tuple to pg_type and fix things later
+ *	in amcreate().
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+TupleDesc
+BuildDescForRelation(List *schema, char *relname)
+{
+    int			natts;
+    AttrNumber		attnum;
+    List		*p;
+    TupleDesc		desc;
+    char               *attname;
+    char               *typename;
+    int			attdim;
+    bool                attisset;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	allocate a new tuple descriptor
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    natts = 	length(schema);
+    desc = 	CreateTemplateTupleDesc(natts);
+    
+    attnum = 0;
+    
+    typename = palloc(NAMEDATALEN+1);
+
+    foreach(p, schema) {
+	ColumnDef *entry;
+	List	*arry;
+
+	/* ----------------
+	 *	for each entry in the list, get the name and type
+	 *      information from the list and have TupleDescInitEntry
+	 *	fill in the attribute information we need.
+	 * ----------------
+	 */	
+	attnum++;
+	
+	entry = 	lfirst(p);
+	attname = 	entry->colname;
+	arry = entry->typename->arrayBounds;
+	attisset = entry->typename->setof;
+
+	if (arry != NIL) {
+	    char buf[20];
+	    
+	    attdim = length(arry);
+	    
+	    /* array of XXX is _XXX (inherited from release 3) */
+	    sprintf(buf, "_%.*s", NAMEDATALEN, entry->typename->name);
+	    strcpy(typename, buf);
+	} else {
+	    strcpy(typename, entry->typename->name);
+	    attdim = 0;
+	}
+	
+	if (! TupleDescInitEntry(desc, attnum, attname, 
+				 typename, attdim, attisset)) {
+	    /* ----------------
+	     *	if TupleDescInitEntry() fails, it means there is
+	     *  no type in the system catalogs.  So now we check if
+	     *  the type name equals the relation name.  If so we
+	     *  have a self reference, otherwise it's an error.
+	     * ----------------
+	     */
+	    if (!strcmp(typename, relname)) {
+		TupleDescMakeSelfReference(desc, attnum, relname);
+	    } else
+		elog(WARN, "DefineRelation: no such type %.*s", 
+		     NAMEDATALEN, typename);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * this is for char() and varchar(). When an entry is of type
+	 * char() or varchar(), typlen is set to the appropriate length,
+	 * which we'll use here instead. (The catalog lookup only returns
+	 * the length of bpchar and varchar which is not what we want!)
+	 *						- ay 6/95
+	 */
+	if (entry->typename->typlen > 0) {
+	    desc->attrs[attnum - 1]->attlen = entry->typename->typlen;
+	}
+    }
+    return desc;
+}
+

src/backend/access/funcindex.h

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * funcindex.h--
+ *    
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: funcindex.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:08 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef _FUNC_INDEX_INCLUDED_
+#define _FUNC_INDEX_INCLUDED_
+
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+typedef struct {
+	int	nargs;
+	Oid	arglist[8];
+	Oid	procOid;
+	NameData funcName;
+} FuncIndexInfo;
+
+typedef FuncIndexInfo	*FuncIndexInfoPtr;
+
+/*
+ * some marginally useful macro definitions
+ */
+/* #define FIgetname(FINFO) (&((FINFO)->funcName.data[0]))*/
+#define FIgetname(FINFO) (FINFO)->funcName.data
+#define FIgetnArgs(FINFO) (FINFO)->nargs
+#define FIgetProcOid(FINFO) (FINFO)->procOid
+#define FIgetArg(FINFO, argnum) (FINFO)->arglist[argnum]
+#define FIgetArglist(FINFO) (FINFO)->arglist
+
+#define FIsetnArgs(FINFO, numargs) ((FINFO)->nargs = numargs)
+#define FIsetProcOid(FINFO, id) ((FINFO)->procOid = id)
+#define FIsetArg(FINFO, argnum, argtype) ((FINFO)->arglist[argnum] = argtype)
+
+#define FIisFunctionalIndex(FINFO) (FINFO->procOid != InvalidOid)
+
+#endif /* FUNCINDEX_H */

src/backend/access/genam.h

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * genam.h--
+ *    POSTGRES general access method definitions.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: genam.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:08 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef	GENAM_H
+#define GENAM_H
+
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "access/attnum.h"
+#include "access/htup.h"
+#include "access/istrat.h"
+#include "access/itup.h"
+#include "access/relscan.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+#include "access/sdir.h"
+#include "access/funcindex.h"
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	generalized index_ interface routines
+ * ----------------
+ */
+extern Relation index_open(Oid relationId);
+extern Relation index_openr(char *relationName);
+extern void index_close(Relation relation);
+extern InsertIndexResult index_insert(Relation relation,
+				      IndexTuple indexTuple);
+extern void index_delete(Relation relation, ItemPointer indexItem);
+extern IndexScanDesc index_beginscan(Relation relation, bool scanFromEnd,
+     uint16 numberOfKeys, ScanKey key);
+extern void index_rescan(IndexScanDesc scan, bool scanFromEnd, ScanKey key);
+extern void index_endscan(IndexScanDesc scan);
+extern void index_markpos(IndexScanDesc scan);
+extern void index_restrpos(IndexScanDesc scan);
+extern RetrieveIndexResult index_getnext(IndexScanDesc scan,
+					 ScanDirection direction);
+extern RegProcedure index_getprocid(Relation irel, AttrNumber attnum,
+				    uint16 procnum);
+extern Datum GetIndexValue(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc hTupDesc,
+     int attOff, AttrNumber attrNums[], FuncIndexInfo *fInfo,
+     bool *attNull, Buffer buffer);
+
+/* in genam.c */
+extern IndexScanDesc RelationGetIndexScan(Relation relation, bool scanFromEnd,
+					  uint16 numberOfKeys, ScanKey key);
+extern void IndexScanRestart(IndexScanDesc scan, bool scanFromEnd,
+			     ScanKey key);
+extern void IndexScanEnd(IndexScanDesc scan);
+extern void IndexScanMarkPosition(IndexScanDesc scan);
+extern void IndexScanRestorePosition(IndexScanDesc scan);
+
+#endif	/* GENAM_H */

src/backend/access/hash.h

@@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * hash.h--
+ *    header file for postgres hash access method implementation 
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: hash.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:08 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ *	modeled after Margo Seltzer's hash implementation for unix. 
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef HASH_H
+#define HASH_H
+
+#include "access/itup.h"
+
+/* 
+ * An overflow page is a spare page allocated for storing data whose 
+ * bucket doesn't have room to store it. We use overflow pages rather
+ * than just splitting the bucket because there is a linear order in
+ * the way we split buckets. In other words, if there isn't enough space
+ * in the bucket itself, put it in an overflow page. 
+ *
+ * Overflow page addresses are stored in form: (Splitnumber, Page offset).
+ *
+ * A splitnumber is the number of the generation where the table doubles
+ * in size. The ovflpage's offset within the splitnumber; offsets start
+ * at 1. 
+ * 
+ * We convert the stored bitmap address into a page address with the
+ * macro OADDR_OF(S, O) where S is the splitnumber and O is the page 
+ * offset. 
+ */
+typedef uint32 	Bucket;
+typedef bits16	OverflowPageAddress;
+typedef uint32	SplitNumber;
+typedef uint32  PageOffset;
+
+/* A valid overflow address will always have a page offset >= 1 */
+#define InvalidOvflAddress	0	
+					   
+#define SPLITSHIFT	11
+#define SPLITMASK	0x7FF
+#define SPLITNUM(N)	((SplitNumber)(((uint32)(N)) >> SPLITSHIFT))
+#define OPAGENUM(N)	((PageOffset)((N) & SPLITMASK))
+#define	OADDR_OF(S,O)	((OverflowPageAddress)((uint32)((uint32)(S) << SPLITSHIFT) + (O)))
+
+#define BUCKET_TO_BLKNO(B) \
+	((Bucket) ((B) + ((B) ? metap->SPARES[_hash_log2((B)+1)-1] : 0)) + 1)
+#define OADDR_TO_BLKNO(B) 	 \
+	((BlockNumber) \
+	 (BUCKET_TO_BLKNO ( (1 << SPLITNUM((B))) -1 ) + OPAGENUM((B))));
+
+/* 
+ * hasho_flag tells us which type of page we're looking at.  For
+ * example, knowing overflow pages from bucket pages is necessary
+ * information when you're deleting tuples from a page. If all the
+ * tuples are deleted from an overflow page, the overflow is made
+ * available to other buckets by calling _hash_freeovflpage(). If all
+ * the tuples are deleted from a bucket page, no additional action is
+ * necessary.
+ */
+
+#define	LH_UNUSED_PAGE		(0)
+#define LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE	(1 << 0)
+#define LH_BUCKET_PAGE		(1 << 1)
+#define	LH_BITMAP_PAGE		(1 << 2)
+#define	LH_META_PAGE		(1 << 3)
+
+typedef struct HashPageOpaqueData {
+    bits16 hasho_flag;			/* is this page a bucket or ovfl */
+    Bucket hasho_bucket;		/* bucket number this pg belongs to */
+    OverflowPageAddress hasho_oaddr;	/* ovfl address of this ovfl pg */
+    BlockNumber hasho_nextblkno;	/* next ovfl blkno */
+    BlockNumber	hasho_prevblkno;	/* previous ovfl (or bucket) blkno */
+} HashPageOpaqueData;
+
+typedef HashPageOpaqueData        *HashPageOpaque;
+
+/*
+ *  ScanOpaqueData is used to remember which buffers we're currently
+ *  examining in the scan.  We keep these buffers locked and pinned and
+ *  recorded in the opaque entry of the scan in order to avoid doing a
+ *  ReadBuffer() for every tuple in the index.  This avoids semop() calls,
+ *  which are expensive.
+ */
+
+typedef struct HashScanOpaqueData {
+    Buffer      hashso_curbuf;
+    Buffer      hashso_mrkbuf;
+} HashScanOpaqueData;
+
+typedef HashScanOpaqueData        *HashScanOpaque;
+
+/* 
+ * Definitions for metapage.
+ */
+
+#define HASH_METAPAGE	0		/* metapage is always block 0 */
+
+#define HASH_MAGIC	0x6440640
+#define HASH_VERSION	0
+
+/*
+ * NCACHED is used to set the array sizeof spares[] & bitmaps[].
+ *
+ * Spares[] is used to hold the number overflow pages currently
+ * allocated at a certain splitpoint. For example, if spares[3] = 7
+ * then there are a maximum of 7 ovflpages available at splitpoint 3.
+ * The value in spares[] will change as ovflpages are added within
+ * a splitpoint. 
+ * 
+ * Within a splitpoint, one can find which ovflpages are available and
+ * which are used by looking at a bitmaps that are stored on the ovfl
+ * pages themselves. There is at least one bitmap for every splitpoint's
+ * ovflpages. Bitmaps[] contains the ovflpage addresses of the ovflpages 
+ * that hold the ovflpage bitmaps. 
+ *
+ * The reason that the size is restricted to NCACHED (32) is because
+ * the bitmaps are 16 bits: upper 5 represent the splitpoint, lower 11
+ * indicate the page number within the splitpoint. Since there are 
+ * only 5 bits to store the splitpoint, there can only be 32 splitpoints. 
+ * Both spares[] and bitmaps[] use splitpoints as there indices, so there
+ * can only be 32 of them. 
+ */
+
+#define	NCACHED		32	
+
+
+typedef struct HashMetaPageData {
+    PageHeaderData	hashm_phdr;		/* pad for page header
+						   (do not use) */
+    uint32		hashm_magic;		/* magic no. for hash tables */
+    uint32		hashm_version;		/* version ID */
+    uint32		hashm_nkeys;		/* number of keys stored in
+						   the table */
+    uint16		hashm_ffactor;		/* fill factor */
+    uint16		hashm_bsize;		/* bucket size (bytes) -
+						   must be a power of 2 */
+    uint16		hashm_bshift;		/* bucket shift */
+    uint16		hashm_bmsize;		/* bitmap array size (bytes) -
+						   must be a power of 2 */
+    uint32 		hashm_maxbucket;	/* ID of maximum bucket
+						   in use */
+    uint32		hashm_highmask;		/* mask to modulo into
+						   entire table */
+    uint32		hashm_lowmask;		/* mask to modulo into lower
+						   half of table */
+    uint32		hashm_ovflpoint;	/* pageno. from which ovflpgs
+						   being allocated */
+    uint32		hashm_lastfreed;	/* last ovflpage freed */
+    uint32		hashm_nmaps;		/* Initial number of bitmaps */
+    uint32		hashm_spares[NCACHED];	/* spare pages available at
+						   splitpoints */
+    BlockNumber		hashm_mapp[NCACHED];	/* blknumbers of ovfl page
+						   maps */
+    RegProcedure	hashm_procid;		/* hash procedure id from
+						   pg_proc */
+} HashMetaPageData;
+
+typedef HashMetaPageData *HashMetaPage;
+
+/* Short hands for accessing structure */
+#define BSHIFT		hashm_bshift
+#define OVFL_POINT	hashm_ovflpoint
+#define	LAST_FREED	hashm_lastfreed
+#define MAX_BUCKET	hashm_maxbucket
+#define FFACTOR		hashm_ffactor
+#define HIGH_MASK	hashm_highmask
+#define LOW_MASK	hashm_lowmask
+#define NKEYS		hashm_nkeys
+#define SPARES		hashm_spares
+
+extern bool	BuildingHash;
+
+typedef struct HashItemData {
+    IndexTupleData          hash_itup;
+} HashItemData;
+
+typedef HashItemData      *HashItem;
+
+/*
+ * Constants
+ */
+#define DEFAULT_FFACTOR		300
+#define SPLITMAX		8
+#define BYTE_TO_BIT		3	/* 2^3 bits/byte */
+#define INT_TO_BYTE		2	/* 2^2 bytes/int */
+#define INT_TO_BIT		5	/* 2^5 bits/int */
+#define ALL_SET			((uint32) ~0)
+
+/*
+ * bitmap pages do not contain tuples.  they do contain the standard
+ * page headers and trailers; however, everything in between is a
+ * giant bit array.  the number of bits that fit on a page obviously
+ * depends on the page size and the header/trailer overhead.
+ */
+#define	BMPGSZ_BYTE(metap)	((metap)->hashm_bmsize)
+#define	BMPGSZ_BIT(metap)	((metap)->hashm_bmsize << BYTE_TO_BIT)
+#define	HashPageGetBitmap(pg) \
+    ((uint32 *) (((char *) (pg)) + DOUBLEALIGN(sizeof(PageHeaderData))))
+
+/*
+ * The number of bits in an ovflpage bitmap which
+ * tells which ovflpages are empty versus in use (NOT the number of
+ * bits in an overflow page *address* bitmap). 
+ */
+#define BITS_PER_MAP	32	/* Number of bits in ovflpage bitmap */
+
+/* Given the address of the beginning of a big map, clear/set the nth bit */
+#define CLRBIT(A, N)	((A)[(N)/BITS_PER_MAP] &= ~(1<<((N)%BITS_PER_MAP)))
+#define SETBIT(A, N)	((A)[(N)/BITS_PER_MAP] |= (1<<((N)%BITS_PER_MAP)))
+#define ISSET(A, N)	((A)[(N)/BITS_PER_MAP] & (1<<((N)%BITS_PER_MAP)))
+
+/*
+ * page locking modes
+ */
+#define	HASH_READ	0
+#define	HASH_WRITE	1
+
+/*  
+ *  In general, the hash code tries to localize its knowledge about page
+ *  layout to a couple of routines.  However, we need a special value to
+ *  indicate "no page number" in those places where we expect page numbers.
+ */
+
+#define P_NONE		0
+
+/*
+ *  Strategy number. There's only one valid strategy for hashing: equality.
+ */
+
+#define HTEqualStrategyNumber		1
+#define HTMaxStrategyNumber		1
+
+/*
+ *  When a new operator class is declared, we require that the user supply
+ *  us with an amproc procudure for hashing a key of the new type.
+ *  Since we only have one such proc in amproc, it's number 1.
+ */
+
+#define HASHPROC	1
+
+/* public routines */
+
+extern void hashbuild(Relation heap, Relation index, int natts,
+	AttrNumber *attnum, IndexStrategy istrat, uint16 pcount,
+	Datum *params, FuncIndexInfo *finfo, PredInfo *predInfo);
+extern InsertIndexResult hashinsert(Relation rel, IndexTuple itup);
+extern char *hashgettuple(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir);
+extern char *hashbeginscan(Relation rel, bool fromEnd, uint16 keysz,
+			   ScanKey scankey);
+extern void hashrescan(IndexScanDesc scan, bool fromEnd, ScanKey scankey);
+extern void hashendscan(IndexScanDesc scan);
+extern void hashmarkpos(IndexScanDesc scan);
+extern void hashrestrpos(IndexScanDesc scan);
+extern void hashdelete(Relation rel, ItemPointer tid);
+
+/* hashfunc.c */
+extern uint32 hashint2(int16 key);
+extern uint32 hashint4(uint32 key);
+extern uint32 hashfloat4(float32 keyp);
+extern uint32 hashfloat8(float64 keyp);
+extern uint32 hashoid(Oid key);
+extern uint32 hashchar(char key);
+extern uint32 hashchar2(uint16 intkey);
+extern uint32 hashchar4(uint32 intkey);
+extern uint32 hashchar8(char *key);
+extern uint32 hashchar16(char *key);
+extern uint32 hashtext(struct varlena *key);
+
+/* private routines */
+
+/* hashinsert.c */
+extern InsertIndexResult _hash_doinsert(Relation rel, HashItem hitem);
+
+
+/* hashovfl.c */
+extern Buffer _hash_addovflpage(Relation rel, Buffer *metabufp, Buffer buf);
+extern Buffer _hash_freeovflpage(Relation rel, Buffer ovflbuf);
+extern int32 _hash_initbitmap(Relation rel, HashMetaPage metap, int32 pnum,
+			      int32 nbits, int32 ndx);
+extern void _hash_squeezebucket(Relation rel, HashMetaPage metap,
+				Bucket bucket);
+
+
+/* hashpage.c */
+extern void _hash_metapinit(Relation rel);
+extern Buffer _hash_getbuf(Relation rel, BlockNumber blkno, int access);
+extern void _hash_relbuf(Relation rel, Buffer buf, int access);
+extern void _hash_wrtbuf(Relation rel, Buffer buf);
+extern void _hash_wrtnorelbuf(Relation rel, Buffer buf);
+extern Page _hash_chgbufaccess(Relation rel, Buffer *bufp, int from_access,
+			       int to_access);
+extern void _hash_pageinit(Page page, Size size);
+extern void _hash_pagedel(Relation rel, ItemPointer tid);
+extern void _hash_expandtable(Relation rel, Buffer metabuf);
+
+
+/* hashscan.c */
+extern void _hash_regscan(IndexScanDesc scan);
+extern void _hash_dropscan(IndexScanDesc scan);
+extern void _hash_adjscans(Relation rel, ItemPointer tid);
+
+
+/* hashsearch.c */
+extern void _hash_search(Relation rel, int keysz, ScanKey scankey,
+			 Buffer *bufP, HashMetaPage metap);
+extern RetrieveIndexResult _hash_next(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir);
+extern RetrieveIndexResult _hash_first(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir);
+extern bool _hash_step(IndexScanDesc scan, Buffer *bufP, ScanDirection dir,
+		       Buffer metabuf);
+
+
+/* hashstrat.c */
+extern StrategyNumber _hash_getstrat(Relation rel, AttrNumber attno,
+				     RegProcedure proc);
+extern bool _hash_invokestrat(Relation rel, AttrNumber attno,
+			      StrategyNumber strat, Datum left, Datum right);
+
+
+/* hashutil.c */
+extern ScanKey _hash_mkscankey(Relation rel, IndexTuple itup,
+			       HashMetaPage metap);
+extern void _hash_freeskey(ScanKey skey);
+extern bool _hash_checkqual(IndexScanDesc scan, IndexTuple itup);
+extern HashItem _hash_formitem(IndexTuple itup);
+extern Bucket _hash_call(Relation rel, HashMetaPage metap, Datum key);
+extern uint32 _hash_log2(uint32 num);
+extern void _hash_checkpage(Page page, int flags);
+
+#endif	/* HASH_H */

src/backend/access/hash/Makefile.inc

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Makefile.inc--
+#    Makefile for access/hash (hash access method)
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+#
+#
+# IDENTIFICATION
+#    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/Attic/Makefile.inc,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:10 scrappy Exp $
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SUBSRCS+= hash.c hashfunc.c hashinsert.c hashovfl.c hashpage.c hashscan.c \
+	hashsearch.c hashstrat.c hashutil.c
+
+
+

src/backend/access/hash/hash.c

@@ -0,0 +1,467 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * hash.c--
+ *    Implementation of Margo Seltzer's Hashing package for postgres. 
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hash.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:10 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ *    This file contains only the public interface routines.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/excid.h"
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/sdir.h"
+#include "access/hash.h"
+#include "access/funcindex.h"
+#include "nodes/execnodes.h"
+#include "nodes/plannodes.h"
+#include "executor/executor.h"
+#include "executor/tuptable.h"
+#include "catalog/index.h"
+
+
+bool	BuildingHash = false;
+
+/*
+ *  hashbuild() -- build a new hash index.
+ *
+ *	We use a global variable to record the fact that we're creating
+ *	a new index.  This is used to avoid high-concurrency locking,
+ *	since the index won't be visible until this transaction commits
+ *	and since building is guaranteed to be single-threaded.
+ */
+void
+hashbuild(Relation heap,
+	  Relation index,
+	  int natts,
+	  AttrNumber *attnum,
+	  IndexStrategy istrat,
+	  uint16 pcount,
+	  Datum *params,
+	  FuncIndexInfo *finfo,
+	  PredInfo *predInfo)
+{
+    HeapScanDesc hscan;
+    Buffer buffer;
+    HeapTuple htup;
+    IndexTuple itup;
+    TupleDesc htupdesc, itupdesc;
+    Datum *attdata;
+    bool *nulls;
+    InsertIndexResult res;
+    int nhtups, nitups;
+    int i;
+    HashItem hitem;
+    ExprContext *econtext;
+    TupleTable tupleTable;
+    TupleTableSlot *slot;
+    Oid hrelid, irelid;
+    Node *pred, *oldPred;
+    
+    /* note that this is a new btree */
+    BuildingHash = true;
+    
+    pred = predInfo->pred;
+    oldPred = predInfo->oldPred;
+    
+    /*  initialize the hash index metadata page (if this is a new index) */
+    if (oldPred == NULL)
+	_hash_metapinit(index);
+    
+    /* get tuple descriptors for heap and index relations */
+    htupdesc = RelationGetTupleDescriptor(heap);
+    itupdesc = RelationGetTupleDescriptor(index);
+    
+    /* get space for data items that'll appear in the index tuple */
+    attdata = (Datum *) palloc(natts * sizeof(Datum));
+    nulls = (bool *) palloc(natts * sizeof(bool));
+    
+    /*
+     * If this is a predicate (partial) index, we will need to evaluate the
+     * predicate using ExecQual, which requires the current tuple to be in a
+     * slot of a TupleTable.  In addition, ExecQual must have an ExprContext
+     * referring to that slot.  Here, we initialize dummy TupleTable and
+     * ExprContext objects for this purpose. --Nels, Feb '92
+     */
+#ifndef OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX
+    if (pred != NULL || oldPred != NULL) {
+	tupleTable = ExecCreateTupleTable(1);
+	slot = ExecAllocTableSlot(tupleTable);
+	econtext = makeNode(ExprContext);
+	FillDummyExprContext(econtext, slot, htupdesc, buffer);
+    }
+#endif /* OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX */
+    
+    /* start a heap scan */
+    hscan = heap_beginscan(heap, 0, NowTimeQual, 0, (ScanKey) NULL);
+    htup = heap_getnext(hscan, 0, &buffer);
+    
+    /* build the index */
+    nhtups = nitups = 0;
+    
+    for (; HeapTupleIsValid(htup); htup = heap_getnext(hscan, 0, &buffer)) {
+	
+	nhtups++;
+	
+	/*
+	 * If oldPred != NULL, this is an EXTEND INDEX command, so skip
+	 * this tuple if it was already in the existing partial index
+	 */
+	if (oldPred != NULL) {
+	    /*SetSlotContents(slot, htup); */
+#ifndef OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX
+	    slot->val = htup;
+	    if (ExecQual((List*)oldPred, econtext) == true) {
+		nitups++;
+		continue;
+	    }
+#endif /* OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX */    
+	}
+	
+	/* Skip this tuple if it doesn't satisfy the partial-index predicate */
+	if (pred != NULL) {
+#ifndef OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX
+	    /*SetSlotContents(slot, htup); */
+	    slot->val = htup;
+	    if (ExecQual((List*)pred, econtext) == false)
+		continue;
+#endif /* OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX */    	
+}
+	
+	nitups++;
+	
+	/*
+	 *  For the current heap tuple, extract all the attributes
+	 *  we use in this index, and note which are null.
+	 */
+	for (i = 1; i <= natts; i++) {
+	    int attoff;
+	    bool attnull;
+	    
+	    /*
+	     *  Offsets are from the start of the tuple, and are
+	     *  zero-based; indices are one-based.  The next call
+	     *  returns i - 1.  That's data hiding for you.
+	     */
+	    
+	    /* attoff = i - 1 */
+	    attoff = AttrNumberGetAttrOffset(i);
+	    
+	    /* below, attdata[attoff] set to equal some datum &
+	     * attnull is changed to indicate whether or not the attribute 
+	     * is null for this tuple
+	     */
+	    attdata[attoff] = GetIndexValue(htup, 
+					    htupdesc,
+					    attoff, 
+					    attnum, 
+					    finfo, 
+					    &attnull,
+					    buffer);
+	    nulls[attoff] = (attnull ? 'n' : ' ');
+	}
+	
+	/* form an index tuple and point it at the heap tuple */
+	itup = index_formtuple(itupdesc, attdata, nulls);
+	
+	/*
+	 *  If the single index key is null, we don't insert it into
+	 *  the index.  Hash tables support scans on '='.
+	 *  Relational algebra says that A = B
+	 *  returns null if either A or B is null.  This
+	 *  means that no qualification used in an index scan could ever
+	 *  return true on a null attribute.  It also means that indices
+	 *  can't be used by ISNULL or NOTNULL scans, but that's an
+	 *  artifact of the strategy map architecture chosen in 1986, not
+	 *  of the way nulls are handled here.
+	 */
+	
+	if (itup->t_info & INDEX_NULL_MASK) {
+	    pfree(itup);
+	    continue;
+	}
+	
+	itup->t_tid = htup->t_ctid;
+	hitem = _hash_formitem(itup);
+	res = _hash_doinsert(index, hitem);
+	pfree(hitem);
+	pfree(itup);
+	pfree(res);
+    }
+    
+    /* okay, all heap tuples are indexed */
+    heap_endscan(hscan);
+    
+    if (pred != NULL || oldPred != NULL) {
+#ifndef OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX
+	ExecDestroyTupleTable(tupleTable, true);
+	pfree(econtext);
+#endif /* OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX */    	
+    }
+    
+    /*
+     *  Since we just counted the tuples in the heap, we update its
+     *  stats in pg_class to guarantee that the planner takes advantage
+     *  of the index we just created. Finally, only update statistics
+     *  during normal index definitions, not for indices on system catalogs
+     *  created during bootstrap processing.  We must close the relations
+     *  before updatings statistics to guarantee that the relcache entries
+     *  are flushed when we increment the command counter in UpdateStats().
+     */
+    if (IsNormalProcessingMode())
+	{
+	    hrelid = heap->rd_id;
+	    irelid = index->rd_id;
+	    heap_close(heap);
+	    index_close(index);
+	    UpdateStats(hrelid, nhtups, true);
+	    UpdateStats(irelid, nitups, false);
+	    if (oldPred != NULL) {
+		if (nitups == nhtups) pred = NULL;
+		UpdateIndexPredicate(irelid, oldPred, pred);
+	    }  
+	}
+    
+    /* be tidy */
+    pfree(nulls);
+    pfree(attdata);
+    
+    /* all done */
+    BuildingHash = false;
+}
+
+/*
+ *  hashinsert() -- insert an index tuple into a hash table. 
+ *
+ *  Hash on the index tuple's key, find the appropriate location 
+ *  for the new tuple, put it there, and return an InsertIndexResult
+ *  to the caller. 
+ */
+InsertIndexResult
+hashinsert(Relation rel, IndexTuple itup)
+{
+    HashItem hitem;
+    InsertIndexResult res;
+    
+    if (itup->t_info & INDEX_NULL_MASK)
+	return ((InsertIndexResult) NULL);
+    
+    hitem = _hash_formitem(itup);
+    
+    res = _hash_doinsert(rel, hitem);
+    
+    pfree(hitem);
+    
+    return (res);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  hashgettuple() -- Get the next tuple in the scan.
+ */
+char *
+hashgettuple(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir)
+{
+    RetrieveIndexResult res;
+    
+    /*
+     *  If we've already initialized this scan, we can just advance it
+     *  in the appropriate direction.  If we haven't done so yet, we
+     *  call a routine to get the first item in the scan.
+     */
+    
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(&(scan->currentItemData)))
+	res = _hash_next(scan, dir);
+    else
+	res = _hash_first(scan, dir);
+    
+    return ((char *) res);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  hashbeginscan() -- start a scan on a hash index
+ */
+char *
+hashbeginscan(Relation rel,
+	      bool fromEnd,
+	      uint16 keysz,
+	      ScanKey scankey)
+{
+    IndexScanDesc scan;
+    HashScanOpaque so;
+    
+    scan = RelationGetIndexScan(rel, fromEnd, keysz, scankey);
+    so = (HashScanOpaque) palloc(sizeof(HashScanOpaqueData)); 
+    so->hashso_curbuf = so->hashso_mrkbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+    scan->opaque = so; 
+    scan->flags = 0x0;
+    
+    /* register scan in case we change pages it's using */
+    _hash_regscan(scan);
+    
+    return ((char *) scan);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  hashrescan() -- rescan an index relation
+ */
+void
+hashrescan(IndexScanDesc scan, bool fromEnd, ScanKey scankey)
+{
+    ItemPointer iptr;
+    HashScanOpaque so;
+    
+    so = (HashScanOpaque) scan->opaque;
+    
+    /* we hold a read lock on the current page in the scan */
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(iptr = &(scan->currentItemData))) {
+	_hash_relbuf(scan->relation, so->hashso_curbuf, HASH_READ);
+	so->hashso_curbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+	ItemPointerSetInvalid(iptr);
+    }
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(iptr = &(scan->currentMarkData))) {
+	_hash_relbuf(scan->relation, so->hashso_mrkbuf, HASH_READ);
+	so->hashso_mrkbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+	ItemPointerSetInvalid(iptr);
+    }
+    
+    /* reset the scan key */
+    if (scan->numberOfKeys > 0) {
+	memmove(scan->keyData,
+		scankey,
+		scan->numberOfKeys * sizeof(ScanKeyData));
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *  hashendscan() -- close down a scan
+ */
+void
+hashendscan(IndexScanDesc scan)
+{
+    
+    ItemPointer iptr;
+    HashScanOpaque so;
+    
+    so = (HashScanOpaque) scan->opaque;
+    
+    /* release any locks we still hold */
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(iptr = &(scan->currentItemData))) {
+	_hash_relbuf(scan->relation, so->hashso_curbuf, HASH_READ);
+	so->hashso_curbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+	ItemPointerSetInvalid(iptr);
+    }
+    
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(iptr = &(scan->currentMarkData))) {
+	if (BufferIsValid(so->hashso_mrkbuf))
+	    _hash_relbuf(scan->relation, so->hashso_mrkbuf, HASH_READ);
+	so->hashso_mrkbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+	ItemPointerSetInvalid(iptr);
+    }
+    
+    /* don't need scan registered anymore */
+    _hash_dropscan(scan);
+    
+    /* be tidy */
+#ifdef PERFECT_MMGR
+    pfree (scan->opaque);
+#endif /* PERFECT_MMGR */
+}
+
+/*
+ *  hashmarkpos() -- save current scan position
+ *
+ */
+void
+hashmarkpos(IndexScanDesc scan)
+{
+    ItemPointer iptr;
+    HashScanOpaque so;
+    
+    /*  see if we ever call this code. if we do, then so_mrkbuf a
+     *  useful element in the scan->opaque structure. if this procedure
+     *  is never called, so_mrkbuf should be removed from the scan->opaque
+     *  structure. 
+     */
+    elog(NOTICE, "Hashmarkpos() called.");
+    
+    so = (HashScanOpaque) scan->opaque;
+    
+    /* release lock on old marked data, if any */
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(iptr = &(scan->currentMarkData))) {
+	_hash_relbuf(scan->relation, so->hashso_mrkbuf, HASH_READ);
+	so->hashso_mrkbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+	ItemPointerSetInvalid(iptr);
+    }
+    
+    /* bump lock on currentItemData and copy to currentMarkData */
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(&(scan->currentItemData))) {
+	so->hashso_mrkbuf = _hash_getbuf(scan->relation,
+					 BufferGetBlockNumber(so->hashso_curbuf),
+					 HASH_READ);
+	scan->currentMarkData = scan->currentItemData;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *  hashrestrpos() -- restore scan to last saved position
+ */
+void
+hashrestrpos(IndexScanDesc scan)
+{
+    ItemPointer iptr;
+    HashScanOpaque so;
+    
+    /*  see if we ever call this code. if we do, then so_mrkbuf a
+     *  useful element in the scan->opaque structure. if this procedure
+     *  is never called, so_mrkbuf should be removed from the scan->opaque
+     *  structure. 
+     */
+    elog(NOTICE, "Hashrestrpos() called.");
+    
+    so = (HashScanOpaque) scan->opaque;
+    
+    /* release lock on current data, if any */
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(iptr = &(scan->currentItemData))) {
+	_hash_relbuf(scan->relation, so->hashso_curbuf, HASH_READ);
+	so->hashso_curbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+	ItemPointerSetInvalid(iptr);
+    }
+    
+    /* bump lock on currentMarkData and copy to currentItemData */
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(&(scan->currentMarkData))) {
+	so->hashso_curbuf =
+	    _hash_getbuf(scan->relation,
+			 BufferGetBlockNumber(so->hashso_mrkbuf),
+			 HASH_READ);
+	
+	scan->currentItemData = scan->currentMarkData;
+    }
+}
+
+/* stubs */
+void
+hashdelete(Relation rel, ItemPointer tid)
+{
+    /* adjust any active scans that will be affected by this deletion */
+    _hash_adjscans(rel, tid);
+    
+    /* delete the data from the page */
+    _hash_pagedel(rel, tid);
+}
+

src/backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * hashfunc.c--
+ *    Comparison functions for hash access method.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashfunc.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:10 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ *    These functions are stored in pg_amproc.  For each operator class
+ *    defined on hash tables, they compute the hash value of the argument.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+#include "utils/nabstime.h"
+
+uint32 hashint2(int16 key)
+{
+    return ((uint32) ~key);
+}
+
+uint32 hashint4(uint32 key)
+{
+    return (~key);
+}
+
+/* Hash function from Chris Torek. */
+uint32 hashfloat4(float32 keyp)
+{
+    int len;
+    int loop;
+    uint32 h;
+    char *kp = (char *) keyp;
+
+    len = sizeof(float32data);
+
+#define HASH4a   h = (h << 5) - h + *kp++;
+#define HASH4b   h = (h << 5) + h + *kp++;
+#define HASH4 HASH4b
+
+
+    h = 0;
+    if (len > 0) {
+	loop = (len + 8 - 1) >> 3;
+	
+	switch (len & (8 - 1)) {
+	case 0:
+	    do {	/* All fall throughs */
+		HASH4;
+	    case 7:
+		HASH4;
+	    case 6:
+		HASH4;
+	    case 5:
+		HASH4;
+	    case 4:
+		HASH4;
+	    case 3:
+		HASH4;
+	    case 2:
+		HASH4;
+	    case 1:
+		HASH4;
+	    } while (--loop);
+	}
+    }
+    return (h);
+}	
+
+
+uint32 hashfloat8(float64 keyp)
+{
+    int len;
+    int loop;
+    uint32 h;
+    char *kp = (char *) keyp;
+
+    len = sizeof(float64data);
+
+#define HASH4a   h = (h << 5) - h + *kp++;
+#define HASH4b   h = (h << 5) + h + *kp++;
+#define HASH4 HASH4b
+
+
+    h = 0;
+    if (len > 0) {
+	loop = (len + 8 - 1) >> 3;
+	
+	switch (len & (8 - 1)) {
+	case 0:
+	    do {	/* All fall throughs */
+		HASH4;
+	    case 7:
+		HASH4;
+	    case 6:
+		HASH4;
+	    case 5:
+		HASH4;
+	    case 4:
+		HASH4;
+	    case 3:
+		HASH4;
+	    case 2:
+		HASH4;
+	    case 1:
+		HASH4;
+	    } while (--loop);
+	}
+    }
+    return (h);
+}	
+
+
+uint32 hashoid(Oid key)
+{
+    return ((uint32) ~key);
+}
+
+
+uint32 hashchar(char key)
+{
+    int len;
+    uint32 h;
+
+    len = sizeof(char);
+
+#define PRIME1		37
+#define PRIME2		1048583
+
+    h = 0;
+    /* Convert char to integer */
+    h = h * PRIME1 ^ (key - ' ');
+    h %= PRIME2;
+    
+    return (h);
+}
+
+uint32 hashchar2(uint16 intkey)
+{
+    uint32 h;
+    int len;
+    char *key = (char *) &intkey;
+ 
+    h = 0;
+    len = sizeof(uint16);
+    /* Convert string to integer */
+    while (len--)
+	h = h * PRIME1 ^ (*key++ - ' ');
+    h %= PRIME2;
+	
+    return (h);
+}
+
+uint32 hashchar4(uint32 intkey)
+{
+    uint32 h;
+    int len;
+    char *key = (char *) &intkey;
+ 
+    h = 0;
+    len = sizeof(uint32);
+    /* Convert string to integer */
+    while (len--)
+	h = h * PRIME1 ^ (*key++ - ' ');
+    h %= PRIME2;
+	
+    return (h);
+}
+
+uint32 hashchar8(char *key)
+{
+    uint32 h;
+    int len;
+ 
+    h = 0;
+    len = sizeof(char8);
+    /* Convert string to integer */
+    while (len--)
+	h = h * PRIME1 ^ (*key++ - ' ');
+    h %= PRIME2;
+	
+    return (h);
+}
+
+uint32 hashname(NameData *n)
+{
+    uint32 h;
+    int len;
+    char *key;
+
+    key = n->data;
+ 
+    h = 0;
+    len = NAMEDATALEN;
+    /* Convert string to integer */
+    while (len--)
+	h = h * PRIME1 ^ (*key++ - ' ');
+    h %= PRIME2;
+	
+    return (h);
+}
+
+
+uint32 hashchar16(char *key)
+{
+    uint32 h;
+    int len;
+ 
+    h = 0;
+    len = sizeof(char16);
+    /* Convert string to integer */
+    while (len--)
+	h = h * PRIME1 ^ (*key++ - ' ');
+    h %= PRIME2;
+	
+    return (h);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * (Comment from the original db3 hashing code: )
+ *
+ * "This is INCREDIBLY ugly, but fast.  We break the string up into 8 byte
+ * units.  On the first time through the loop we get the 'leftover bytes'
+ * (strlen % 8).  On every other iteration, we perform 8 HASHC's so we handle
+ * all 8 bytes.  Essentially, this saves us 7 cmp & branch instructions.  If
+ * this routine is heavily used enough, it's worth the ugly coding.
+ *
+ * "OZ's original sdbm hash"
+ */
+uint32 hashtext(struct varlena *key)
+{
+    int keylen;
+    char *keydata;
+    uint32 n;
+    int loop;
+
+    keydata = VARDATA(key);
+    keylen = VARSIZE(key);
+
+    /* keylen includes the four bytes in which string keylength is stored */
+    keylen -= sizeof(VARSIZE(key));
+
+#define HASHC   n = *keydata++ + 65599 * n
+
+    n = 0;
+    if (keylen > 0) {
+	loop = (keylen + 8 - 1) >> 3;
+	
+	switch (keylen & (8 - 1)) {
+	case 0:
+	    do {	/* All fall throughs */
+		HASHC;
+	    case 7:
+		HASHC;
+	    case 6:
+		HASHC;
+	    case 5:
+		HASHC;
+	    case 4:
+		HASHC;
+	    case 3:
+		HASHC;
+	    case 2:
+		HASHC;
+	    case 1:
+		HASHC;
+	    } while (--loop);
+	}
+    }
+    return (n);
+}	

src/backend/access/hash/hashinsert.c

@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * hashinsert.c--
+ *    Item insertion in hash tables for Postgres.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashinsert.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:10 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/excid.h"
+
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/hash.h"
+
+static InsertIndexResult _hash_insertonpg(Relation rel, Buffer buf, int keysz, ScanKey scankey, HashItem hitem, Buffer metabuf);
+static OffsetNumber _hash_pgaddtup(Relation rel, Buffer buf, int keysz, ScanKey itup_scankey, Size itemsize, HashItem hitem);
+
+/*
+ *  _hash_doinsert() -- Handle insertion of a single HashItem in the table.
+ *
+ *	This routine is called by the public interface routines, hashbuild
+ *	and hashinsert.  By here, hashitem is filled in, and has a unique
+ *	(xid, seqno) pair. The datum to be used as a "key" is in the
+ * 	hashitem. 
+ */
+InsertIndexResult
+_hash_doinsert(Relation rel, HashItem hitem)
+{
+    Buffer buf;
+    Buffer metabuf;
+    BlockNumber blkno;
+    HashMetaPage metap;
+    IndexTuple itup;
+    InsertIndexResult res;
+    ScanKey itup_scankey;
+    int natts;
+    Page page;
+    
+    metabuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, HASH_METAPAGE, HASH_READ);
+    metap = (HashMetaPage) BufferGetPage(metabuf);
+    _hash_checkpage((Page) metap, LH_META_PAGE);
+    
+    /* we need a scan key to do our search, so build one */
+    itup = &(hitem->hash_itup);
+    if ((natts = rel->rd_rel->relnatts) != 1)
+	elog(WARN, "Hash indices valid for only one index key.");
+    itup_scankey = _hash_mkscankey(rel, itup, metap);
+    
+    /* 
+     * find the first page in the bucket chain containing this key and
+     * place it in buf.  _hash_search obtains a read lock for us.
+     */
+    _hash_search(rel, natts, itup_scankey, &buf, metap);
+    page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+    _hash_checkpage(page, LH_BUCKET_PAGE);
+
+    /*
+     * trade in our read lock for a write lock so that we can do the
+     * insertion.
+     */
+    blkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(buf);
+    _hash_relbuf(rel, buf, HASH_READ);
+    buf = _hash_getbuf(rel, blkno, HASH_WRITE);
+    
+    
+    /*
+     * XXX btree comment (haven't decided what to do in hash): don't
+     * think the bucket can be split while we're reading the metapage.
+     *
+     * If the page was split between the time that we surrendered our
+     * read lock and acquired our write lock, then this page may no
+     * longer be the right place for the key we want to insert.
+     */
+    
+    /* do the insertion */
+    res = _hash_insertonpg(rel, buf, natts, itup_scankey,
+			   hitem, metabuf);
+    
+    /* be tidy */
+    _hash_freeskey(itup_scankey);
+    
+    return (res);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _hash_insertonpg() -- Insert a tuple on a particular page in the table.
+ *
+ *	This recursive procedure does the following things:
+ *
+ *	    +  if necessary, splits the target page.  
+ *	    +  inserts the tuple.
+ *
+ *	On entry, we must have the right buffer on which to do the
+ *	insertion, and the buffer must be pinned and locked.  On return,
+ *	we will have dropped both the pin and the write lock on the buffer.
+ *
+ */
+static InsertIndexResult
+_hash_insertonpg(Relation rel,
+		 Buffer buf,
+		 int keysz,
+		 ScanKey scankey,
+		 HashItem hitem,
+		 Buffer metabuf)
+{
+    InsertIndexResult res; 
+    Page page;
+    BlockNumber itup_blkno;
+    OffsetNumber itup_off;
+    int itemsz;
+    HashPageOpaque pageopaque;
+    bool do_expand = false;	 
+    Buffer ovflbuf;
+    HashMetaPage metap;
+    Bucket bucket;
+    
+    metap = (HashMetaPage) BufferGetPage(metabuf);
+    _hash_checkpage((Page) metap, LH_META_PAGE);
+    
+    page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+    _hash_checkpage(page, LH_BUCKET_PAGE|LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+    pageopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+    bucket = pageopaque->hasho_bucket;
+
+    itemsz = IndexTupleDSize(hitem->hash_itup)
+	+ (sizeof(HashItemData) - sizeof(IndexTupleData));
+    itemsz = DOUBLEALIGN(itemsz);
+    
+    while (PageGetFreeSpace(page) < itemsz) {
+	/* 
+         * no space on this page; check for an overflow page 
+	 */
+	if (BlockNumberIsValid(pageopaque->hasho_nextblkno)) {
+	    /* 
+	     * ovfl page exists; go get it.  if it doesn't have room,
+	     * we'll find out next pass through the loop test above.
+	     */
+	    ovflbuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, pageopaque->hasho_nextblkno,
+				   HASH_WRITE);
+	    _hash_relbuf(rel, buf, HASH_WRITE);
+	    buf = ovflbuf;
+	    page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+	} else {
+	    /* 
+	     * we're at the end of the bucket chain and we haven't
+	     * found a page with enough room.  allocate a new overflow
+	     * page.
+	     */
+	    do_expand = true;
+	    ovflbuf = _hash_addovflpage(rel, &metabuf, buf);
+	    _hash_relbuf(rel, buf, HASH_WRITE);
+	    buf = ovflbuf;
+	    page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+
+	    if (PageGetFreeSpace(page) < itemsz) {
+		/* it doesn't fit on an empty page -- give up */
+		elog(WARN, "hash item too large");
+	    }
+	}
+	_hash_checkpage(page, LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+	pageopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+	Assert(pageopaque->hasho_bucket == bucket);
+    }
+
+    itup_off = _hash_pgaddtup(rel, buf, keysz, scankey, itemsz, hitem);
+    itup_blkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(buf);
+    
+    /* by here, the new tuple is inserted */
+    res = (InsertIndexResult) palloc(sizeof(InsertIndexResultData));
+    
+    ItemPointerSet(&(res->pointerData), itup_blkno, itup_off);
+    
+    if (res != NULL) {
+	/* 
+	 * Increment the number of keys in the table.
+	 * We switch lock access type just for a moment
+	 * to allow greater accessibility to the metapage. 
+	 */
+	metap = (HashMetaPage) _hash_chgbufaccess(rel, &metabuf,
+						  HASH_READ, HASH_WRITE);
+	metap->hashm_nkeys += 1;
+	metap = (HashMetaPage) _hash_chgbufaccess(rel, &metabuf,
+						  HASH_WRITE, HASH_READ);
+	
+    }
+    
+    _hash_wrtbuf(rel, buf);
+    
+    if (do_expand || 
+	(metap->hashm_nkeys / (metap->hashm_maxbucket + 1))
+	> metap->hashm_ffactor) {
+	_hash_expandtable(rel, metabuf);
+    }
+    _hash_relbuf(rel, metabuf, HASH_READ);
+    return (res);
+}	
+
+/*
+ *  _hash_pgaddtup() -- add a tuple to a particular page in the index.
+ *
+ *	This routine adds the tuple to the page as requested, and keeps the
+ *	write lock and reference associated with the page's buffer.  It is
+ *	an error to call pgaddtup() without a write lock and reference.
+ */
+static OffsetNumber
+_hash_pgaddtup(Relation rel,
+	       Buffer buf,
+	       int keysz,
+	       ScanKey itup_scankey,
+	       Size itemsize,
+	       HashItem hitem)
+{
+    OffsetNumber itup_off;
+    Page page;
+    
+    page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+    _hash_checkpage(page, LH_BUCKET_PAGE|LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+
+    itup_off = OffsetNumberNext(PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page));
+    (void) PageAddItem(page, (Item) hitem, itemsize, itup_off, LP_USED);
+    
+    /* write the buffer, but hold our lock */
+    _hash_wrtnorelbuf(rel, buf);
+    
+    return (itup_off);
+}

src/backend/access/hash/hashovfl.c

@@ -0,0 +1,614 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * hashovfl.c--
+ *    Overflow page management code for the Postgres hash access method
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashovfl.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:10 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ *    Overflow pages look like ordinary relation pages.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/excid.h"
+
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/hash.h"
+
+static OverflowPageAddress _hash_getovfladdr(Relation rel, Buffer *metabufp);
+static uint32 _hash_firstfreebit(uint32 map);
+
+/*
+ *  _hash_addovflpage
+ *
+ *  Add an overflow page to the page currently pointed to by the buffer 
+ *  argument 'buf'. 
+ *
+ *  *Metabufp has a read lock upon entering the function; buf has a 
+ *  write lock. 
+ *  
+ */
+Buffer
+_hash_addovflpage(Relation rel, Buffer *metabufp, Buffer buf)
+{
+    
+    OverflowPageAddress oaddr;
+    BlockNumber ovflblkno;
+    Buffer ovflbuf;
+    HashMetaPage metap;
+    HashPageOpaque ovflopaque;
+    HashPageOpaque pageopaque;
+    Page page;
+    Page ovflpage;
+    
+    /* this had better be the last page in a bucket chain */
+    page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+    _hash_checkpage(page, LH_BUCKET_PAGE|LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+    pageopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+    Assert(!BlockNumberIsValid(pageopaque->hasho_nextblkno));
+    
+    metap = (HashMetaPage) BufferGetPage(*metabufp);
+    _hash_checkpage((Page) metap, LH_META_PAGE);
+
+    /* allocate an empty overflow page */
+    oaddr = _hash_getovfladdr(rel, metabufp);
+    if (oaddr == InvalidOvflAddress) {
+	elog(WARN, "_hash_addovflpage: problem with _hash_getovfladdr.");
+    }
+    ovflblkno = OADDR_TO_BLKNO(OADDR_OF(SPLITNUM(oaddr), OPAGENUM(oaddr)));
+    Assert(BlockNumberIsValid(ovflblkno));
+    ovflbuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, ovflblkno, HASH_WRITE);
+    Assert(BufferIsValid(ovflbuf));
+    ovflpage = BufferGetPage(ovflbuf);
+
+    /* initialize the new overflow page */
+    _hash_pageinit(ovflpage, BufferGetPageSize(ovflbuf));
+    ovflopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(ovflpage);
+    ovflopaque->hasho_prevblkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(buf);
+    ovflopaque->hasho_nextblkno = InvalidBlockNumber;
+    ovflopaque->hasho_flag = LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE;
+    ovflopaque->hasho_oaddr = oaddr;
+    ovflopaque->hasho_bucket = pageopaque->hasho_bucket;
+    _hash_wrtnorelbuf(rel, ovflbuf);
+    
+    /* logically chain overflow page to previous page */
+    pageopaque->hasho_nextblkno = ovflblkno;
+    _hash_wrtnorelbuf(rel, buf);
+    return (ovflbuf);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _hash_getovfladdr()
+ *
+ *  Find an available overflow page and return its address. 
+ *
+ *  When we enter this function, we have a read lock on *metabufp which
+ *  we change to a write lock immediately. Before exiting, the write lock
+ *  is exchanged for a read lock. 
+ *
+ */
+static OverflowPageAddress
+_hash_getovfladdr(Relation rel, Buffer *metabufp)
+{
+    HashMetaPage metap;
+    Buffer mapbuf;
+    BlockNumber blkno;
+    PageOffset offset;
+    OverflowPageAddress oaddr;
+    SplitNumber splitnum;
+    uint32 *freep;
+    uint32 max_free; 
+    uint32 bit;
+    uint32 first_page; 
+    uint32 free_bit; 
+    uint32 free_page; 
+    uint32 in_use_bits;
+    uint32 i, j;
+    
+    metap = (HashMetaPage) _hash_chgbufaccess(rel, metabufp, HASH_READ, HASH_WRITE);
+    
+    splitnum = metap->OVFL_POINT;
+    max_free = metap->SPARES[splitnum];
+    
+    free_page = (max_free - 1) >> (metap->BSHIFT + BYTE_TO_BIT);
+    free_bit = (max_free - 1) & (BMPGSZ_BIT(metap) - 1);
+    
+    /* Look through all the free maps to find the first free block */
+    first_page = metap->LAST_FREED >> (metap->BSHIFT + BYTE_TO_BIT);
+    for ( i = first_page; i <= free_page; i++ ) {
+	Page mappage;
+
+	blkno = metap->hashm_mapp[i];
+	mapbuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, blkno, HASH_WRITE);
+	mappage = BufferGetPage(mapbuf);
+	_hash_checkpage(mappage, LH_BITMAP_PAGE);
+	freep = HashPageGetBitmap(mappage);
+	Assert(freep);
+	
+	if (i == free_page)
+	    in_use_bits = free_bit;
+	else
+	    in_use_bits = BMPGSZ_BIT(metap) - 1;
+	
+	if (i == first_page) {
+	    bit = metap->LAST_FREED & (BMPGSZ_BIT(metap) - 1);
+	    j = bit / BITS_PER_MAP;
+	    bit = bit & ~(BITS_PER_MAP - 1);
+	} else {
+	    bit = 0;
+	    j = 0;
+	}
+	for (; bit <= in_use_bits; j++, bit += BITS_PER_MAP)
+	    if (freep[j] != ALL_SET)
+		goto found;
+    }
+    
+    /* No Free Page Found - have to allocate a new page */
+    metap->LAST_FREED = metap->SPARES[splitnum];
+    metap->SPARES[splitnum]++;
+    offset = metap->SPARES[splitnum] -
+	(splitnum ? metap->SPARES[splitnum - 1] : 0);
+    
+#define	OVMSG	"HASH: Out of overflow pages.  Out of luck.\n"
+    
+    if (offset > SPLITMASK) {
+	if (++splitnum >= NCACHED) {
+	    elog(WARN, OVMSG);
+	}
+	metap->OVFL_POINT = splitnum;
+	metap->SPARES[splitnum] = metap->SPARES[splitnum-1];
+	metap->SPARES[splitnum-1]--;
+	offset = 0;
+    }
+    
+    /* Check if we need to allocate a new bitmap page */
+    if (free_bit == BMPGSZ_BIT(metap) - 1) {
+	/* won't be needing old map page */
+
+	_hash_relbuf(rel, mapbuf, HASH_WRITE);
+
+	free_page++;
+	if (free_page >= NCACHED) {
+	    elog(WARN, OVMSG);
+	}
+	
+	/*
+	 * This is tricky.  The 1 indicates that you want the new page
+	 * allocated with 1 clear bit.  Actually, you are going to
+	 * allocate 2 pages from this map.  The first is going to be
+	 * the map page, the second is the overflow page we were
+	 * looking for.  The init_bitmap routine automatically, sets
+	 * the first bit of itself to indicate that the bitmap itself
+	 * is in use.  We would explicitly set the second bit, but
+	 * don't have to if we tell init_bitmap not to leave it clear
+	 * in the first place.
+	 */
+	if (_hash_initbitmap(rel, metap, OADDR_OF(splitnum, offset),
+			     1, free_page)) {
+	    elog(WARN, "overflow_page: problem with _hash_initbitmap.");
+	}
+	metap->SPARES[splitnum]++;
+	offset++;
+	if (offset > SPLITMASK) {
+	    if (++splitnum >= NCACHED) {
+		elog(WARN, OVMSG);
+	    }
+	    metap->OVFL_POINT = splitnum;
+	    metap->SPARES[splitnum] = metap->SPARES[splitnum-1];
+	    metap->SPARES[splitnum-1]--;
+	    offset = 0;
+	}
+    } else {
+	
+	/*
+	 * Free_bit addresses the last used bit.  Bump it to address
+	 * the first available bit.
+	 */
+	free_bit++;
+	SETBIT(freep, free_bit);
+	_hash_wrtbuf(rel, mapbuf);
+    }
+    
+    /* Calculate address of the new overflow page */
+    oaddr = OADDR_OF(splitnum, offset);
+    _hash_chgbufaccess(rel, metabufp, HASH_WRITE, HASH_READ);
+    return (oaddr);
+    
+ found:
+    bit = bit + _hash_firstfreebit(freep[j]);
+    SETBIT(freep, bit);
+    _hash_wrtbuf(rel, mapbuf);
+    
+    /*
+     * Bits are addressed starting with 0, but overflow pages are addressed
+     * beginning at 1. Bit is a bit addressnumber, so we need to increment
+     * it to convert it to a page number.
+     */
+    
+    bit = 1 + bit + (i * BMPGSZ_BIT(metap));
+    if (bit >= metap->LAST_FREED) {
+	metap->LAST_FREED = bit - 1;
+    }
+    
+    /* Calculate the split number for this page */
+    for (i = 0; (i < splitnum) && (bit > metap->SPARES[i]); i++)
+	;
+    offset = (i ? bit - metap->SPARES[i - 1] : bit);
+    if (offset >= SPLITMASK) {
+	elog(WARN, OVMSG);
+    }
+    
+    /* initialize this page */
+    oaddr = OADDR_OF(i, offset);
+    _hash_chgbufaccess(rel, metabufp, HASH_WRITE, HASH_READ);
+    return (oaddr);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _hash_firstfreebit()
+ *
+ *  Return the first bit that is not set in the argument 'map'. This
+ *  function is used to find an available overflow page within a
+ *  splitnumber. 
+ * 
+ */
+static uint32
+_hash_firstfreebit(uint32 map)
+{
+    uint32 i, mask;
+    
+    mask = 0x1;
+    for (i = 0; i < BITS_PER_MAP; i++) {
+	if (!(mask & map))
+	    return (i);
+	mask = mask << 1;
+    }
+    return (i);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _hash_freeovflpage() - 
+ *
+ *  Mark this overflow page as free and return a buffer with 
+ *  the page that follows it (which may be defined as
+ *  InvalidBuffer). 
+ *
+ */
+Buffer
+_hash_freeovflpage(Relation rel, Buffer ovflbuf)
+{
+    HashMetaPage metap;
+    Buffer metabuf;
+    Buffer mapbuf;
+    BlockNumber prevblkno;
+    BlockNumber blkno;
+    BlockNumber nextblkno;
+    HashPageOpaque ovflopaque;
+    Page ovflpage;
+    Page mappage;
+    OverflowPageAddress addr;
+    SplitNumber splitnum;
+    uint32 *freep;
+    uint32 ovflpgno;
+    int32 bitmappage, bitmapbit;
+    Bucket bucket;
+    
+    metabuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, HASH_METAPAGE, HASH_WRITE);
+    metap = (HashMetaPage) BufferGetPage(metabuf);
+    _hash_checkpage((Page) metap, LH_META_PAGE);
+    
+    ovflpage = BufferGetPage(ovflbuf);
+    _hash_checkpage(ovflpage, LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+    ovflopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(ovflpage);
+    addr = ovflopaque->hasho_oaddr;
+    nextblkno = ovflopaque->hasho_nextblkno;
+    prevblkno = ovflopaque->hasho_prevblkno;
+    bucket = ovflopaque->hasho_bucket;
+    (void) memset(ovflpage, 0, BufferGetPageSize(ovflbuf));
+    _hash_wrtbuf(rel, ovflbuf);
+    
+    /* 
+     * fix up the bucket chain.  this is a doubly-linked list, so we
+     * must fix up the bucket chain members behind and ahead of the
+     * overflow page being deleted.
+     *
+     * XXX this should look like:
+     * - lock prev/next
+     * - modify/write prev/next (how to do write ordering with a
+     * doubly-linked list???)
+     * - unlock prev/next
+     */
+    if (BlockNumberIsValid(prevblkno)) {
+	Buffer prevbuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, prevblkno, HASH_WRITE);
+	Page prevpage = BufferGetPage(prevbuf);
+	HashPageOpaque prevopaque =
+	    (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(prevpage);
+
+	_hash_checkpage(prevpage, LH_BUCKET_PAGE|LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+	Assert(prevopaque->hasho_bucket == bucket);
+	prevopaque->hasho_nextblkno = nextblkno;
+	_hash_wrtbuf(rel, prevbuf);
+    }
+    if (BlockNumberIsValid(nextblkno)) {
+	Buffer nextbuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, nextblkno, HASH_WRITE);
+	Page nextpage = BufferGetPage(nextbuf);
+	HashPageOpaque nextopaque =
+	    (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(nextpage);
+	
+	_hash_checkpage(nextpage, LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+	Assert(nextopaque->hasho_bucket == bucket);
+	nextopaque->hasho_prevblkno = prevblkno;
+	_hash_wrtbuf(rel, nextbuf);
+    }
+    
+    /* 
+     * Fix up the overflow page bitmap that tracks this particular
+     * overflow page. The bitmap can be found in the MetaPageData
+     * array element hashm_mapp[bitmappage].
+     */
+    splitnum = (addr >> SPLITSHIFT);
+    ovflpgno =
+	(splitnum ? metap->SPARES[splitnum - 1] : 0) + (addr & SPLITMASK) - 1;
+    
+    if (ovflpgno < metap->LAST_FREED) {
+	metap->LAST_FREED = ovflpgno;
+    }
+    
+    bitmappage = (ovflpgno >> (metap->BSHIFT + BYTE_TO_BIT));
+    bitmapbit = ovflpgno & (BMPGSZ_BIT(metap) - 1);
+    
+    blkno = metap->hashm_mapp[bitmappage];
+    mapbuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, blkno, HASH_WRITE);
+    mappage = BufferGetPage(mapbuf);
+    _hash_checkpage(mappage, LH_BITMAP_PAGE);
+    freep = HashPageGetBitmap(mappage);
+    CLRBIT(freep, bitmapbit);
+    _hash_wrtbuf(rel, mapbuf);
+    
+    _hash_relbuf(rel, metabuf, HASH_WRITE);
+    
+    /* 
+     * now instantiate the page that replaced this one, 
+     * if it exists, and return that buffer with a write lock.
+     */
+    if (BlockNumberIsValid(nextblkno)) {
+	return (_hash_getbuf(rel, nextblkno, HASH_WRITE));
+    } else {
+	return (InvalidBuffer);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  _hash_initbitmap()
+ *  
+ *   Initialize a new bitmap page.  The metapage has a write-lock upon
+ *   entering the function.
+ *
+ * 'pnum' is the OverflowPageAddress of the new bitmap page.
+ * 'nbits' is how many bits to clear (i.e., make available) in the new
+ * bitmap page.  the remainder of the bits (as well as the first bit,
+ * representing the bitmap page itself) will be set.
+ * 'ndx' is the 0-based offset of the new bitmap page within the
+ * metapage's array of bitmap page OverflowPageAddresses.
+ */
+
+#define INT_MASK	((1 << INT_TO_BIT) -1)
+
+int32
+_hash_initbitmap(Relation rel,
+		 HashMetaPage metap,
+		 int32 pnum,
+		 int32 nbits,
+		 int32 ndx)
+{
+    Buffer buf;
+    BlockNumber blkno;
+    Page pg;
+    HashPageOpaque op;
+    uint32 *freep;
+    int clearbytes, clearints;
+    
+    blkno = OADDR_TO_BLKNO(pnum);
+    buf = _hash_getbuf(rel, blkno, HASH_WRITE);
+    pg = BufferGetPage(buf);
+    _hash_pageinit(pg, BufferGetPageSize(buf));
+    op = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(pg);
+    op->hasho_oaddr = InvalidOvflAddress;
+    op->hasho_prevblkno = InvalidBlockNumber;
+    op->hasho_nextblkno = InvalidBlockNumber;
+    op->hasho_flag = LH_BITMAP_PAGE;
+    op->hasho_bucket = -1;
+
+    freep = HashPageGetBitmap(pg);
+
+    /* set all of the bits above 'nbits' to 1 */
+    clearints = ((nbits - 1) >> INT_TO_BIT) + 1;
+    clearbytes = clearints << INT_TO_BYTE;
+    (void) memset((char *) freep, 0, clearbytes);
+    (void) memset(((char *) freep) + clearbytes, 0xFF,
+		  BMPGSZ_BYTE(metap) - clearbytes);
+    freep[clearints - 1] = ALL_SET << (nbits & INT_MASK);
+
+    /* bit 0 represents the new bitmap page */
+    SETBIT(freep, 0);
+        
+    /* metapage already has a write lock */
+    metap->hashm_nmaps++;
+    metap->hashm_mapp[ndx] = blkno;
+    
+    /* write out the new bitmap page (releasing its locks) */
+    _hash_wrtbuf(rel, buf);
+
+    return (0);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ *  _hash_squeezebucket(rel, bucket)
+ *
+ *  Try to squeeze the tuples onto pages occuring earlier in the
+ *  bucket chain in an attempt to free overflow pages. When we start
+ *  the "squeezing", the page from which we start taking tuples (the
+ *  "read" page) is the last bucket in the bucket chain and the page
+ *  onto which we start squeezing tuples (the "write" page) is the
+ *  first page in the bucket chain.  The read page works backward and
+ *  the write page works forward; the procedure terminates when the
+ *  read page and write page are the same page.
+ */
+void
+_hash_squeezebucket(Relation rel,
+		    HashMetaPage metap, 
+		    Bucket bucket)
+{
+    Buffer wbuf;
+    Buffer rbuf;
+    BlockNumber wblkno;		
+    BlockNumber rblkno;		
+    Page wpage;
+    Page rpage;
+    HashPageOpaque wopaque;
+    HashPageOpaque ropaque;
+    OffsetNumber woffnum;
+    OffsetNumber roffnum;
+    HashItem hitem;
+    int itemsz;
+    
+/*    elog(DEBUG, "_hash_squeezebucket: squeezing bucket %d", bucket); */
+
+    /*
+     * start squeezing into the base bucket page.
+     */
+    wblkno = BUCKET_TO_BLKNO(bucket);
+    wbuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, wblkno, HASH_WRITE);
+    wpage = BufferGetPage(wbuf);
+    _hash_checkpage(wpage, LH_BUCKET_PAGE);
+    wopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(wpage);
+    
+    /*
+     * if there aren't any overflow pages, there's nothing to squeeze.
+     */
+    if (!BlockNumberIsValid(wopaque->hasho_nextblkno)) {
+	_hash_relbuf(rel, wbuf, HASH_WRITE);
+	return;
+    }
+    
+    /*
+     * find the last page in the bucket chain by starting at the base
+     * bucket page and working forward.
+     *
+     * XXX if chains tend to be long, we should probably move forward
+     * using HASH_READ and then _hash_chgbufaccess to HASH_WRITE when
+     * we reach the end.  if they are short we probably don't care
+     * very much.  if the hash function is working at all, they had
+     * better be short..
+     */
+    ropaque = wopaque;
+    do {
+	rblkno = ropaque->hasho_nextblkno;
+	if (ropaque != wopaque) {
+	    _hash_relbuf(rel, rbuf, HASH_WRITE);
+	}
+	rbuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, rblkno, HASH_WRITE);
+	rpage = BufferGetPage(rbuf);
+	_hash_checkpage(rpage, LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+	Assert(!PageIsEmpty(rpage));
+	ropaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(rpage);
+	Assert(ropaque->hasho_bucket == bucket);
+    } while (BlockNumberIsValid(ropaque->hasho_nextblkno));
+
+    /*
+     * squeeze the tuples.
+     */
+    roffnum = FirstOffsetNumber;
+    for(;;) {
+	hitem = (HashItem) PageGetItem(rpage, PageGetItemId(rpage, roffnum));
+	itemsz = IndexTupleDSize(hitem->hash_itup) 
+	    + (sizeof(HashItemData) - sizeof(IndexTupleData));
+	itemsz = DOUBLEALIGN(itemsz);
+	
+	/*
+	 * walk up the bucket chain, looking for a page big enough for
+	 * this item.
+	 */
+	while (PageGetFreeSpace(wpage) < itemsz) {
+	    wblkno = wopaque->hasho_nextblkno;
+
+	    _hash_wrtbuf(rel, wbuf);
+
+	    if (!BlockNumberIsValid(wblkno) || (rblkno == wblkno)) {
+		_hash_wrtbuf(rel, rbuf);
+		/* wbuf is already released */
+		return;
+	    }
+	    
+	    wbuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, wblkno, HASH_WRITE);
+	    wpage = BufferGetPage(wbuf);
+	    _hash_checkpage(wpage, LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+	    Assert(!PageIsEmpty(wpage));
+	    wopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(wpage);
+	    Assert(wopaque->hasho_bucket == bucket);
+	}
+	
+	/* 
+	 * if we're here, we have found room so insert on the "write"
+	 * page.
+	 */
+	woffnum = OffsetNumberNext(PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(wpage));
+	(void) PageAddItem(wpage, (Item) hitem, itemsz, woffnum, LP_USED);
+	
+	/* 
+	 * delete the tuple from the "read" page.
+	 * PageIndexTupleDelete repacks the ItemId array, so 'roffnum'
+	 * will be "advanced" to the "next" ItemId.
+	 */
+	PageIndexTupleDelete(rpage, roffnum);
+	_hash_wrtnorelbuf(rel, rbuf);
+	
+	/*
+	 * if the "read" page is now empty because of the deletion,
+	 * free it.
+	 */
+	if (PageIsEmpty(rpage) && (ropaque->hasho_flag & LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE)) {
+	    rblkno = ropaque->hasho_prevblkno;
+	    Assert(BlockNumberIsValid(rblkno));
+
+	    /*
+	     * free this overflow page.  the extra _hash_relbuf is
+	     * because _hash_freeovflpage gratuitously returns the
+	     * next page (we want the previous page and will get it
+	     * ourselves later).
+	     */
+	    rbuf = _hash_freeovflpage(rel, rbuf);
+	    if (BufferIsValid(rbuf)) {
+		_hash_relbuf(rel, rbuf, HASH_WRITE);
+	    }
+	    
+	    if (rblkno == wblkno) {
+		/* rbuf is already released */
+		_hash_wrtbuf(rel, wbuf);
+		return;
+	    }
+	    
+	    rbuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, rblkno, HASH_WRITE);
+	    rpage = BufferGetPage(rbuf);
+	    _hash_checkpage(rpage, LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+	    Assert(!PageIsEmpty(rpage));
+	    ropaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(rpage);
+	    Assert(ropaque->hasho_bucket == bucket);
+
+	    roffnum = FirstOffsetNumber;
+	}
+    }
+}

src/backend/access/hash/hashpage.c

@@ -0,0 +1,669 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * hashpage.c--
+ *    Hash table page management code for the Postgres hash access method
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashpage.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:10 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ *    Postgres hash pages look like ordinary relation pages.  The opaque
+ *    data at high addresses includes information about the page including
+ *    whether a page is an overflow page or a true bucket, the block 
+ *    numbers of the preceding and following pages, and the overflow
+ *    address of the page if it is an overflow page.
+ *
+ *    The first page in a hash relation, page zero, is special -- it stores
+ *    information describing the hash table; it is referred to as teh
+ *    "meta page." Pages one and higher store the actual data. 
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/excid.h"
+
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/hash.h"
+
+static void _hash_setpagelock(Relation rel, BlockNumber blkno, int access);
+static void _hash_unsetpagelock(Relation rel, BlockNumber blkno, int access);
+static void _hash_splitpage(Relation rel, Buffer metabuf, Bucket obucket, Bucket nbucket);
+
+/*  
+ *  We use high-concurrency locking on hash indices.  There are two cases in
+ *  which we don't do locking.  One is when we're building the index.
+ *  Since the creating transaction has not committed, no one can see
+ *  the index, and there's no reason to share locks.  The second case
+ *  is when we're just starting up the database system.  We use some
+ *  special-purpose initialization code in the relation cache manager
+ *  (see utils/cache/relcache.c) to allow us to do indexed scans on
+ *  the system catalogs before we'd normally be able to.  This happens
+ *  before the lock table is fully initialized, so we can't use it.
+ *  Strictly speaking, this violates 2pl, but we don't do 2pl on the
+ *  system catalogs anyway.
+ */
+
+
+#define USELOCKING	(!BuildingHash && !IsInitProcessingMode())
+
+
+/*
+ *  _hash_metapinit() -- Initialize the metadata page of a hash index,
+ *		the two buckets that we begin with and the initial
+ *		bitmap page.
+ */
+void
+_hash_metapinit(Relation rel)
+{
+    HashMetaPage metap;
+    HashPageOpaque pageopaque;
+    Buffer metabuf;
+    Buffer buf;
+    Page pg;
+    int nbuckets;
+    uint32 nelem;			/* number elements */
+    uint32 lg2nelem;			/* _hash_log2(nelem)   */
+    uint32 nblocks;
+    uint16 i;
+    
+    /* can't be sharing this with anyone, now... */
+    if (USELOCKING)
+	RelationSetLockForWrite(rel);
+    
+    if ((nblocks = RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(rel)) != 0) {
+	elog(WARN, "Cannot initialize non-empty hash table %s",
+	     RelationGetRelationName(rel));
+    }
+    
+    metabuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, HASH_METAPAGE, HASH_WRITE);
+    pg = BufferGetPage(metabuf);
+    metap = (HashMetaPage) pg;
+    _hash_pageinit(pg, BufferGetPageSize(metabuf));
+    
+    metap->hashm_magic 		= HASH_MAGIC;
+    metap->hashm_version 	= HASH_VERSION;
+    metap->hashm_nkeys 		= 0;
+    metap->hashm_nmaps 		= 0;
+    metap->hashm_ffactor 	= DEFAULT_FFACTOR;
+    metap->hashm_bsize 		= BufferGetPageSize(metabuf);
+    metap->hashm_bshift		= _hash_log2(metap->hashm_bsize);
+    for (i = metap->hashm_bshift; i > 0; --i) {
+	if ((1 << i) < (metap->hashm_bsize -
+			(DOUBLEALIGN(sizeof(PageHeaderData)) +
+			 DOUBLEALIGN(sizeof(HashPageOpaqueData))))) {
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    Assert(i);
+    metap->hashm_bmsize		= 1 << i;
+    metap->hashm_procid		= index_getprocid(rel, 1, HASHPROC);
+    
+    /* 
+     * Make nelem = 2 rather than 0 so that we end up allocating space 
+     * for the next greater power of two number of buckets. 
+     */
+    nelem = 2;
+    lg2nelem = 1; 	 	/*_hash_log2(MAX(nelem, 2)) */
+    nbuckets = 2; 		/*1 << lg2nelem */
+    
+    memset((char *) metap->hashm_spares, 0, sizeof(metap->hashm_spares));
+    memset((char *) metap->hashm_mapp, 0, sizeof(metap->hashm_mapp));
+    
+    metap->hashm_spares[lg2nelem]     = 2;	/* lg2nelem + 1 */
+    metap->hashm_spares[lg2nelem + 1] = 2;	/* lg2nelem + 1 */
+    metap->hashm_ovflpoint            = 1;	/* lg2nelem */
+    metap->hashm_lastfreed            = 2;
+    
+    metap->hashm_maxbucket = metap->hashm_lowmask = 1; 	/* nbuckets - 1 */
+    metap->hashm_highmask  = 3;			 /* (nbuckets << 1) - 1 */
+    
+    pageopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(pg);
+    pageopaque->hasho_oaddr = InvalidOvflAddress;
+    pageopaque->hasho_prevblkno = InvalidBlockNumber;
+    pageopaque->hasho_nextblkno = InvalidBlockNumber;
+    pageopaque->hasho_flag = LH_META_PAGE;
+    pageopaque->hasho_bucket = -1;
+
+    /* 
+     * First bitmap page is at: splitpoint lg2nelem page offset 1 which
+     * turns out to be page 3. Couldn't initialize page 3  until we created
+     * the first two buckets above. 
+     */
+    if (_hash_initbitmap(rel, metap, OADDR_OF(lg2nelem, 1), lg2nelem + 1, 0))
+	elog(WARN, "Problem with _hash_initbitmap.");
+
+    /* all done */
+    _hash_wrtnorelbuf(rel, metabuf);
+    
+    /* 
+     * initialize the first two buckets 
+     */
+    for (i = 0; i <= 1; i++) {
+	buf = _hash_getbuf(rel, BUCKET_TO_BLKNO(i), HASH_WRITE);
+	pg = BufferGetPage(buf);
+	_hash_pageinit(pg, BufferGetPageSize(buf));
+	pageopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(pg);
+	pageopaque->hasho_oaddr = InvalidOvflAddress;
+	pageopaque->hasho_prevblkno = InvalidBlockNumber;
+	pageopaque->hasho_nextblkno = InvalidBlockNumber;
+	pageopaque->hasho_flag = LH_BUCKET_PAGE;
+	pageopaque->hasho_bucket = i;
+	_hash_wrtbuf(rel, buf);
+    }
+    
+    _hash_relbuf(rel, metabuf, HASH_WRITE);
+    
+    if (USELOCKING)
+	RelationUnsetLockForWrite(rel);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _hash_getbuf() -- Get a buffer by block number for read or write.
+ *
+ *	When this routine returns, the appropriate lock is set on the
+ *	requested buffer its reference count is correct.
+ *
+ *	XXX P_NEW is not used because, unlike the tree structures, we
+ *	need the bucket blocks to be at certain block numbers.  we must
+ *	depend on the caller to call _hash_pageinit on the block if it
+ *	knows that this is a new block.
+ */
+Buffer
+_hash_getbuf(Relation rel, BlockNumber blkno, int access)
+{
+    Buffer buf;
+    
+    if (blkno == P_NEW) {
+	elog(WARN, "_hash_getbuf: internal error: hash AM does not use P_NEW");
+    }
+    switch (access) {
+    case HASH_WRITE:
+    case HASH_READ:
+	_hash_setpagelock(rel, blkno, access);
+	break;
+    default:
+	elog(WARN, "_hash_getbuf: invalid access (%d) on new blk: %.*s",
+	     access, NAMEDATALEN, RelationGetRelationName(rel));
+	break;
+    }
+    buf = ReadBuffer(rel, blkno);
+    
+    /* ref count and lock type are correct */
+    return (buf);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _hash_relbuf() -- release a locked buffer.
+ */
+void
+_hash_relbuf(Relation rel, Buffer buf, int access)
+{
+    BlockNumber blkno;
+    
+    blkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(buf);
+    
+    switch (access) {
+    case HASH_WRITE:
+    case HASH_READ:
+	_hash_unsetpagelock(rel, blkno, access);
+	break;
+    default:
+	elog(WARN, "_hash_relbuf: invalid access (%d) on blk %x: %.*s",
+	     access, blkno, NAMEDATALEN, RelationGetRelationName(rel));
+    }
+    
+    ReleaseBuffer(buf);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _hash_wrtbuf() -- write a hash page to disk.
+ *
+ *	This routine releases the lock held on the buffer and our reference
+ *	to it.  It is an error to call _hash_wrtbuf() without a write lock
+ *	or a reference to the buffer.
+ */
+void
+_hash_wrtbuf(Relation rel, Buffer buf)
+{
+    BlockNumber blkno;
+    
+    blkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(buf);
+    WriteBuffer(buf);
+    _hash_unsetpagelock(rel, blkno, HASH_WRITE);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _hash_wrtnorelbuf() -- write a hash page to disk, but do not release
+ *			 our reference or lock.
+ *
+ *	It is an error to call _hash_wrtnorelbuf() without a write lock
+ *	or a reference to the buffer.
+ */
+void
+_hash_wrtnorelbuf(Relation rel, Buffer buf)
+{
+    BlockNumber blkno;
+    
+    blkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(buf);
+    WriteNoReleaseBuffer(buf);
+}
+
+Page
+_hash_chgbufaccess(Relation rel,
+		   Buffer *bufp,
+		   int from_access,
+		   int to_access)
+{
+    BlockNumber blkno;
+    
+    blkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(*bufp);
+    
+    switch (from_access) {
+    case HASH_WRITE:
+	_hash_wrtbuf(rel, *bufp);
+	break;
+    case HASH_READ:
+	_hash_relbuf(rel, *bufp, from_access);
+	break;
+    default:
+	elog(WARN, "_hash_chgbufaccess: invalid access (%d) on blk %x: %.*s",
+	     from_access, blkno, NAMEDATALEN, RelationGetRelationName(rel));
+	break;
+    }
+    *bufp = _hash_getbuf(rel, blkno, to_access);
+    return (BufferGetPage(*bufp));
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _hash_pageinit() -- Initialize a new page.
+ */
+void
+_hash_pageinit(Page page, Size size)
+{
+    Assert(((PageHeader) page)->pd_lower == 0);
+    Assert(((PageHeader) page)->pd_upper == 0);
+    Assert(((PageHeader) page)->pd_special == 0);
+
+    /*
+     *  Cargo-cult programming -- don't really need this to be zero, but
+     *  creating new pages is an infrequent occurrence and it makes me feel
+     *  good when I know they're empty.
+     */
+    memset(page, 0, size);
+    
+    PageInit(page, size, sizeof(HashPageOpaqueData));
+}
+
+static void
+_hash_setpagelock(Relation rel,
+		  BlockNumber blkno,
+		  int access)
+{
+    ItemPointerData iptr;
+    
+    if (USELOCKING) {
+	ItemPointerSet(&iptr, blkno, 1);
+	
+	switch (access) {
+	case HASH_WRITE:
+	    RelationSetSingleWLockPage(rel, &iptr);
+	    break;
+	case HASH_READ:
+	    RelationSetSingleRLockPage(rel, &iptr);
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    elog(WARN, "_hash_setpagelock: invalid access (%d) on blk %x: %.*s",
+		 access, blkno, NAMEDATALEN, RelationGetRelationName(rel));
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+_hash_unsetpagelock(Relation rel,
+		    BlockNumber blkno,
+		    int access)
+{
+    ItemPointerData iptr;
+    
+    if (USELOCKING) {
+	ItemPointerSet(&iptr, blkno, 1);
+	
+	switch (access) {
+	case HASH_WRITE:
+	    RelationUnsetSingleWLockPage(rel, &iptr);
+	    break;
+	case HASH_READ:
+	    RelationUnsetSingleRLockPage(rel, &iptr);
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    elog(WARN, "_hash_unsetpagelock: invalid access (%d) on blk %x: %.*s",
+		 access, blkno, NAMEDATALEN, RelationGetRelationName(rel));
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+void
+_hash_pagedel(Relation rel, ItemPointer tid)
+{
+    Buffer buf;
+    Buffer metabuf;
+    Page page;
+    BlockNumber blkno;
+    OffsetNumber offno;
+    HashMetaPage metap;
+    HashPageOpaque opaque;
+    
+    blkno = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid);
+    offno = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(tid);
+    
+    buf = _hash_getbuf(rel, blkno, HASH_WRITE);
+    page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+    _hash_checkpage(page, LH_BUCKET_PAGE|LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+    opaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+    
+    PageIndexTupleDelete(page, offno);
+    _hash_wrtnorelbuf(rel, buf);
+    
+    if (PageIsEmpty(page) && (opaque->hasho_flag & LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE)) {
+	buf = _hash_freeovflpage(rel, buf);
+	if (BufferIsValid(buf)) {
+	    _hash_relbuf(rel, buf, HASH_WRITE);
+	}
+    } else {
+	_hash_relbuf(rel, buf, HASH_WRITE);
+    }
+    
+    metabuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, HASH_METAPAGE, HASH_WRITE);
+    metap = (HashMetaPage) BufferGetPage(metabuf);
+    _hash_checkpage((Page) metap, LH_META_PAGE);
+    ++metap->hashm_nkeys;
+    _hash_wrtbuf(rel, metabuf);
+}
+
+void
+_hash_expandtable(Relation rel, Buffer metabuf)
+{
+    HashMetaPage metap;
+    Bucket old_bucket;
+    Bucket new_bucket;
+    uint32 spare_ndx;
+    
+/*    elog(DEBUG, "_hash_expandtable: expanding..."); */
+
+    metap = (HashMetaPage) BufferGetPage(metabuf);
+    _hash_checkpage((Page) metap, LH_META_PAGE);
+    
+    metap = (HashMetaPage) _hash_chgbufaccess(rel, &metabuf, HASH_READ, HASH_WRITE);	
+    new_bucket = ++metap->MAX_BUCKET;
+    metap = (HashMetaPage) _hash_chgbufaccess(rel, &metabuf, HASH_WRITE, HASH_READ);	
+    old_bucket = (metap->MAX_BUCKET & metap->LOW_MASK);
+    
+    /*
+     * If the split point is increasing (MAX_BUCKET's log base 2
+     * * increases), we need to copy the current contents of the spare
+     * split bucket to the next bucket.
+     */
+    spare_ndx = _hash_log2(metap->MAX_BUCKET + 1);
+    if (spare_ndx > metap->OVFL_POINT) {
+	
+	metap = (HashMetaPage) _hash_chgbufaccess(rel, &metabuf, HASH_READ, HASH_WRITE);	
+	metap->SPARES[spare_ndx] = metap->SPARES[metap->OVFL_POINT];
+	metap->OVFL_POINT = spare_ndx;
+	metap = (HashMetaPage) _hash_chgbufaccess(rel, &metabuf, HASH_WRITE, HASH_READ);	
+    }
+    
+    if (new_bucket > metap->HIGH_MASK) {
+	
+	/* Starting a new doubling */
+	metap = (HashMetaPage) _hash_chgbufaccess(rel, &metabuf, HASH_READ, HASH_WRITE);	
+	metap->LOW_MASK = metap->HIGH_MASK;
+	metap->HIGH_MASK = new_bucket | metap->LOW_MASK;
+	metap = (HashMetaPage) _hash_chgbufaccess(rel, &metabuf, HASH_WRITE, HASH_READ);	
+	
+    }
+    /* Relocate records to the new bucket */
+    _hash_splitpage(rel, metabuf, old_bucket, new_bucket);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * _hash_splitpage -- split 'obucket' into 'obucket' and 'nbucket'
+ *
+ * this routine is actually misnamed -- we are splitting a bucket that
+ * consists of a base bucket page and zero or more overflow (bucket
+ * chain) pages.
+ */
+static void
+_hash_splitpage(Relation rel,
+		Buffer metabuf,
+		Bucket obucket,
+		Bucket nbucket)
+{
+    Bucket bucket;
+    Buffer obuf;
+    Buffer nbuf;
+    Buffer ovflbuf;
+    BlockNumber oblkno;
+    BlockNumber nblkno;
+    bool null;
+    Datum datum;
+    HashItem hitem;
+    HashPageOpaque oopaque;
+    HashPageOpaque nopaque;
+    HashMetaPage metap;
+    IndexTuple itup;
+    int itemsz;
+    OffsetNumber ooffnum;
+    OffsetNumber noffnum;
+    OffsetNumber omaxoffnum;
+    Page opage;
+    Page npage;
+    TupleDesc itupdesc;
+    
+/*    elog(DEBUG, "_hash_splitpage: splitting %d into %d,%d",
+	 obucket, obucket, nbucket);
+*/
+    metap = (HashMetaPage) BufferGetPage(metabuf);
+    _hash_checkpage((Page) metap, LH_META_PAGE);
+    
+    /* get the buffers & pages */
+    oblkno = BUCKET_TO_BLKNO(obucket);
+    nblkno = BUCKET_TO_BLKNO(nbucket);
+    obuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, oblkno, HASH_WRITE);
+    nbuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, nblkno, HASH_WRITE);
+    opage = BufferGetPage(obuf);
+    npage = BufferGetPage(nbuf);
+
+    /* initialize the new bucket */
+    _hash_pageinit(npage, BufferGetPageSize(nbuf));
+    nopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(npage);
+    nopaque->hasho_prevblkno = InvalidBlockNumber;
+    nopaque->hasho_nextblkno = InvalidBlockNumber;
+    nopaque->hasho_flag = LH_BUCKET_PAGE;
+    nopaque->hasho_oaddr = InvalidOvflAddress;
+    nopaque->hasho_bucket = nbucket;
+    _hash_wrtnorelbuf(rel, nbuf);
+    
+    /*
+     * make sure the old bucket isn't empty.  advance 'opage' and
+     * friends through the overflow bucket chain until we find a
+     * non-empty page.
+     *
+     * XXX we should only need this once, if we are careful to
+     * preserve the invariant that overflow pages are never empty.
+     */
+    _hash_checkpage(opage, LH_BUCKET_PAGE);
+    oopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(opage);
+    if (PageIsEmpty(opage)) {
+	oblkno = oopaque->hasho_nextblkno;
+	_hash_relbuf(rel, obuf, HASH_WRITE);
+	if (!BlockNumberIsValid(oblkno)) {
+	    /*
+	     * the old bucket is completely empty; of course, the new
+	     * bucket will be as well, but since it's a base bucket
+	     * page we don't care.
+	     */
+	    _hash_relbuf(rel, nbuf, HASH_WRITE);
+	    return;
+	}
+	obuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, oblkno, HASH_WRITE);
+	opage = BufferGetPage(obuf);
+	_hash_checkpage(opage, LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+	if (PageIsEmpty(opage)) {
+	    elog(WARN, "_hash_splitpage: empty overflow page %d", oblkno);
+	}
+	oopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(opage);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * we are now guaranteed that 'opage' is not empty.  partition the
+     * tuples in the old bucket between the old bucket and the new
+     * bucket, advancing along their respective overflow bucket chains
+     * and adding overflow pages as needed.
+     */
+    ooffnum = FirstOffsetNumber;
+    omaxoffnum = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(opage); 
+    for (;;) {
+	/*
+	 * at each iteration through this loop, each of these variables
+	 * should be up-to-date: obuf opage oopaque ooffnum omaxoffnum
+	 */
+
+	/* check if we're at the end of the page */
+	if (ooffnum > omaxoffnum) {
+	    /* at end of page, but check for overflow page */
+	    oblkno = oopaque->hasho_nextblkno;		
+	    if (BlockNumberIsValid(oblkno)) {
+		/*
+		 * we ran out of tuples on this particular page, but
+		 * we have more overflow pages; re-init values.
+		 */
+		_hash_wrtbuf(rel, obuf);
+		obuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, oblkno, HASH_WRITE);
+		opage = BufferGetPage(obuf);
+		_hash_checkpage(opage, LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+		oopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(opage);
+		
+		/* we're guaranteed that an ovfl page has at least 1 tuple */
+		if (PageIsEmpty(opage)) {
+		    elog(WARN, "_hash_splitpage: empty ovfl page %d!",
+			 oblkno);
+		}
+		ooffnum = FirstOffsetNumber;
+		omaxoffnum = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(opage);
+	    } else {
+		/*
+		 * we're at the end of the bucket chain, so now we're
+		 * really done with everything.  before quitting, call
+		 * _hash_squeezebucket to ensure the tuples in the
+		 * bucket (including the overflow pages) are packed as
+		 * tightly as possible.
+		 */
+		_hash_wrtbuf(rel, obuf);
+		_hash_wrtbuf(rel, nbuf);
+		_hash_squeezebucket(rel, metap, obucket);
+		return;
+	    }
+	}
+	
+	/* hash on the tuple */
+	hitem = (HashItem) PageGetItem(opage, PageGetItemId(opage, ooffnum));
+	itup = &(hitem->hash_itup);
+	itupdesc = RelationGetTupleDescriptor(rel);
+	datum = index_getattr(itup, 1, itupdesc, &null);
+	bucket = _hash_call(rel, metap, datum);
+	
+	if (bucket == nbucket) {
+	    /*
+	     * insert the tuple into the new bucket.  if it doesn't
+	     * fit on the current page in the new bucket, we must
+	     * allocate a new overflow page and place the tuple on
+	     * that page instead.
+	     */
+	    itemsz = IndexTupleDSize(hitem->hash_itup) 
+		+ (sizeof(HashItemData) - sizeof(IndexTupleData));
+
+	    itemsz = DOUBLEALIGN(itemsz);
+	    
+	    if (PageGetFreeSpace(npage) < itemsz) {
+		ovflbuf = _hash_addovflpage(rel, &metabuf, nbuf);
+		_hash_wrtbuf(rel, nbuf);
+		nbuf = ovflbuf;
+		npage = BufferGetPage(nbuf);
+		_hash_checkpage(npage, LH_BUCKET_PAGE|LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+	    }
+	    
+	    noffnum = OffsetNumberNext(PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(npage));
+	    (void) PageAddItem(npage, (Item) hitem, itemsz, noffnum, LP_USED);
+	    _hash_wrtnorelbuf(rel, nbuf);
+	    
+	    /*
+	     * now delete the tuple from the old bucket.  after this
+	     * section of code, 'ooffnum' will actually point to the
+	     * ItemId to which we would point if we had advanced it
+	     * before the deletion (PageIndexTupleDelete repacks the
+	     * ItemId array).  this also means that 'omaxoffnum' is
+	     * exactly one less than it used to be, so we really can
+	     * just decrement it instead of calling
+	     * PageGetMaxOffsetNumber.
+	     */
+	    PageIndexTupleDelete(opage, ooffnum);
+	    _hash_wrtnorelbuf(rel, obuf);
+	    omaxoffnum = OffsetNumberPrev(omaxoffnum);
+	    
+	    /*
+	     * tidy up.  if the old page was an overflow page and it
+	     * is now empty, we must free it (we want to preserve the
+	     * invariant that overflow pages cannot be empty).
+	     */
+	    if (PageIsEmpty(opage) &&
+		(oopaque->hasho_flag & LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE)) {
+		obuf = _hash_freeovflpage(rel, obuf);
+		
+		/* check that we're not through the bucket chain */
+		if (BufferIsInvalid(obuf)) {
+		    _hash_wrtbuf(rel, nbuf);
+		    _hash_squeezebucket(rel, metap, obucket);
+		    return;
+		}
+		
+		/* 
+		 * re-init. again, we're guaranteed that an ovfl page
+		 * has at least one tuple.
+		 */
+		opage = BufferGetPage(obuf);
+		_hash_checkpage(opage, LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+		oblkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(obuf);
+		oopaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(opage);
+		if (PageIsEmpty(opage)) {
+		    elog(WARN, "_hash_splitpage: empty overflow page %d",
+			 oblkno);
+		}
+		ooffnum = FirstOffsetNumber;
+		omaxoffnum = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(opage);
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    /*
+	     * the tuple stays on this page.  we didn't move anything,
+	     * so we didn't delete anything and therefore we don't
+	     * have to change 'omaxoffnum'.
+	     *
+	     * XXX any hash value from [0, nbucket-1] will map to this
+	     * bucket, which doesn't make sense to me.
+	     */
+	    ooffnum = OffsetNumberNext(ooffnum);
+	}
+    }
+    /*NOTREACHED*/
+}

src/backend/access/hash/hashscan.c

@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * hashscan.c--
+ *    manage scans on hash tables
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashscan.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:10 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ *    Because we can be doing an index scan on a relation while we
+ *    update it, we need to avoid missing data that moves around in
+ *    the index.  The routines and global variables in this file
+ *    guarantee that all scans in the local address space stay
+ *    correctly positioned.  This is all we need to worry about, since
+ *    write locking guarantees that no one else will be on the same
+ *    page at the same time as we are.
+ *
+ *    The scheme is to manage a list of active scans in the current
+ *    backend.  Whenever we add or remove records from an index, we
+ *    check the list of active scans to see if any has been affected.
+ *    A scan is affected only if it is on the same relation, and the
+ *    same page, as the update.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/excid.h"
+
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/sdir.h"
+#include "access/hash.h"
+
+static void _hash_scandel(IndexScanDesc scan, BlockNumber blkno, OffsetNumber offno);
+static bool _hash_scantouched(IndexScanDesc scan, BlockNumber blkno, OffsetNumber offno);
+
+typedef struct HashScanListData {
+    IndexScanDesc		hashsl_scan;
+    struct HashScanListData	*hashsl_next;
+} HashScanListData;
+
+typedef HashScanListData	*HashScanList;
+
+static HashScanList	HashScans = (HashScanList) NULL;
+
+/*
+ *  _Hash_regscan() -- register a new scan.
+ */
+void
+_hash_regscan(IndexScanDesc scan)
+{
+    HashScanList new_el;
+    
+    new_el = (HashScanList) palloc(sizeof(HashScanListData));
+    new_el->hashsl_scan = scan;
+    new_el->hashsl_next = HashScans;
+    HashScans = new_el;
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _hash_dropscan() -- drop a scan from the scan list
+ */
+void
+_hash_dropscan(IndexScanDesc scan)
+{
+    HashScanList chk, last;
+    
+    last = (HashScanList) NULL;
+    for (chk = HashScans;
+	 chk != (HashScanList) NULL && chk->hashsl_scan != scan;
+	 chk = chk->hashsl_next) {
+	last = chk;
+    }
+    
+    if (chk == (HashScanList) NULL)
+	elog(WARN, "hash scan list trashed; can't find 0x%lx", scan);
+    
+    if (last == (HashScanList) NULL)
+	HashScans = chk->hashsl_next;
+    else
+	last->hashsl_next = chk->hashsl_next;
+    
+#ifdef PERFECT_MEM
+    pfree (chk);
+#endif /* PERFECT_MEM */
+}
+
+void
+_hash_adjscans(Relation rel, ItemPointer tid)
+{
+    HashScanList l;
+    Oid relid;
+    
+    relid = rel->rd_id;
+    for (l = HashScans; l != (HashScanList) NULL; l = l->hashsl_next) {
+	if (relid == l->hashsl_scan->relation->rd_id)
+	    _hash_scandel(l->hashsl_scan, ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid),
+			  ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(tid));
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+_hash_scandel(IndexScanDesc scan, BlockNumber blkno, OffsetNumber offno)
+{
+    ItemPointer current;
+    Buffer buf;
+    Buffer metabuf;
+    HashScanOpaque so;
+    
+    if (!_hash_scantouched(scan, blkno, offno))
+	return;
+    
+    metabuf = _hash_getbuf(scan->relation, HASH_METAPAGE, HASH_READ);
+    
+    so = (HashScanOpaque) scan->opaque;
+    buf = so->hashso_curbuf;
+    
+    current = &(scan->currentItemData);
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(current)
+	&& ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(current) == blkno
+	&& ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(current) >= offno) {
+	_hash_step(scan, &buf, BackwardScanDirection, metabuf);
+	so->hashso_curbuf = buf;
+    }
+    
+    current = &(scan->currentMarkData);
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(current)
+	&& ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(current) == blkno
+	&& ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(current) >= offno) {
+	ItemPointerData tmp;
+	tmp = *current;
+	*current = scan->currentItemData;
+	scan->currentItemData = tmp;
+	_hash_step(scan, &buf, BackwardScanDirection, metabuf);
+	so->hashso_mrkbuf = buf;
+	tmp = *current;
+	*current = scan->currentItemData;
+	scan->currentItemData = tmp;
+    }
+}
+
+static bool
+_hash_scantouched(IndexScanDesc scan,
+		  BlockNumber blkno,
+		  OffsetNumber offno)
+{
+    ItemPointer current;
+    
+    current = &(scan->currentItemData);
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(current)
+	&& ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(current) == blkno
+	&& ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(current) >= offno)
+	return (true);
+    
+    current = &(scan->currentMarkData);
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(current)
+	&& ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(current) == blkno
+	&& ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(current) >= offno)
+	return (true);
+    
+    return (false);
+}

src/backend/access/hash/hashsearch.c

@@ -0,0 +1,425 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * hashsearch.c--
+ *    search code for postgres hash tables
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashsearch.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:10 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/excid.h"
+
+#include "fmgr.h"
+
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+#include "access/sdir.h"
+#include "access/hash.h"
+
+/*
+ *  _hash_search() -- Finds the page/bucket that the contains the
+ *  scankey and loads it into *bufP.  the buffer has a read lock.
+ */
+void
+_hash_search(Relation rel,
+	     int keysz,
+	     ScanKey scankey,
+	     Buffer *bufP,
+	     HashMetaPage metap)
+{
+    BlockNumber blkno;
+    Datum keyDatum;
+    Bucket bucket;
+
+    if (scankey == (ScanKey) NULL ||
+	(keyDatum = scankey[0].sk_argument) == (Datum) NULL) {
+	/* 
+	 * If the scankey argument is NULL, all tuples will satisfy
+	 * the scan so we start the scan at the first bucket (bucket
+	 * 0).
+	 */
+	bucket = 0;
+    } else {
+	bucket = _hash_call(rel, metap, keyDatum);
+    }
+
+    blkno = BUCKET_TO_BLKNO(bucket);
+    
+    *bufP = _hash_getbuf(rel, blkno, HASH_READ);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _hash_next() -- Get the next item in a scan.
+ *
+ *	On entry, we have a valid currentItemData in the scan, and a
+ *	read lock on the page that contains that item.  We do not have
+ *	the page pinned.  We return the next item in the scan.  On
+ *	exit, we have the page containing the next item locked but not
+ *	pinned.
+ */
+RetrieveIndexResult
+_hash_next(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir)
+{
+    Relation rel;
+    Buffer buf;
+    Buffer metabuf;
+    Page page;
+    OffsetNumber offnum;
+    RetrieveIndexResult res;
+    ItemPointer current;
+    ItemPointer iptr;
+    HashItem hitem;
+    IndexTuple itup;
+    HashScanOpaque so;
+
+    rel = scan->relation;
+    so = (HashScanOpaque) scan->opaque; 
+    current = &(scan->currentItemData);
+
+    metabuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, HASH_METAPAGE, HASH_READ);
+
+    /*
+     *  XXX 10 may 91:  somewhere there's a bug in our management of the
+     *  cached buffer for this scan.  wei discovered it.  the following
+     *  is a workaround so he can work until i figure out what's going on.
+     */
+
+    if (!BufferIsValid(so->hashso_curbuf)) {
+	so->hashso_curbuf = _hash_getbuf(rel,
+					 ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(current),
+					 HASH_READ);
+    }
+
+    /* we still have the buffer pinned and locked */
+    buf = so->hashso_curbuf;
+
+    /*
+     * step to next valid tuple.  note that _hash_step releases our
+     * lock on 'metabuf'; if we switch to a new 'buf' while looking
+     * for the next tuple, we come back with a lock on that buffer.
+     */
+    if (!_hash_step(scan, &buf, dir, metabuf)) {
+	return ((RetrieveIndexResult) NULL);
+    }
+
+    /* if we're here, _hash_step found a valid tuple */
+    current = &(scan->currentItemData);
+    offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(current);
+    page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+    _hash_checkpage(page, LH_BUCKET_PAGE|LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+    hitem = (HashItem) PageGetItem(page, PageGetItemId(page, offnum));
+    itup = &hitem->hash_itup;
+    iptr = (ItemPointer) palloc(sizeof(ItemPointerData));
+    memmove((char *) iptr, (char *) &(itup->t_tid),  sizeof(ItemPointerData));
+    res = FormRetrieveIndexResult(current, iptr);
+
+    return (res);
+}
+
+static void
+_hash_readnext(Relation rel,
+	       Buffer *bufp, Page *pagep, HashPageOpaque *opaquep)
+{
+    BlockNumber blkno;
+
+    blkno = (*opaquep)->hasho_nextblkno;
+    _hash_relbuf(rel, *bufp, HASH_READ);
+    *bufp = InvalidBuffer;
+    if (BlockNumberIsValid(blkno)) {
+	*bufp = _hash_getbuf(rel, blkno, HASH_READ);
+	*pagep = BufferGetPage(*bufp);
+	_hash_checkpage(*pagep, LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+	*opaquep = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(*pagep);
+	Assert(!PageIsEmpty(*pagep));
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+_hash_readprev(Relation rel,
+	       Buffer *bufp, Page *pagep, HashPageOpaque *opaquep)
+{
+    BlockNumber blkno;
+
+    blkno = (*opaquep)->hasho_prevblkno;
+    _hash_relbuf(rel, *bufp, HASH_READ);
+    *bufp = InvalidBuffer;
+    if (BlockNumberIsValid(blkno)) {
+	*bufp = _hash_getbuf(rel, blkno, HASH_READ);
+	*pagep = BufferGetPage(*bufp);
+	_hash_checkpage(*pagep, LH_BUCKET_PAGE|LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+	*opaquep = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(*pagep);
+	if (PageIsEmpty(*pagep)) {
+	    Assert((*opaquep)->hasho_flag & LH_BUCKET_PAGE);
+	    _hash_relbuf(rel, *bufp, HASH_READ);
+	    *bufp = InvalidBuffer;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _hash_first() -- Find the first item in a scan.
+ *
+ *	Return the RetrieveIndexResult of the first item in the tree that
+ *	satisfies the qualificatin associated with the scan descriptor. On
+ * 	exit, the page containing the current index tuple is read locked
+ * 	and pinned, and the scan's opaque data entry is updated to 
+ *	include the buffer.  
+ */
+RetrieveIndexResult
+_hash_first(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir)
+{
+    Relation rel;
+    Buffer buf;
+    Buffer metabuf;
+    Page page;
+    HashPageOpaque opaque;
+    HashMetaPage metap;
+    HashItem hitem;
+    IndexTuple itup;
+    ItemPointer current;
+    ItemPointer iptr;
+    OffsetNumber offnum;
+    RetrieveIndexResult res;
+    HashScanOpaque so;
+
+    rel = scan->relation;
+    so = (HashScanOpaque) scan->opaque;
+    current = &(scan->currentItemData);
+
+    metabuf = _hash_getbuf(rel, HASH_METAPAGE, HASH_READ);
+    metap = (HashMetaPage) BufferGetPage(metabuf);
+    _hash_checkpage((Page) metap, LH_META_PAGE);
+
+    /*
+     *  XXX -- The attribute number stored in the scan key is the attno
+     *	       in the heap relation.  We need to transmogrify this into
+     *         the index relation attno here.  For the moment, we have
+     *	       hardwired attno == 1.
+     */
+
+    /* find the correct bucket page and load it into buf */
+    _hash_search(rel, 1, scan->keyData, &buf, metap);
+    page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+    _hash_checkpage(page, LH_BUCKET_PAGE);
+    opaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+
+    /*
+     * if we are scanning forward, we need to find the first non-empty
+     * page (if any) in the bucket chain.  since overflow pages are
+     * never empty, this had better be either the bucket page or the
+     * first overflow page.
+     *
+     * if we are scanning backward, we always go all the way to the
+     * end of the bucket chain.
+     */
+    if (PageIsEmpty(page)) {
+	if (BlockNumberIsValid(opaque->hasho_nextblkno)) {
+	    _hash_readnext(rel, &buf, &page, &opaque);
+	} else {
+	    ItemPointerSetInvalid(current);
+	    so->hashso_curbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+	    return ((RetrieveIndexResult) NULL);
+	}
+    }
+    if (ScanDirectionIsBackward(dir)) {
+	while (BlockNumberIsValid(opaque->hasho_nextblkno)) {
+	    _hash_readnext(rel, &buf, &page, &opaque);
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (!_hash_step(scan, &buf, dir, metabuf)) {
+	return ((RetrieveIndexResult) NULL);
+    }
+
+    /* if we're here, _hash_step found a valid tuple */
+    current = &(scan->currentItemData);
+    offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(current);
+    page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+    _hash_checkpage(page, LH_BUCKET_PAGE|LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+    hitem = (HashItem) PageGetItem(page, PageGetItemId(page, offnum));
+    itup = &hitem->hash_itup;
+    iptr = (ItemPointer) palloc(sizeof(ItemPointerData));
+    memmove((char *) iptr, (char *) &(itup->t_tid), sizeof(ItemPointerData));
+    res = FormRetrieveIndexResult(current, iptr);
+
+    return (res);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _hash_step() -- step to the next valid item in a scan in the bucket.
+ *
+ *	If no valid record exists in the requested direction, return
+ *	false.  Else, return true and set the CurrentItemData for the
+ *	scan to the right thing.
+ * 
+ *	'bufP' points to the buffer which contains the current page
+ *	that we'll step through.
+ *
+ *	'metabuf' is released when this returns.
+ */
+bool
+_hash_step(IndexScanDesc scan, Buffer *bufP, ScanDirection dir, Buffer metabuf)
+{
+    Relation rel;
+    ItemPointer current;
+    HashScanOpaque so;
+    int allbuckets;
+    HashMetaPage metap;
+    Buffer buf;
+    Page page;
+    HashPageOpaque opaque;
+    OffsetNumber maxoff;
+    OffsetNumber offnum;
+    Bucket bucket;
+    BlockNumber blkno;
+    HashItem hitem;
+    IndexTuple itup;
+
+    rel = scan->relation;
+    current = &(scan->currentItemData);
+    so = (HashScanOpaque) scan->opaque;
+    allbuckets = (scan->numberOfKeys < 1);
+
+    metap = (HashMetaPage) BufferGetPage(metabuf);
+    _hash_checkpage((Page) metap, LH_META_PAGE);
+
+    buf = *bufP;
+    page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+    _hash_checkpage(page, LH_BUCKET_PAGE|LH_OVERFLOW_PAGE);
+    opaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+
+    /*
+     * If _hash_step is called from _hash_first, current will not be
+     * valid, so we can't dereference it.  However, in that case, we
+     * presumably want to start at the beginning/end of the page...
+     */
+    maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page);
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(current)) {
+	offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(current);
+    } else {
+	offnum = InvalidOffsetNumber;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * 'offnum' now points to the last tuple we have seen (if any).
+     *
+     * continue to step through tuples until:
+     * 	  1) we get to the end of the bucket chain or
+     * 	  2) we find a valid tuple.
+     */
+    do {
+	bucket = opaque->hasho_bucket;
+
+	switch (dir) {
+	case ForwardScanDirection:
+	    if (offnum != InvalidOffsetNumber) {
+		offnum = OffsetNumberNext(offnum);	/* move forward */
+	    } else {
+		offnum = FirstOffsetNumber;		/* new page */
+	    }
+	    while (offnum > maxoff) {
+		/*
+		 * either this page is empty (maxoff ==
+		 * InvalidOffsetNumber) or we ran off the end.
+		 */
+		_hash_readnext(rel, &buf, &page, &opaque);
+		if (BufferIsInvalid(buf)) {	/* end of chain */
+		    if (allbuckets && bucket < metap->hashm_maxbucket) {
+			++bucket;
+			blkno = BUCKET_TO_BLKNO(bucket);
+			buf = _hash_getbuf(rel, blkno, HASH_READ);
+			page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+			_hash_checkpage(page, LH_BUCKET_PAGE);
+			opaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+			Assert(opaque->hasho_bucket == bucket);
+			while (PageIsEmpty(page) &&
+			       BlockNumberIsValid(opaque->hasho_nextblkno)) {
+			    _hash_readnext(rel, &buf, &page, &opaque);
+			}
+			maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page);
+			offnum = FirstOffsetNumber;
+		    } else {
+			maxoff = offnum = InvalidOffsetNumber;
+			break;	/* while */
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    /* _hash_readnext never returns an empty page */
+		    maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page);
+		    offnum = FirstOffsetNumber;
+		}
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case BackwardScanDirection:
+	    if (offnum != InvalidOffsetNumber) {
+		offnum = OffsetNumberPrev(offnum);	/* move back */
+	    } else {
+		offnum = maxoff;			/* new page */
+	    }
+	    while (offnum < FirstOffsetNumber) {
+		/*
+		 * either this page is empty (offnum ==
+		 * InvalidOffsetNumber) or we ran off the end.
+		 */
+		_hash_readprev(rel, &buf, &page, &opaque);
+		if (BufferIsInvalid(buf)) {	/* end of chain */
+		    if (allbuckets && bucket > 0) {
+			--bucket;
+			blkno = BUCKET_TO_BLKNO(bucket);
+			buf = _hash_getbuf(rel, blkno, HASH_READ);
+			page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+			_hash_checkpage(page, LH_BUCKET_PAGE);
+			opaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+			Assert(opaque->hasho_bucket == bucket);
+			while (BlockNumberIsValid(opaque->hasho_nextblkno)) {
+			    _hash_readnext(rel, &buf, &page, &opaque);
+			}
+			maxoff = offnum = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page);
+		    } else {
+			maxoff = offnum = InvalidOffsetNumber;
+			break;	/* while */
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    /* _hash_readprev never returns an empty page */
+		    maxoff = offnum = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page);
+		}
+	    }
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    /* NoMovementScanDirection */
+	    /* this should not be reached */
+	    break;
+	}
+
+	/* we ran off the end of the world without finding a match */
+	if (offnum == InvalidOffsetNumber) {
+	    _hash_relbuf(rel, metabuf, HASH_READ);
+	    *bufP = so->hashso_curbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+	    ItemPointerSetInvalid(current);
+	    return(false);
+	}
+	
+	/* get ready to check this tuple */
+	hitem = (HashItem) PageGetItem(page, PageGetItemId(page, offnum));
+	itup = &hitem->hash_itup;
+    } while (!_hash_checkqual(scan, itup));
+   
+    /* if we made it to here, we've found a valid tuple */
+    _hash_relbuf(rel, metabuf, HASH_READ);
+    blkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(buf);
+    *bufP = so->hashso_curbuf = buf;
+    ItemPointerSet(current, blkno, offnum);
+    return(true);
+}

src/backend/access/hash/hashstrat.c

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * btstrat.c--
+ *    Srategy map entries for the btree indexed access method
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/Attic/hashstrat.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:10 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/excid.h"
+
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/hash.h"
+
+/* 
+ *  only one valid strategy for hash tables: equality. 
+ */
+
+static StrategyNumber	HTNegate[1] = {
+    InvalidStrategy
+};
+
+static StrategyNumber	HTCommute[1] = {
+    HTEqualStrategyNumber
+};
+
+static StrategyNumber	HTNegateCommute[1] = {
+    InvalidStrategy
+};
+
+static StrategyEvaluationData	HTEvaluationData = {
+    /* XXX static for simplicity */
+
+    HTMaxStrategyNumber,
+    (StrategyTransformMap)HTNegate,
+    (StrategyTransformMap)HTCommute,
+    (StrategyTransformMap)HTNegateCommute,
+    {NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL}
+};
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *	RelationGetHashStrategy
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+StrategyNumber
+_hash_getstrat(Relation rel,
+	       AttrNumber attno,
+	       RegProcedure proc)
+{
+    StrategyNumber	strat;
+
+    strat = RelationGetStrategy(rel, attno, &HTEvaluationData, proc);
+
+    Assert(StrategyNumberIsValid(strat));
+
+    return (strat);
+}
+
+bool
+_hash_invokestrat(Relation rel,
+		  AttrNumber attno,
+		  StrategyNumber strat,
+		  Datum left,
+		  Datum right)
+{
+    return (RelationInvokeStrategy(rel, &HTEvaluationData, attno, strat, 
+				   left, right));
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

src/backend/access/hash/hashutil.c

@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * btutils.c--
+ *    Utility code for Postgres btree implementation.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/hash/hashutil.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:10 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+
+#include "fmgr.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/excid.h"
+
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/iqual.h"
+#include "access/hash.h"
+
+ScanKey
+_hash_mkscankey(Relation rel, IndexTuple itup, HashMetaPage metap)
+{
+    ScanKey skey;
+    TupleDesc itupdesc;
+    int natts;
+    AttrNumber i;
+    Datum arg;
+    RegProcedure proc;
+    bool null;
+    
+    natts = rel->rd_rel->relnatts;
+    itupdesc = RelationGetTupleDescriptor(rel);
+    
+    skey = (ScanKey) palloc(natts * sizeof(ScanKeyData));
+    
+    for (i = 0; i < natts; i++) {
+	arg = index_getattr(itup, i + 1, itupdesc, &null);
+	proc = metap->hashm_procid;
+	ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&skey[i],
+			       0x0, (AttrNumber) (i + 1), proc, arg);
+    }
+    
+    return (skey);
+}	
+
+void
+_hash_freeskey(ScanKey skey)
+{
+    pfree(skey);
+}
+
+
+bool
+_hash_checkqual(IndexScanDesc scan, IndexTuple itup)
+{
+    if (scan->numberOfKeys > 0)
+	return (index_keytest(itup, 
+			      RelationGetTupleDescriptor(scan->relation),
+			      scan->numberOfKeys, scan->keyData));
+    else
+	return (true);
+}
+
+HashItem
+_hash_formitem(IndexTuple itup)
+{
+    int nbytes_hitem;
+    HashItem hitem;
+    Size tuplen;
+    
+    /* disallow nulls in hash keys */
+    if (itup->t_info & INDEX_NULL_MASK)
+	elog(WARN, "hash indices cannot include null keys");
+    
+    /* make a copy of the index tuple with room for the sequence number */
+    tuplen = IndexTupleSize(itup);
+    nbytes_hitem = tuplen +
+	(sizeof(HashItemData) - sizeof(IndexTupleData));
+    
+    hitem = (HashItem) palloc(nbytes_hitem);
+    memmove((char *) &(hitem->hash_itup), (char *) itup, tuplen);
+    
+    return (hitem);
+}
+
+Bucket
+_hash_call(Relation rel, HashMetaPage metap, Datum key)
+{
+    uint32 n;
+    Bucket bucket;
+    RegProcedure proc;
+    
+    proc = metap->hashm_procid;
+    n = (uint32) fmgr(proc, key);
+    bucket = n & metap->hashm_highmask;
+    if (bucket > metap->hashm_maxbucket)
+	bucket = bucket & metap->hashm_lowmask;
+    return (bucket);
+}
+
+/*
+ * _hash_log2 -- returns ceil(lg2(num))
+ */
+uint32
+_hash_log2(uint32 num)
+{
+    uint32 i, limit;
+    
+    limit = 1;
+    for (i = 0; limit < num; limit = limit << 1, i++)
+	;
+    return (i);
+}
+
+/*
+ * _hash_checkpage -- sanity checks on the format of all hash pages
+ */
+void
+_hash_checkpage(Page page, int flags)
+{
+    PageHeader ph = (PageHeader) page;
+    HashPageOpaque opaque;
+
+    Assert(page);
+    Assert(ph->pd_lower >= (sizeof(PageHeaderData) - sizeof(ItemIdData)));
+#if 1
+    Assert(ph->pd_upper <=
+	   (BLCKSZ - DOUBLEALIGN(sizeof(HashPageOpaqueData))));
+    Assert(ph->pd_special ==
+	   (BLCKSZ - DOUBLEALIGN(sizeof(HashPageOpaqueData))));
+    Assert(ph->pd_opaque.od_pagesize == BLCKSZ);
+#endif
+    if (flags) {
+	opaque = (HashPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+	Assert(opaque->hasho_flag & flags);
+    }
+}

src/backend/access/heap/Makefile.inc

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Makefile.inc--
+#    Makefile for access/heap
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+#
+#
+# IDENTIFICATION
+#    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/heap/Attic/Makefile.inc,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:11 scrappy Exp $
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SUBSRCS+= heapam.c hio.c stats.c

src/backend/access/heap/hio.c

@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * hio.c--
+ *    POSTGRES heap access method input/output code.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Id: hio.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:11 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "c.h"
+
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/hio.h"
+#include "access/htup.h"
+
+#include "storage/block.h"
+#include "storage/buf.h"
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+#include "storage/itemid.h"
+#include "storage/itemptr.h"
+#include "storage/off.h"
+
+#include "utils/memutils.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+
+/*
+ * amputunique	- place tuple at tid
+ *   Currently on errors, calls elog.  Perhaps should return -1?
+ *   Possible errors include the addition of a tuple to the page
+ *   between the time the linep is chosen and the page is L_UP'd.
+ *
+ *   This should be coordinated with the B-tree code.
+ *   Probably needs to have an amdelunique to allow for
+ *   internal index records to be deleted and reordered as needed.
+ *   For the heap AM, this should never be needed.
+ */
+void
+RelationPutHeapTuple(Relation relation,
+		     BlockNumber blockIndex,
+		     HeapTuple tuple)
+{
+    Buffer		buffer;
+    Page		pageHeader;
+    BlockNumber		numberOfBlocks;
+    OffsetNumber	offnum;
+    unsigned int	len;
+    ItemId		itemId;
+    Item		item;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	increment access statistics
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    IncrHeapAccessStat(local_RelationPutHeapTuple);
+    IncrHeapAccessStat(global_RelationPutHeapTuple);
+    
+    Assert(RelationIsValid(relation));
+    Assert(HeapTupleIsValid(tuple));
+    
+    numberOfBlocks = RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(relation);
+    Assert(blockIndex < numberOfBlocks);
+    
+    buffer = ReadBuffer(relation, blockIndex);
+#ifndef NO_BUFFERISVALID
+    if (!BufferIsValid(buffer)) {
+	elog(WARN, "RelationPutHeapTuple: no buffer for %ld in %s",
+	     blockIndex, &relation->rd_rel->relname);
+    }
+#endif
+    
+    pageHeader = (Page)BufferGetPage(buffer);
+    len = (unsigned)DOUBLEALIGN(tuple->t_len);	/* be conservative */
+    Assert((int)len <= PageGetFreeSpace(pageHeader));
+    
+    offnum = PageAddItem((Page)pageHeader, (Item)tuple,
+			 tuple->t_len, InvalidOffsetNumber, LP_USED);
+    
+    itemId = PageGetItemId((Page)pageHeader, offnum);
+    item = PageGetItem((Page)pageHeader, itemId);
+    
+    ItemPointerSet(&((HeapTuple)item)->t_ctid, blockIndex, offnum);
+    
+    WriteBuffer(buffer);
+    /* return an accurate tuple */
+    ItemPointerSet(&tuple->t_ctid, blockIndex, offnum);
+}
+
+/*
+ * The heap_insert routines "know" that a buffer page is initialized to
+ * zero when a BlockExtend operation is performed. 
+ */
+
+#define PageIsNew(page) ((page)->pd_upper == 0)
+
+/*
+ * This routine is another in the series of attempts to reduce the number
+ * of I/O's and system calls executed in the various benchmarks.  In
+ * particular, this routine is used to append data to the end of a relation
+ * file without excessive lseeks.  This code should do no more than 2 semops
+ * in the ideal case.
+ *
+ * Eventually, we should cache the number of blocks in a relation somewhere.
+ * Until that time, this code will have to do an lseek to determine the number
+ * of blocks in a relation.
+ * 
+ * This code should ideally do at most 4 semops, 1 lseek, and possibly 1 write
+ * to do an append; it's possible to eliminate 2 of the semops if we do direct
+ * buffer stuff (!); the lseek and the write can go if we get
+ * RelationGetNumberOfBlocks to be useful.
+ *
+ * NOTE: This code presumes that we have a write lock on the relation.
+ *
+ * Also note that this routine probably shouldn't have to exist, and does
+ * screw up the call graph rather badly, but we are wasting so much time and
+ * system resources being massively general that we are losing badly in our
+ * performance benchmarks.
+ */
+void
+RelationPutHeapTupleAtEnd(Relation relation, HeapTuple tuple)
+{
+    Buffer		buffer;
+    Page		pageHeader;
+    BlockNumber		lastblock;
+    OffsetNumber	offnum;
+    unsigned int	len;
+    ItemId		itemId;
+    Item		item;
+    
+    Assert(RelationIsValid(relation));
+    Assert(HeapTupleIsValid(tuple));
+    
+    /*
+     * XXX This does an lseek - VERY expensive - but at the moment it
+     * is the only way to accurately determine how many blocks are in
+     * a relation.  A good optimization would be to get this to actually
+     * work properly.
+     */
+    
+    lastblock = RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(relation);
+    
+    if (lastblock == 0)
+	{
+	    buffer = ReadBuffer(relation, lastblock);
+	    pageHeader = (Page)BufferGetPage(buffer);
+	    if (PageIsNew((PageHeader) pageHeader))
+		{
+		    buffer = ReleaseAndReadBuffer(buffer, relation, P_NEW);
+		    pageHeader = (Page)BufferGetPage(buffer);
+		    PageInit(pageHeader, BufferGetPageSize(buffer), 0);
+		}
+	}
+    else
+	buffer = ReadBuffer(relation, lastblock - 1);
+    
+    pageHeader = (Page)BufferGetPage(buffer);
+    len = (unsigned)DOUBLEALIGN(tuple->t_len);	/* be conservative */
+    
+    /*
+     * Note that this is true if the above returned a bogus page, which
+     * it will do for a completely empty relation.
+     */
+    
+    if (len > PageGetFreeSpace(pageHeader))
+	{
+	    buffer = ReleaseAndReadBuffer(buffer, relation, P_NEW);
+	    pageHeader = (Page)BufferGetPage(buffer);
+	    PageInit(pageHeader, BufferGetPageSize(buffer), 0);
+	    
+	    if (len > PageGetFreeSpace(pageHeader))
+		elog(WARN, "Tuple is too big: size %d", len);
+	}
+    
+    offnum = PageAddItem((Page)pageHeader, (Item)tuple,
+			 tuple->t_len, InvalidOffsetNumber, LP_USED);
+    
+    itemId = PageGetItemId((Page)pageHeader, offnum);
+    item = PageGetItem((Page)pageHeader, itemId);
+    
+    lastblock = BufferGetBlockNumber(buffer);
+    
+    ItemPointerSet(&((HeapTuple)item)->t_ctid, lastblock, offnum);
+    
+    /* return an accurate tuple */
+    ItemPointerSet(&tuple->t_ctid, lastblock, offnum);
+    
+    WriteBuffer(buffer);
+}

src/backend/access/heap/stats.c

@@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * stats.c--
+ *    heap access method debugging statistic collection routines
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/heap/Attic/stats.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:11 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ *    initam should be moved someplace else.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+
+#include "utils/memutils.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/mcxt.h"
+
+/* ----------------
+ *      InitHeapAccessStatistics
+ * ----------------
+ */
+HeapAccessStatistics heap_access_stats = (HeapAccessStatistics) NULL;
+     
+void
+InitHeapAccessStatistics()    
+{
+    MemoryContext    oldContext;
+    HeapAccessStatistics stats;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *  make sure we don't initialize things twice
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (heap_access_stats != NULL)
+        return;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *  allocate statistics structure from the top memory context
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopMemoryContext);
+    
+    stats = (HeapAccessStatistics)
+        palloc(sizeof(HeapAccessStatisticsData));
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *  initialize fields to default values
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    stats->global_open = 0;			
+    stats->global_openr = 0;
+    stats->global_close = 0;
+    stats->global_beginscan = 0;
+    stats->global_rescan = 0;
+    stats->global_endscan = 0;
+    stats->global_getnext = 0;
+    stats->global_fetch = 0;
+    stats->global_insert = 0;
+    stats->global_delete = 0;
+    stats->global_replace = 0;
+    stats->global_markpos = 0;
+    stats->global_restrpos = 0;
+    stats->global_BufferGetRelation = 0;
+    stats->global_RelationIdGetRelation = 0;
+    stats->global_RelationIdGetRelation_Buf = 0;
+    stats->global_getreldesc = 0;
+    stats->global_heapgettup = 0;
+    stats->global_RelationPutHeapTuple = 0;
+    stats->global_RelationPutLongHeapTuple = 0;
+    
+    stats->local_open = 0;
+    stats->local_openr = 0;
+    stats->local_close = 0;
+    stats->local_beginscan = 0;
+    stats->local_rescan = 0;
+    stats->local_endscan = 0;
+    stats->local_getnext = 0;
+    stats->local_fetch = 0;
+    stats->local_insert = 0;
+    stats->local_delete = 0;
+    stats->local_replace = 0;
+    stats->local_markpos = 0;
+    stats->local_restrpos = 0;
+    stats->local_BufferGetRelation = 0;
+    stats->local_RelationIdGetRelation = 0;
+    stats->local_RelationIdGetRelation_Buf = 0;
+    stats->local_getreldesc = 0;
+    stats->local_heapgettup = 0;
+    stats->local_RelationPutHeapTuple = 0;
+    stats->local_RelationPutLongHeapTuple = 0;
+    stats->local_RelationNameGetRelation = 0;
+    stats->global_RelationNameGetRelation = 0;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *  record init times
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    time(&stats->init_global_timestamp);
+    time(&stats->local_reset_timestamp);
+    time(&stats->last_request_timestamp);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *  return to old memory context
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    (void) MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
+    
+    heap_access_stats = stats;
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *      ResetHeapAccessStatistics
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+ResetHeapAccessStatistics()    
+{
+    HeapAccessStatistics stats;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *  do nothing if stats aren't initialized
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (heap_access_stats == NULL)
+        return;
+    
+    stats = heap_access_stats;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *  reset local counts
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    stats->local_open = 0;
+    stats->local_openr = 0;
+    stats->local_close = 0;
+    stats->local_beginscan = 0;
+    stats->local_rescan = 0;
+    stats->local_endscan = 0;
+    stats->local_getnext = 0;
+    stats->local_fetch = 0;
+    stats->local_insert = 0;
+    stats->local_delete = 0;
+    stats->local_replace = 0;
+    stats->local_markpos = 0;
+    stats->local_restrpos = 0;
+    stats->local_BufferGetRelation = 0;
+    stats->local_RelationIdGetRelation = 0;
+    stats->local_RelationIdGetRelation_Buf = 0;
+    stats->local_getreldesc = 0;
+    stats->local_heapgettup = 0;
+    stats->local_RelationPutHeapTuple = 0;
+    stats->local_RelationPutLongHeapTuple = 0;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *  reset local timestamps
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    time(&stats->local_reset_timestamp);
+    time(&stats->last_request_timestamp);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *      GetHeapAccessStatistics
+ * ----------------
+ */
+HeapAccessStatistics GetHeapAccessStatistics()    
+{
+    HeapAccessStatistics stats;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *  return nothing if stats aren't initialized
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (heap_access_stats == NULL)
+        return NULL;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *  record the current request time
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    time(&heap_access_stats->last_request_timestamp);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *  allocate a copy of the stats and return it to the caller.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    stats = (HeapAccessStatistics)
+        palloc(sizeof(HeapAccessStatisticsData));
+    
+     memmove(stats,
+	     heap_access_stats,
+	     sizeof(HeapAccessStatisticsData)); 
+    
+    return stats;
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *      PrintHeapAccessStatistics
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+PrintHeapAccessStatistics(HeapAccessStatistics stats)
+{
+    /* ----------------
+     *  return nothing if stats aren't valid
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (stats == NULL)
+        return;
+    
+    printf("======== heap am statistics ========\n");
+    printf("init_global_timestamp:      %s",
+           ctime(&(stats->init_global_timestamp)));
+    
+    printf("local_reset_timestamp:      %s",
+           ctime(&(stats->local_reset_timestamp)));
+    
+    printf("last_request_timestamp:     %s",
+           ctime(&(stats->last_request_timestamp)));
+    
+    printf("local/global_open:                        %6d/%6d\n",
+           stats->local_open, stats->global_open);
+    
+    printf("local/global_openr:                       %6d/%6d\n",
+           stats->local_openr, stats->global_openr);
+    
+    printf("local/global_close:                       %6d/%6d\n",
+           stats->local_close, stats->global_close);
+    
+    printf("local/global_beginscan:                   %6d/%6d\n",
+           stats->local_beginscan, stats->global_beginscan);
+    
+    printf("local/global_rescan:                      %6d/%6d\n",
+           stats->local_rescan, stats->global_rescan);
+    
+    printf("local/global_endscan:                     %6d/%6d\n",
+           stats->local_endscan, stats->global_endscan);
+    
+    printf("local/global_getnext:                     %6d/%6d\n",
+           stats->local_getnext, stats->global_getnext);
+    
+    printf("local/global_fetch:                       %6d/%6d\n",
+           stats->local_fetch, stats->global_fetch);
+    
+    printf("local/global_insert:                      %6d/%6d\n",
+           stats->local_insert, stats->global_insert);
+    
+    printf("local/global_delete:                      %6d/%6d\n",
+           stats->local_delete, stats->global_delete);
+    
+    printf("local/global_replace:                     %6d/%6d\n",
+           stats->local_replace, stats->global_replace);
+    
+    printf("local/global_markpos:                     %6d/%6d\n",
+           stats->local_markpos, stats->global_markpos);
+    
+    printf("local/global_restrpos:                    %6d/%6d\n",
+           stats->local_restrpos, stats->global_restrpos);
+    
+    printf("================\n");
+    
+    printf("local/global_BufferGetRelation:             %6d/%6d\n",
+           stats->local_BufferGetRelation,
+           stats->global_BufferGetRelation);
+    
+    printf("local/global_RelationIdGetRelation:         %6d/%6d\n",
+           stats->local_RelationIdGetRelation,
+           stats->global_RelationIdGetRelation);
+    
+    printf("local/global_RelationIdGetRelation_Buf:     %6d/%6d\n",
+           stats->local_RelationIdGetRelation_Buf,
+           stats->global_RelationIdGetRelation_Buf);
+    
+    printf("local/global_getreldesc:                    %6d/%6d\n",
+           stats->local_getreldesc, stats->global_getreldesc);
+    
+    printf("local/global_heapgettup:                    %6d/%6d\n",
+           stats->local_heapgettup, stats->global_heapgettup);
+    
+    printf("local/global_RelationPutHeapTuple:          %6d/%6d\n",
+           stats->local_RelationPutHeapTuple,
+           stats->global_RelationPutHeapTuple);
+    
+    printf("local/global_RelationPutLongHeapTuple:      %6d/%6d\n",
+           stats->local_RelationPutLongHeapTuple,
+           stats->global_RelationPutLongHeapTuple);
+    
+    printf("===================================\n");
+    
+    printf("\n");
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *      PrintAndFreeHeapAccessStatistics
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+PrintAndFreeHeapAccessStatistics(HeapAccessStatistics stats)
+{
+    PrintHeapAccessStatistics(stats);
+    if (stats != NULL)
+	pfree(stats);
+}
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *		    access method initialization
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/* ----------------
+ *	initam should someday be moved someplace else.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+initam()
+{
+    /* ----------------
+     *	initialize heap statistics.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    InitHeapAccessStatistics();
+}

src/backend/access/heapam.h

@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * heapam.h--
+ *    POSTGRES heap access method definitions.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: heapam.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:08 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef	HEAPAM_H
+#define HEAPAM_H
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "access/attnum.h"
+#include "access/htup.h"
+#include "access/relscan.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+#include "utils/tqual.h"
+#include "access/tupdesc.h"
+#include "storage/smgr.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *		heap access method statistics
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+typedef struct HeapAccessStatisticsData {
+    time_t  init_global_timestamp;	/* time global statistics started */
+    time_t  local_reset_timestamp;	/* last time local reset was done */
+    time_t  last_request_timestamp;	/* last time stats were requested */
+
+    int global_open;			
+    int global_openr;
+    int global_close;
+    int global_beginscan;
+    int global_rescan;
+    int global_endscan;
+    int global_getnext;
+    int global_fetch;
+    int global_insert;
+    int global_delete;
+    int global_replace; 
+    int global_markpos; 
+    int global_restrpos;
+    int global_BufferGetRelation;
+    int global_RelationIdGetRelation;
+    int global_RelationIdGetRelation_Buf;
+    int global_RelationNameGetRelation;
+    int global_getreldesc;
+    int global_heapgettup;
+    int global_RelationPutHeapTuple;
+    int global_RelationPutLongHeapTuple;
+
+    int local_open;			
+    int local_openr;
+    int local_close;
+    int local_beginscan;
+    int local_rescan;
+    int local_endscan;
+    int local_getnext;
+    int local_fetch;
+    int local_insert;
+    int local_delete;
+    int local_replace; 
+    int local_markpos; 
+    int local_restrpos;
+    int local_BufferGetRelation;
+    int local_RelationIdGetRelation;
+    int local_RelationIdGetRelation_Buf;
+    int local_RelationNameGetRelation;
+    int local_getreldesc;
+    int local_heapgettup;
+    int local_RelationPutHeapTuple;
+    int local_RelationPutLongHeapTuple;
+} HeapAccessStatisticsData;
+
+typedef HeapAccessStatisticsData *HeapAccessStatistics;
+
+#define IncrHeapAccessStat(x) \
+    (heap_access_stats == NULL ? 0 : (heap_access_stats->x)++)
+
+extern HeapAccessStatistics heap_access_stats;	/* in stats.c */
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	function prototypes for heap access method
+ * ----------------
+ */
+/* heap_create, heap_creatr, and heap_destroy are declared in catalog/heap.h */
+#include "catalog/heap.h"
+
+/* heapam.c */
+extern void doinsert(Relation relation, HeapTuple tup);
+extern void SetHeapAccessMethodImmediateInvalidation(bool on);
+
+extern Relation heap_open(Oid relationId);
+extern Relation heap_openr(char *relationName);
+extern void heap_close(Relation relation);
+extern HeapScanDesc heap_beginscan(Relation relation, int atend,
+			    TimeQual timeQual, unsigned nkeys, ScanKey key);
+extern void heap_rescan(HeapScanDesc sdesc, bool scanFromEnd, ScanKey key);
+extern void heap_endscan(HeapScanDesc sdesc);
+extern HeapTuple heap_getnext(HeapScanDesc scandesc, int backw, Buffer *b);
+extern HeapTuple heap_fetch(Relation relation, TimeQual timeQual,
+			    ItemPointer tid, Buffer *b);
+extern Oid heap_insert(Relation relation, HeapTuple tup);
+extern void heap_delete(Relation relation, ItemPointer tid);
+extern int heap_replace(Relation relation, ItemPointer otid,
+			HeapTuple tup);
+extern void heap_markpos(HeapScanDesc sdesc);
+extern void heap_restrpos(HeapScanDesc sdesc);
+
+/* in common/heaptuple.c */
+extern Size ComputeDataSize(TupleDesc tupleDesc, Datum value[], char nulls[]);
+extern void DataFill(char *data, TupleDesc tupleDesc,
+		     Datum value[], char nulls[], char *infomask,
+		     bits8 bit[]);
+extern int heap_attisnull(HeapTuple tup, int attnum);
+extern int heap_sysattrlen(AttrNumber attno);
+extern bool heap_sysattrbyval(AttrNumber attno);
+extern char *heap_getsysattr(HeapTuple tup, Buffer b, int attnum);
+extern char *fastgetattr(HeapTuple tup, unsigned attnum,
+			 TupleDesc att, bool *isnull);
+extern char *heap_getattr(HeapTuple tup, Buffer b, int attnum,
+			  TupleDesc att, bool *isnull);
+extern HeapTuple heap_copytuple(HeapTuple tuple);
+extern void heap_deformtuple(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc tdesc,
+			     Datum values[], char nulls[]);
+extern HeapTuple heap_formtuple(TupleDesc tupleDescriptor, 
+				Datum value[], char nulls[]);
+extern HeapTuple heap_modifytuple(HeapTuple tuple, Buffer buffer,
+	Relation relation, Datum replValue[], char replNull[], char repl[]);
+HeapTuple heap_addheader(uint32	natts, int structlen, char *structure);
+
+/* in common/heap/stats.c */
+extern void InitHeapAccessStatistics(void);
+extern void ResetHeapAccessStatistics(void);
+extern HeapAccessStatistics GetHeapAccessStatistics(void);
+extern void PrintHeapAccessStatistics(HeapAccessStatistics stats);
+extern void PrintAndFreeHeapAccessStatistics(HeapAccessStatistics stats);
+extern void initam(void);
+
+#endif	/* HEAPAM_H */

src/backend/access/hio.h

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * hio.h--
+ *    POSTGRES heap access method input/output definitions.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: hio.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:08 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef	HIO_H
+#define HIO_H
+
+#include "c.h"
+
+#include "storage/block.h"
+#include "access/htup.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+
+extern void RelationPutHeapTuple(Relation relation, BlockNumber blockIndex,
+				 HeapTuple tuple);
+extern void RelationPutHeapTupleAtEnd(Relation relation, HeapTuple tuple);
+
+#endif	/* HIO_H */

src/backend/access/htup.h

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * htup.h--
+ *    POSTGRES heap tuple definitions.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: htup.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:08 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef	HTUP_H
+#define HTUP_H
+
+#include "access/attnum.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"  		/* just to reduce levels of #include */
+#include "storage/itemptr.h"
+#include "utils/nabstime.h"
+
+#define MinHeapTupleBitmapSize	32		/* 8 * 4 */
+
+/* check these, they are likely to be more severely limited by t_hoff */
+
+#define MaxHeapAttributeNumber	1600		/* 8 * 200 */
+
+/*
+ * to avoid wasting space, the attributes should be layed out in such a
+ * way to reduce structure padding.
+ */
+typedef struct HeapTupleData {
+
+    unsigned int	t_len;		/* length of entire tuple */
+
+    ItemPointerData	t_ctid;		/* current TID of this tuple */
+
+    ItemPointerData	t_chain;	/* replaced tuple TID */
+
+    Oid			t_oid;		/* OID of this tuple -- 4 bytes */
+
+    CommandId		t_cmin;		/* insert CID stamp -- 2 bytes each */
+    CommandId		t_cmax;		/* delete CommandId stamp */
+
+    TransactionId	t_xmin;		/* insert XID stamp -- 4 bytes each */
+    TransactionId	t_xmax;		/* delete XID stamp */
+
+    AbsoluteTime	t_tmin;		/* time stamps -- 4 bytes each */
+    AbsoluteTime	t_tmax;	
+
+    int16		t_natts;	/* number of attributes */
+    char		t_vtype;	/* not used - padding */
+
+    char		t_infomask;	/* whether tuple as null or variable
+					 * length attributes
+					 */
+
+    uint8		t_hoff;		/* sizeof tuple header */
+
+    bits8		t_bits[MinHeapTupleBitmapSize / 8];
+					/* bit map of domains */
+
+    /* MORE DATA FOLLOWS AT END OF STRUCT */
+} HeapTupleData;	
+
+typedef HeapTupleData	*HeapTuple;
+
+
+#define SelfItemPointerAttributeNumber		(-1)
+#define ObjectIdAttributeNumber			(-2)
+#define MinTransactionIdAttributeNumber		(-3)
+#define MinCommandIdAttributeNumber		(-4)
+#define MaxTransactionIdAttributeNumber		(-5)
+#define MaxCommandIdAttributeNumber		(-6)
+#define ChainItemPointerAttributeNumber		(-7)
+#define AnchorItemPointerAttributeNumber	(-8)
+#define MinAbsoluteTimeAttributeNumber		(-9)
+#define MaxAbsoluteTimeAttributeNumber		(-10)
+#define VersionTypeAttributeNumber		(-11)
+#define FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber	(-12)
+
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	support macros
+ * ----------------
+ */
+#define GETSTRUCT(TUP) (((char *)(TUP)) + ((HeapTuple)(TUP))->t_hoff)
+
+
+/*
+ * BITMAPLEN(NATTS) - 
+ *	Computes minimum size of bitmap given number of domains.
+ */
+#define BITMAPLEN(NATTS) \
+	((((((int)(NATTS) - 1) >> 3) + 4 - (MinHeapTupleBitmapSize >> 3)) \
+	  & ~03) + (MinHeapTupleBitmapSize >> 3))
+
+/*
+ * HeapTupleIsValid
+ *	True iff the heap tuple is valid.
+ */
+#define	HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)	PointerIsValid(tuple)
+
+/*
+ * information stored in t_infomask:
+ */
+#define HEAP_HASNULL		0x01	/* has null attribute(s) */
+#define	HEAP_HASVARLENA		0x02	/* has variable length attribute(s) */
+
+#define HeapTupleNoNulls(tuple) \
+	(!(((HeapTuple) (tuple))->t_infomask & HEAP_HASNULL))
+
+#define HeapTupleAllFixed(tuple) \
+	(!(((HeapTuple) (tuple))->t_infomask & HEAP_HASVARLENA))
+
+#endif	/* HTUP_H */

src/backend/access/ibit.h

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * ibit.h--
+ *    POSTGRES index valid attribute bit map definitions.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: ibit.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:08 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef	IBIT_H
+#define IBIT_H
+
+#include "c.h"
+#include "utils/memutils.h"
+
+typedef struct IndexAttributeBitMapData {
+	char	bits[(MaxIndexAttributeNumber + MaxBitsPerByte - 1)
+		/ MaxBitsPerByte];
+} IndexAttributeBitMapData;
+
+typedef IndexAttributeBitMapData	*IndexAttributeBitMap;
+
+#define IndexAttributeBitMapSize	sizeof(IndexAttributeBitMapData)
+
+/*
+ * IndexAttributeBitMapIsValid --
+ *	True iff attribute bit map is valid.
+ */
+#define	IndexAttributeBitMapIsValid(bits) PointerIsValid(bits)
+
+#endif	/* IBIT_H */

src/backend/access/index/Makefile.inc

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Makefile.inc--
+#    Makefile for access/index
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+#
+#
+# IDENTIFICATION
+#    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/index/Attic/Makefile.inc,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:11 scrappy Exp $
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SUBSRCS+= genam.c indexam.c istrat.c

src/backend/access/index/genam.c

@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * genam.c--
+ *    general index access method routines
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/index/genam.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:11 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ *    many of the old access method routines have been turned into
+ *    macros and moved to genam.h -cim 4/30/91
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/*
+ * OLD COMMENTS
+ * Scans are implemented as follows:
+ *
+ * `0' represents an invalid item pointer.
+ * `-' represents an unknown item pointer.
+ * `X' represents a known item pointers.
+ * `+' represents known or invalid item pointers.
+ * `*' represents any item pointers.
+ *
+ * State is represented by a triple of these symbols in the order of
+ * previous, current, next.  Note that the case of reverse scans works
+ * identically.
+ *
+ *	State	Result
+ * (1)	+ + -	+ 0 0		(if the next item pointer is invalid)
+ * (2)		+ X -		(otherwise)
+ * (3)	* 0 0	* 0 0		(no change)
+ * (4)	+ X 0	X 0 0		(shift)
+ * (5)	* + X	+ X -		(shift, add unknown)
+ *
+ * All other states cannot occur.
+ *
+ * Note:
+ *It would be possible to cache the status of the previous and
+ *	next item pointer using the flags.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "access/attnum.h"
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/itup.h"
+#include "access/relscan.h"
+#include "access/sdir.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+
+#include "catalog/catname.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_attribute.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_index.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_proc.h"
+
+#include "catalog/index.h"
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *	general access method routines
+ *
+ *	All indexed access methods use an identical scan structure.
+ *	We don't know how the various AMs do locking, however, so we don't
+ *	do anything about that here.
+ *
+ *	The intent is that an AM implementor will define a front-end routine
+ *	that calls this one, to fill in the scan, and then does whatever kind
+ *	of locking he wants.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* ----------------
+ *  RelationGetIndexScan -- Create and fill an IndexScanDesc.
+ *
+ *	This routine creates an index scan structure and sets its contents
+ *	up correctly. This routine calls AMrescan to set up the scan with
+ *	the passed key.
+ *
+ *	Parameters:
+ *		relation -- index relation for scan.
+ *		scanFromEnd -- if true, begin scan at one of the index's
+ *			       endpoints.
+ *		numberOfKeys -- count of scan keys (more than one won't
+ *				necessarily do anything useful, yet).
+ *		key -- the ScanKey for the starting position of the scan.
+ *
+ *	Returns:
+ *		An initialized IndexScanDesc.
+ *
+ *	Side Effects:
+ *		Bumps the ref count on the relation to keep it in the cache.
+ *	
+ * ----------------
+ */
+IndexScanDesc
+RelationGetIndexScan(Relation relation,
+		     bool scanFromEnd,
+		     uint16 numberOfKeys,
+		     ScanKey key)
+{
+    IndexScanDesc	scan;
+    
+    if (! RelationIsValid(relation))
+	elog(WARN, "RelationGetIndexScan: relation invalid");
+    
+    scan = (IndexScanDesc) palloc(sizeof(IndexScanDescData));
+    
+    scan->relation = relation;
+    scan->opaque = NULL;
+    scan->numberOfKeys = numberOfKeys;
+    
+    ItemPointerSetInvalid(&scan->previousItemData);
+    ItemPointerSetInvalid(&scan->currentItemData);
+    ItemPointerSetInvalid(&scan->nextItemData);
+    ItemPointerSetInvalid(&scan->previousMarkData);
+    ItemPointerSetInvalid(&scan->currentMarkData);
+    ItemPointerSetInvalid(&scan->nextMarkData);
+
+    if (numberOfKeys > 0) {
+	scan->keyData = (ScanKey) palloc(sizeof(ScanKeyData) * numberOfKeys);
+    } else {
+	scan->keyData = NULL;
+    }
+
+    index_rescan(scan, scanFromEnd, key);
+    
+    return (scan);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *  IndexScanRestart -- Restart an index scan.
+ *
+ *	This routine isn't used by any existing access method.  It's
+ *	appropriate if relation level locks are what you want.
+ *
+ *  Returns:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *  Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+IndexScanRestart(IndexScanDesc scan,
+		 bool scanFromEnd,
+		 ScanKey key)
+{
+    if (! IndexScanIsValid(scan))
+	elog(WARN, "IndexScanRestart: invalid scan");
+    
+    ItemPointerSetInvalid(&scan->previousItemData);
+    ItemPointerSetInvalid(&scan->currentItemData);
+    ItemPointerSetInvalid(&scan->nextItemData);
+    
+    if (RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(scan->relation) == 0) 
+	scan->flags = ScanUnmarked;
+    else if (scanFromEnd)
+	scan->flags = ScanUnmarked | ScanUncheckedPrevious;
+    else
+	scan->flags = ScanUnmarked | ScanUncheckedNext;
+    
+    scan->scanFromEnd = (bool) scanFromEnd;
+    
+    if (scan->numberOfKeys > 0)
+	memmove(scan->keyData,
+		key,
+		scan->numberOfKeys * sizeof(ScanKeyData));
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *  IndexScanEnd -- End and index scan.
+ *
+ *	This routine is not used by any existing access method, but is
+ *	suitable for use if you don't want to do sophisticated locking.
+ *
+ *  Returns:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *  Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+IndexScanEnd(IndexScanDesc scan)
+{
+    if (! IndexScanIsValid(scan))
+	elog(WARN, "IndexScanEnd: invalid scan");
+    
+    pfree(scan);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *  IndexScanMarkPosition -- Mark current position in a scan.
+ *
+ *	This routine isn't used by any existing access method, but is the
+ *	one that AM implementors should use, if they don't want to do any
+ *	special locking.  If relation-level locking is sufficient, this is
+ *	the routine for you.
+ *
+ *  Returns:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *  Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+IndexScanMarkPosition(IndexScanDesc scan)
+{
+    RetrieveIndexResult	result;
+    
+    if (scan->flags & ScanUncheckedPrevious) {
+	result = 
+	    index_getnext(scan, BackwardScanDirection);
+	
+	if (result != NULL) {
+	    scan->previousItemData = result->index_iptr;
+	} else {
+	    ItemPointerSetInvalid(&scan->previousItemData);
+	}
+	
+    } else if (scan->flags & ScanUncheckedNext) {
+	result = (RetrieveIndexResult)
+	    index_getnext(scan, ForwardScanDirection);
+	
+	if (result != NULL) {
+	    scan->nextItemData = result->index_iptr;
+	} else {
+	    ItemPointerSetInvalid(&scan->nextItemData);
+	}
+    }
+    
+    scan->previousMarkData = scan->previousItemData;
+    scan->currentMarkData = scan->currentItemData;
+    scan->nextMarkData = scan->nextItemData;
+    
+    scan->flags = 0x0;	/* XXX should have a symbolic name */
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *  IndexScanRestorePosition -- Restore position on a marked scan.
+ *
+ *	This routine isn't used by any existing access method, but is the
+ *	one that AM implementors should use if they don't want to do any
+ *	special locking.  If relation-level locking is sufficient, then
+ *	this is the one you want.
+ *
+ *  Returns:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *  Side Effects:
+ *	None.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+IndexScanRestorePosition(IndexScanDesc scan)
+{	
+    if (scan->flags & ScanUnmarked) 
+	elog(WARN, "IndexScanRestorePosition: no mark to restore");
+    
+    scan->previousItemData = scan->previousMarkData;
+    scan->currentItemData = scan->currentMarkData;
+    scan->nextItemData = scan->nextMarkData;
+    
+    scan->flags = 0x0;	/* XXX should have a symbolic name */
+}

src/backend/access/index/indexam.c

@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * indexam.c--
+ *    general index access method routines
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/index/indexam.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:11 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ * INTERFACE ROUTINES
+ *	index_open 	- open an index relation by relationId
+ *	index_openr 	- open a index relation by name
+ *	index_close 	- close a index relation
+ *	index_beginscan - start a scan of an index
+ *	index_rescan  	- restart a scan of an index
+ *	index_endscan 	- end a scan
+ *	index_insert 	- insert an index tuple into a relation
+ *	index_delete 	- delete an item from an index relation
+ *	index_markpos  	- mark a scan position
+ *	index_restrpos  - restore a scan position
+ *	index_getnext 	- get the next tuple from a scan
+ * **	index_fetch	- retrieve tuple with tid
+ * **	index_replace	- replace a tuple
+ * **	index_getattr	- get an attribute from an index tuple
+ *	index_getprocid - get a support procedure id from the rel tuple
+ *	
+ *	IndexScanIsValid - check index scan
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ *	This file contains the index_ routines which used
+ *	to be a scattered collection of stuff in access/genam.
+ *
+ *	The ** routines: index_fetch, index_replace, and index_getattr
+ *	have not yet been implemented.  They may not be needed.
+ *
+ * old comments
+ * 	Scans are implemented as follows:
+ *
+ * 	`0' represents an invalid item pointer.
+ * 	`-' represents an unknown item pointer.
+ * 	`X' represents a known item pointers.
+ * 	`+' represents known or invalid item pointers.
+ * 	`*' represents any item pointers.
+ *
+ * 	State is represented by a triple of these symbols in the order of
+ * 	previous, current, next.  Note that the case of reverse scans works
+ * 	identically.
+ *
+ *		State	Result
+ * 	(1)	+ + -	+ 0 0		(if the next item pointer is invalid)
+ * 	(2)		+ X -		(otherwise)
+ * 	(3)	* 0 0	* 0 0		(no change)
+ * 	(4)	+ X 0	X 0 0		(shift)
+ * 	(5)	* + X	+ X -		(shift, add unknown)
+ *
+ * 	All other states cannot occur.
+ *
+ * 	Note: It would be possible to cache the status of the previous and
+ *	      next item pointer using the flags.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "access/attnum.h"
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/itup.h"
+#include "access/relscan.h"
+#include "access/sdir.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+#include "access/funcindex.h"
+
+#include "storage/lmgr.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/relcache.h"
+
+#include "catalog/catname.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_attribute.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_index.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_proc.h"
+
+#include "catalog/index.h"
+
+#include "fmgr.h"
+
+/* ----------------
+ *   undefine macros we aren't going to use that would otherwise
+ *   get in our way..  delete is defined in c.h and the am's are
+ *   defined in heapam.h
+ * ----------------
+ */
+#undef delete
+#undef aminsert
+#undef amdelete
+#undef ambeginscan
+#undef amrescan
+#undef amendscan
+#undef ammarkpos
+#undef amrestrpos
+#undef amgettuple
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *		    macros used in index_ routines
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#define RELATION_CHECKS \
+Assert(RelationIsValid(relation)); \
+	 Assert(PointerIsValid(relation->rd_am))
+     
+#define SCAN_CHECKS \
+     Assert(IndexScanIsValid(scan)); \
+	 Assert(RelationIsValid(scan->relation)); \
+	 Assert(PointerIsValid(scan->relation->rd_am))
+     
+#define GET_REL_PROCEDURE(x,y) \
+	 CppConcat(procedure = relation->rd_am->,y); \
+	 if (! RegProcedureIsValid(procedure)) \
+	 elog(WARN, "index_%s: invalid %s regproc", \
+	      CppAsString(x), CppAsString(y))
+     
+#define GET_SCAN_PROCEDURE(x,y) \
+	 CppConcat(procedure = scan->relation->rd_am->,y); \
+	 if (! RegProcedureIsValid(procedure)) \
+	 elog(WARN, "index_%s: invalid %s regproc", \
+	      CppAsString(x), CppAsString(y))
+     
+     
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *		   index_ interface functions
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+/* ----------------
+ *	index_open - open an index relation by relationId
+ *
+ *	presently the relcache routines do all the work we need
+ *	to open/close index relations.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+Relation
+index_open(Oid relationId)
+{
+    return RelationIdGetRelation(relationId);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	index_openr - open a index relation by name
+ *
+ *	presently the relcache routines do all the work we need
+ *	to open/close index relations.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+Relation
+index_openr(char *relationName)
+{
+    return RelationNameGetRelation(relationName);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	index_close - close a index relation
+ *
+ *	presently the relcache routines do all the work we need
+ *	to open/close index relations.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+index_close(Relation relation)
+{
+    (void) RelationClose(relation);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	index_insert - insert an index tuple into a relation
+ * ----------------
+ */
+InsertIndexResult
+index_insert(Relation relation,
+	     IndexTuple indexTuple)
+{
+    RegProcedure		procedure;
+    InsertIndexResult		specificResult;
+    
+    RELATION_CHECKS;
+    GET_REL_PROCEDURE(insert,aminsert);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	have the am's insert proc do all the work.  
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    specificResult = (InsertIndexResult)
+	fmgr(procedure, relation, indexTuple, NULL);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	the insert proc is supposed to return a "specific result" and
+     *  this routine has to return a "general result" so after we get
+     *  something back from the insert proc, we allocate a
+     *  "general result" and copy some crap between the two.
+     *
+     *  As far as I'm concerned all this result shit is needlessly c
+     *  omplicated and should be eliminated.  -cim 1/19/91
+     *
+     *  mao concurs.  regardless of how we feel here, however, it is
+     *  important to free memory we don't intend to return to anyone.
+     *  2/28/91
+     *
+     *  this "general result" crap is now gone. -ay 3/6/95
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    
+    return (specificResult);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	index_delete - delete an item from an index relation
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+index_delete(Relation relation, ItemPointer indexItem)
+{
+    RegProcedure	procedure;
+    
+    RELATION_CHECKS;
+    GET_REL_PROCEDURE(delete,amdelete);
+    
+    (void) fmgr(procedure, relation, indexItem);    
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	index_beginscan - start a scan of an index
+ * ----------------
+ */
+IndexScanDesc
+index_beginscan(Relation relation,
+		bool scanFromEnd,
+		uint16 numberOfKeys,
+		ScanKey key)
+{
+    IndexScanDesc	scandesc;
+    RegProcedure	procedure;
+    
+    RELATION_CHECKS;
+    GET_REL_PROCEDURE(beginscan,ambeginscan);
+    
+    RelationSetRIntentLock(relation);
+    
+    scandesc = (IndexScanDesc)
+	fmgr(procedure, relation, scanFromEnd, numberOfKeys, key);
+    
+    return scandesc;
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	index_rescan  - restart a scan of an index
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+index_rescan(IndexScanDesc scan, bool scanFromEnd, ScanKey key)
+{
+    RegProcedure	procedure;
+    
+    SCAN_CHECKS;
+    GET_SCAN_PROCEDURE(rescan,amrescan);
+    
+    (void) fmgr(procedure, scan, scanFromEnd, key);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	index_endscan - end a scan
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+index_endscan(IndexScanDesc scan)
+{
+    RegProcedure	procedure;
+    
+    SCAN_CHECKS;
+    GET_SCAN_PROCEDURE(endscan,amendscan);
+    
+    (void) fmgr(procedure, scan);
+    
+    RelationUnsetRIntentLock(scan->relation);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	index_markpos  - mark a scan position
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+index_markpos(IndexScanDesc scan)
+{
+    RegProcedure	procedure;
+    
+    SCAN_CHECKS;
+    GET_SCAN_PROCEDURE(markpos,ammarkpos);
+    
+    (void) fmgr(procedure, scan);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	index_restrpos  - restore a scan position
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+index_restrpos(IndexScanDesc scan)
+{
+    RegProcedure	procedure;
+    
+    SCAN_CHECKS;
+    GET_SCAN_PROCEDURE(restrpos,amrestrpos);
+    
+    (void) fmgr(procedure, scan);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	index_getnext - get the next tuple from a scan
+ *
+ *  	A RetrieveIndexResult is a index tuple/heap tuple pair
+ * ----------------
+ */
+RetrieveIndexResult
+index_getnext(IndexScanDesc scan,
+	      ScanDirection direction)
+{
+    RegProcedure		procedure;
+    RetrieveIndexResult		result;
+    
+    SCAN_CHECKS;
+    GET_SCAN_PROCEDURE(getnext,amgettuple);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	have the am's gettuple proc do all the work.  
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    result = (RetrieveIndexResult)
+	fmgr(procedure, scan, direction);
+    
+    return result;
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	index_getprocid
+ *
+ *	Some indexed access methods may require support routines that are
+ *	not in the operator class/operator model imposed by pg_am.  These
+ *	access methods may store the OIDs of registered procedures they
+ *	need in pg_amproc.  These registered procedure OIDs are ordered in
+ *	a way that makes sense to the access method, and used only by the
+ *	access method.  The general index code doesn't know anything about
+ *	the routines involved; it just builds an ordered list of them for
+ *	each attribute on which an index is defined.
+ *
+ *	This routine returns the requested procedure OID for a particular
+ *	indexed attribute.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+RegProcedure
+index_getprocid(Relation irel,
+		AttrNumber attnum,
+		uint16 procnum)
+{
+    RegProcedure *loc;
+    int natts;
+    
+    natts = irel->rd_rel->relnatts;
+    
+    loc = irel->rd_support;
+
+    Assert(loc != NULL);
+    
+    return (loc[(natts * (procnum - 1)) + (attnum - 1)]);
+}
+
+Datum
+GetIndexValue(HeapTuple tuple,
+	      TupleDesc hTupDesc,
+	      int attOff,
+	      AttrNumber attrNums[],
+	      FuncIndexInfo *fInfo,
+	      bool *attNull,
+	      Buffer buffer)
+{
+    Datum returnVal;
+    bool	isNull;
+    
+    if (PointerIsValid(fInfo) && FIgetProcOid(fInfo) != InvalidOid) {
+	int i;
+	Datum *attData = (Datum *)palloc(FIgetnArgs(fInfo)*sizeof(Datum));
+	
+	for (i = 0; i < FIgetnArgs(fInfo); i++) {
+	    attData[i] = (Datum) heap_getattr(tuple, 
+					      buffer, 
+					      attrNums[i], 
+					      hTupDesc,
+					      attNull);
+	}
+	returnVal = (Datum)fmgr_array_args(FIgetProcOid(fInfo),
+					   FIgetnArgs(fInfo),
+					   (char **) attData,
+					   &isNull);
+	pfree(attData);
+	*attNull = FALSE;
+    }else {
+	returnVal = (Datum) heap_getattr(tuple, buffer, attrNums[attOff], 
+					 hTupDesc, attNull);
+    }
+    return returnVal;
+}

src/backend/access/index/istrat.c

@@ -0,0 +1,679 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * istrat.c--
+ *    index scan strategy manipulation code and index strategy manipulation
+ *    operator code.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/index/Attic/istrat.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:11 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "access/attnum.h"
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/istrat.h"
+#include "access/itup.h"	/* for MaxIndexAttributeNumber */
+#include "access/skey.h"
+#include "utils/tqual.h"	/* for NowTimeQual */
+
+#include "fmgr.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+
+#include "catalog/catname.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_amop.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_amproc.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_index.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_proc.h"
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *	           misc strategy support routines
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+     
+/* 
+ *	StrategyNumberIsValid
+ *	StrategyNumberIsInBounds
+ *	StrategyMapIsValid
+ *	StrategyTransformMapIsValid
+ *	IndexStrategyIsValid
+ *
+ *		... are now macros in istrat.h -cim 4/27/91
+ */
+     
+/*
+ * StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry --
+ *	Returns a scan key entry of a index strategy mapping member.
+ *
+ * Note:
+ *	Assumes that the index strategy mapping is valid.
+ *	Assumes that the index strategy number is valid.
+ *	Bounds checking should be done outside this routine.
+ */
+ScanKey
+StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry(StrategyMap map,
+			   StrategyNumber strategyNumber)
+{
+    Assert(StrategyMapIsValid(map));
+    Assert(StrategyNumberIsValid(strategyNumber));
+    return (&map->entry[strategyNumber - 1]);
+}
+
+/*
+ * IndexStrategyGetStrategyMap --
+ *	Returns an index strategy mapping of an index strategy.
+ *
+ * Note:
+ *	Assumes that the index strategy is valid.
+ *	Assumes that the number of index strategies is valid.
+ *	Bounds checking should be done outside this routine.
+ */
+StrategyMap
+IndexStrategyGetStrategyMap(IndexStrategy indexStrategy,
+			    StrategyNumber maxStrategyNum,
+			    AttrNumber attrNum)
+{
+    Assert(IndexStrategyIsValid(indexStrategy));
+    Assert(StrategyNumberIsValid(maxStrategyNum));
+    Assert(AttributeNumberIsValid(attrNum));
+    
+    maxStrategyNum = AMStrategies(maxStrategyNum);	/* XXX */
+    return
+	&indexStrategy->strategyMapData[maxStrategyNum * (attrNum - 1)];
+}
+
+/*
+ * AttributeNumberGetIndexStrategySize --
+ *	Computes the size of an index strategy.
+ */
+Size
+AttributeNumberGetIndexStrategySize(AttrNumber maxAttributeNumber,
+				    StrategyNumber maxStrategyNumber)
+{
+    maxStrategyNumber = AMStrategies(maxStrategyNumber);	/* XXX */
+    return
+	maxAttributeNumber * maxStrategyNumber * sizeof (ScanKeyData);
+}
+
+/* 
+ * StrategyTransformMapIsValid is now a macro in istrat.h -cim 4/27/91
+ */
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	StrategyOperatorIsValid
+ * ----------------
+ */
+bool
+StrategyOperatorIsValid(StrategyOperator operator,
+			StrategyNumber maxStrategy)
+{
+    return (bool)
+	(PointerIsValid(operator) &&
+	 StrategyNumberIsInBounds(operator->strategy, maxStrategy) &&
+	 !(operator->flags & ~(SK_NEGATE | SK_COMMUTE)));
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	StrategyTermIsValid
+ * ----------------
+ */
+bool
+StrategyTermIsValid(StrategyTerm term,
+		    StrategyNumber maxStrategy)
+{
+    Index	index;
+    
+    if (! PointerIsValid(term) || term->degree == 0)
+	return false;
+    
+    for (index = 0; index < term->degree; index += 1) {
+	if (! StrategyOperatorIsValid(&term->operatorData[index],
+				      maxStrategy)) {
+	    
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+    
+    return true;
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	StrategyExpressionIsValid
+ * ----------------
+ */
+bool
+StrategyExpressionIsValid(StrategyExpression expression,
+			  StrategyNumber maxStrategy)
+{
+    StrategyTerm	*termP;
+    
+    if (!PointerIsValid(expression))
+	return true;
+    
+    if (!StrategyTermIsValid(expression->term[0], maxStrategy))
+	return false;
+    
+    termP = &expression->term[1];
+    while (StrategyTermIsValid(*termP, maxStrategy))
+	termP += 1;
+    
+    return (bool)
+	(! PointerIsValid(*termP));
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	StrategyEvaluationIsValid
+ * ----------------
+ */
+bool
+StrategyEvaluationIsValid(StrategyEvaluation evaluation)
+{
+    Index	index;
+    
+    if (! PointerIsValid(evaluation) ||
+	! StrategyNumberIsValid(evaluation->maxStrategy) ||
+	! StrategyTransformMapIsValid(evaluation->negateTransform) ||
+	! StrategyTransformMapIsValid(evaluation->commuteTransform) ||
+	! StrategyTransformMapIsValid(evaluation->negateCommuteTransform)) {
+	
+	return false;
+    }
+    
+    for (index = 0; index < evaluation->maxStrategy; index += 1) {
+	if (! StrategyExpressionIsValid(evaluation->expression[index],
+					evaluation->maxStrategy)) {
+	    
+	    return false;
+	}
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	StrategyTermEvaluate
+ * ----------------
+ */
+static bool
+StrategyTermEvaluate(StrategyTerm term,
+		     StrategyMap map,
+		     Datum left,
+		     Datum right)
+{
+    Index		index;
+    long		tmpres;
+    bool		result;
+    StrategyOperator	operator;
+    ScanKey		entry;
+    
+    for (index = 0, operator = &term->operatorData[0];
+	 index < term->degree; index += 1, operator += 1) {
+	
+	entry = &map->entry[operator->strategy - 1];
+	
+	Assert(RegProcedureIsValid(entry->sk_procedure));
+	
+	switch (operator->flags ^ entry->sk_flags) {
+	case 0x0:
+	    tmpres = (long) FMGR_PTR2(entry->sk_func, entry->sk_procedure,
+				      left, right);
+	    break;
+	    
+	case SK_NEGATE:
+	    tmpres = (long) !FMGR_PTR2(entry->sk_func, entry->sk_procedure,
+				       left, right);
+	    break;
+	    
+	case SK_COMMUTE:
+	    tmpres = (long) FMGR_PTR2(entry->sk_func, entry->sk_procedure,
+				      right, left);
+	    break;
+	    
+	case SK_NEGATE | SK_COMMUTE:
+	    tmpres = (long) !FMGR_PTR2(entry->sk_func, entry->sk_procedure,
+				       right, left);
+	    break;
+	    
+	default:
+	    elog(FATAL, "StrategyTermEvaluate: impossible case %d",
+		 operator->flags ^ entry->sk_flags);
+	}
+	
+	result = (bool) tmpres;
+	if (!result)
+	    return result;
+    }
+    
+    return result;
+}
+
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	RelationGetStrategy
+ * ----------------
+ */
+StrategyNumber
+RelationGetStrategy(Relation relation,
+		    AttrNumber attributeNumber,
+		    StrategyEvaluation evaluation,
+		    RegProcedure procedure)
+{
+    StrategyNumber	strategy;
+    StrategyMap		strategyMap;
+    ScanKey		entry;
+    Index		index;
+    int 		numattrs;
+    
+    Assert(RelationIsValid(relation));
+    numattrs = RelationGetNumberOfAttributes(relation);
+    
+    Assert(relation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_INDEX);	/* XXX use accessor */
+    Assert(AttributeNumberIsValid(attributeNumber));
+    Assert( (attributeNumber >= 1) && (attributeNumber < 1 + numattrs));
+    
+    Assert(StrategyEvaluationIsValid(evaluation));
+    Assert(RegProcedureIsValid(procedure));
+    
+    strategyMap =
+	IndexStrategyGetStrategyMap(RelationGetIndexStrategy(relation),
+				    evaluation->maxStrategy,
+				    attributeNumber);
+    
+    /* get a strategy number for the procedure ignoring flags for now */
+    for (index = 0; index < evaluation->maxStrategy; index += 1) {
+	if (strategyMap->entry[index].sk_procedure == procedure) {
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    
+    if (index == evaluation->maxStrategy)
+	return InvalidStrategy;
+    
+    strategy = 1 + index;
+    entry = StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry(strategyMap, strategy);
+    
+    Assert(!(entry->sk_flags & ~(SK_NEGATE | SK_COMMUTE)));
+    
+    switch (entry->sk_flags & (SK_NEGATE | SK_COMMUTE)) {
+    case 0x0:
+	return strategy;
+	
+    case SK_NEGATE:
+	strategy = evaluation->negateTransform->strategy[strategy - 1];
+	break;
+	
+    case SK_COMMUTE:
+	strategy = evaluation->commuteTransform->strategy[strategy - 1];
+	break;
+	
+    case SK_NEGATE | SK_COMMUTE:
+	strategy = evaluation->negateCommuteTransform->strategy[strategy - 1];
+	break;
+	
+    default:
+	elog(FATAL, "RelationGetStrategy: impossible case %d", entry->sk_flags);
+    }
+    
+    
+    if (! StrategyNumberIsInBounds(strategy, evaluation->maxStrategy)) {
+	if (! StrategyNumberIsValid(strategy)) {
+	    elog(WARN, "RelationGetStrategy: corrupted evaluation");
+	}
+    }
+    
+    return strategy;
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	RelationInvokeStrategy
+ * ----------------
+ */
+bool		/* XXX someday, this may return Datum */
+RelationInvokeStrategy(Relation relation,
+		       StrategyEvaluation evaluation,
+		       AttrNumber attributeNumber,
+		       StrategyNumber strategy,
+		       Datum left,
+		       Datum right)
+{
+    StrategyNumber	newStrategy;
+    StrategyMap		strategyMap;
+    ScanKey		entry;
+    StrategyTermData	termData;
+    int     		numattrs;
+    
+    Assert(RelationIsValid(relation));
+    Assert(relation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_INDEX);	/* XXX use accessor */
+    numattrs = RelationGetNumberOfAttributes(relation);
+    
+    Assert(StrategyEvaluationIsValid(evaluation));
+    Assert(AttributeNumberIsValid(attributeNumber));
+    Assert( (attributeNumber >= 1) && (attributeNumber < 1 + numattrs));
+
+    Assert(StrategyNumberIsInBounds(strategy, evaluation->maxStrategy));
+    
+    termData.degree = 1;
+    
+    strategyMap =
+	IndexStrategyGetStrategyMap(RelationGetIndexStrategy(relation),
+				    evaluation->maxStrategy,
+				    attributeNumber);
+    
+    entry = StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry(strategyMap, strategy);
+    
+    if (RegProcedureIsValid(entry->sk_procedure)) {
+	termData.operatorData[0].strategy = strategy;
+	termData.operatorData[0].flags = 0x0;
+	
+	return
+	    StrategyTermEvaluate(&termData, strategyMap, left, right);
+    }
+    
+    
+    newStrategy = evaluation->negateTransform->strategy[strategy - 1];
+    if (newStrategy != strategy && StrategyNumberIsValid(newStrategy)) {
+	
+	entry = StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry(strategyMap, newStrategy);
+	
+	if (RegProcedureIsValid(entry->sk_procedure)) {
+	    termData.operatorData[0].strategy = newStrategy;
+	    termData.operatorData[0].flags = SK_NEGATE;
+	    
+	    return
+		StrategyTermEvaluate(&termData, strategyMap, left, right);
+	}
+    }
+    
+    newStrategy = evaluation->commuteTransform->strategy[strategy - 1];
+    if (newStrategy != strategy && StrategyNumberIsValid(newStrategy)) {
+	
+	entry = StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry(strategyMap, newStrategy);
+	
+	if (RegProcedureIsValid(entry->sk_procedure)) {
+	    termData.operatorData[0].strategy = newStrategy;
+	    termData.operatorData[0].flags = SK_COMMUTE;
+	    
+	    return
+		StrategyTermEvaluate(&termData, strategyMap, left, right);
+	}
+    }
+    
+    newStrategy = evaluation->negateCommuteTransform->strategy[strategy - 1];
+    if (newStrategy != strategy && StrategyNumberIsValid(newStrategy)) {
+	
+	entry = StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry(strategyMap, newStrategy);
+	
+	if (RegProcedureIsValid(entry->sk_procedure)) {
+	    termData.operatorData[0].strategy = newStrategy;
+	    termData.operatorData[0].flags = SK_NEGATE | SK_COMMUTE;
+	    
+	    return
+		StrategyTermEvaluate(&termData, strategyMap, left, right);
+	}
+    }
+    
+    if (PointerIsValid(evaluation->expression[strategy - 1])) {
+	StrategyTerm		*termP;
+	
+	termP = &evaluation->expression[strategy - 1]->term[0];
+	while (PointerIsValid(*termP)) {
+	    Index	index;
+	    
+	    for (index = 0; index < (*termP)->degree; index += 1) {
+		entry = StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry(strategyMap,
+						   (*termP)->operatorData[index].strategy);
+		
+		if (! RegProcedureIsValid(entry->sk_procedure)) {
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	    
+	    if (index == (*termP)->degree) {
+		return
+		    StrategyTermEvaluate(*termP, strategyMap, left, right);
+	    }
+	    
+	    termP += 1;
+	}
+    }
+    
+    elog(WARN, "RelationInvokeStrategy: cannot evaluate strategy %d",
+	 strategy);
+
+     /* not reached, just to make compiler happy */
+     return FALSE; 
+
+
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	OperatorRelationFillScanKeyEntry
+ * ----------------
+ */
+static void
+OperatorRelationFillScanKeyEntry(Relation operatorRelation,
+				 Oid operatorObjectId,
+				 ScanKey entry)
+{
+    HeapScanDesc	scan;
+    ScanKeyData		scanKeyData;
+    HeapTuple		tuple;
+    
+    ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&scanKeyData, 0, 
+			   ObjectIdAttributeNumber,
+			   ObjectIdEqualRegProcedure,
+			   ObjectIdGetDatum(operatorObjectId));
+    
+    scan = heap_beginscan(operatorRelation, false, NowTimeQual,
+			  1, &scanKeyData);
+    
+    tuple = heap_getnext(scan, false, (Buffer *)NULL);
+    if (! HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) {
+	elog(WARN, "OperatorObjectIdFillScanKeyEntry: unknown operator %lu",
+	     (uint32) operatorObjectId);
+    }
+    
+    entry->sk_flags = 0;
+    entry->sk_procedure =
+	((OperatorTupleForm) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->oprcode;
+    fmgr_info(entry->sk_procedure, &entry->sk_func, &entry->sk_nargs);
+    
+    if (! RegProcedureIsValid(entry->sk_procedure)) {
+	elog(WARN,
+	     "OperatorObjectIdFillScanKeyEntry: no procedure for operator %lu",
+	     (uint32) operatorObjectId);
+    }
+    
+    heap_endscan(scan);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * IndexSupportInitialize --
+ *	Initializes an index strategy and associated support procedures.
+ */
+void
+IndexSupportInitialize(IndexStrategy indexStrategy,
+		       RegProcedure *indexSupport,
+		       Oid indexObjectId,
+		       Oid accessMethodObjectId,
+		       StrategyNumber maxStrategyNumber,
+		       StrategyNumber maxSupportNumber,
+		       AttrNumber maxAttributeNumber)
+{
+    Relation		relation;
+    Relation		operatorRelation;
+    HeapScanDesc	scan;
+    HeapTuple		tuple;
+    ScanKeyData    	entry[2];
+    StrategyMap		map;
+    AttrNumber		attributeNumber;
+    int			attributeIndex;
+    Oid			operatorClassObjectId[ MaxIndexAttributeNumber ];
+    
+    maxStrategyNumber = AMStrategies(maxStrategyNumber);
+    
+    ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&entry[0], 0, Anum_pg_index_indexrelid,
+			   ObjectIdEqualRegProcedure, 
+			   ObjectIdGetDatum(indexObjectId));
+    
+    relation = heap_openr(IndexRelationName);
+    scan = heap_beginscan(relation, false, NowTimeQual, 1, entry);
+    tuple = heap_getnext(scan, 0, (Buffer *)NULL);
+    if (! HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
+	elog(WARN, "IndexSupportInitialize: corrupted catalogs");
+    
+    /*
+     * XXX note that the following assumes the INDEX tuple is well formed and
+     * that the key[] and class[] are 0 terminated.
+     */
+    for (attributeIndex=0; attributeIndex<maxAttributeNumber; attributeIndex++)
+	{
+	    IndexTupleForm	iform;
+	    
+	    iform = (IndexTupleForm) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
+	    
+	    if (!OidIsValid(iform->indkey[attributeIndex])) {
+		if (attributeIndex == 0) {
+		    elog(WARN, "IndexSupportInitialize: no pg_index tuple");
+		}
+		break;
+	    }
+	    
+	    operatorClassObjectId[attributeIndex]
+		= iform->indclass[attributeIndex];
+	}
+    
+    heap_endscan(scan);
+    heap_close(relation);
+    
+    /* if support routines exist for this access method, load them */
+    if (maxSupportNumber > 0) {
+	
+	ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&entry[0], 0, Anum_pg_amproc_amid,
+			       ObjectIdEqualRegProcedure,
+			       ObjectIdGetDatum(accessMethodObjectId));
+	
+	ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&entry[1], 0, Anum_pg_amproc_amopclaid,
+			       ObjectIdEqualRegProcedure, 0);
+	
+/*	relation = heap_openr(Name_pg_amproc); */
+ 	relation = heap_openr(AccessMethodProcedureRelationName);
+
+	
+	for (attributeNumber = maxAttributeNumber; attributeNumber > 0;
+	     attributeNumber--) {
+	    
+	    int16		support;
+	    Form_pg_amproc	form;
+	    RegProcedure	*loc;
+	    
+	    loc = &indexSupport[((attributeNumber - 1) * maxSupportNumber)];
+	    
+	    for (support = maxSupportNumber; --support >= 0; ) {
+		loc[support] = InvalidOid;
+	    }
+	    
+	    entry[1].sk_argument =
+		ObjectIdGetDatum(operatorClassObjectId[attributeNumber - 1]);
+	    
+	    scan = heap_beginscan(relation, false, NowTimeQual, 2, entry);
+	    
+	    while (tuple = heap_getnext(scan, 0, (Buffer *)NULL),
+		   HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) {
+		
+		form = (Form_pg_amproc) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
+		loc[(form->amprocnum - 1)] = form->amproc;
+	    }
+	    
+	    heap_endscan(scan);
+	}
+	heap_close(relation);
+    }
+    
+    ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&entry[0], 0, 
+			   Anum_pg_amop_amopid,
+                           ObjectIdEqualRegProcedure,
+                           ObjectIdGetDatum(accessMethodObjectId));
+    
+    ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&entry[1], 0, 
+			   Anum_pg_amop_amopclaid,
+                           ObjectIdEqualRegProcedure, 0);
+    
+    relation = heap_openr(AccessMethodOperatorRelationName);
+    operatorRelation = heap_openr(OperatorRelationName);
+    
+    for (attributeNumber = maxAttributeNumber; attributeNumber > 0;
+	 attributeNumber--) {
+	
+	StrategyNumber	strategy;
+	
+	entry[1].sk_argument =
+	    ObjectIdGetDatum(operatorClassObjectId[attributeNumber - 1]);
+	
+	map = IndexStrategyGetStrategyMap(indexStrategy,
+					  maxStrategyNumber,
+					  attributeNumber);
+	
+	for (strategy = 1; strategy <= maxStrategyNumber; strategy++)
+	    ScanKeyEntrySetIllegal(StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry(map, strategy));
+	
+	scan = heap_beginscan(relation, false, NowTimeQual, 2, entry);
+	
+	while (tuple = heap_getnext(scan, 0, (Buffer *)NULL),
+	       HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) {
+	    Form_pg_amop form;
+	    
+	    form = (Form_pg_amop) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
+	    
+	    OperatorRelationFillScanKeyEntry(operatorRelation,
+					     form->amopopr,
+					     StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry(map, form->amopstrategy));
+	}
+	
+	heap_endscan(scan);
+    }
+    
+    heap_close(operatorRelation);
+    heap_close(relation);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	IndexStrategyDisplay
+ * ----------------
+ */
+#ifdef	ISTRATDEBUG
+int
+IndexStrategyDisplay(IndexStrategy indexStrategy,
+		     StrategyNumber numberOfStrategies,
+		     int numberOfAttributes)
+{
+    StrategyMap	strategyMap;
+    AttrNumber	attributeNumber;
+    StrategyNumber	strategyNumber;
+    
+    for (attributeNumber = 1; attributeNumber <= numberOfAttributes;
+	 attributeNumber += 1) {
+	
+	strategyMap = IndexStrategyGetStrategyMap(indexStrategy,
+						  numberOfStrategies,
+						  attributeNumber);
+	
+	for (strategyNumber = 1;
+	     strategyNumber <= AMStrategies(numberOfStrategies);
+	     strategyNumber += 1) {
+	    
+	    printf(":att %d\t:str %d\t:opr 0x%x(%d)\n",
+		   attributeNumber, strategyNumber,
+		   strategyMap->entry[strategyNumber - 1].sk_procedure,
+		   strategyMap->entry[strategyNumber - 1].sk_procedure);
+	}
+    }
+}
+#endif	/* defined(ISTRATDEBUG) */
+
+

src/backend/access/iqual.h

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * iqual.h--
+ *    Index scan key qualification definitions.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: iqual.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:08 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef	IQUAL_H
+#define IQUAL_H
+
+#include "c.h"
+
+#include "storage/itemid.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	index tuple qualification support
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+extern int NIndexTupleProcessed;
+
+extern bool index_keytest(IndexTuple tuple, TupleDesc tupdesc,
+			  int scanKeySize, ScanKey key);
+
+#endif	/* IQUAL_H */

src/backend/access/istrat.h

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * istrat.h--
+ *    POSTGRES index strategy definitions.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: istrat.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:08 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef	ISTRAT_H
+#define ISTRAT_H
+
+#include "postgres.h"
+#include "access/attnum.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+#include "access/strat.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"		/* for Relation */
+
+/*
+ * StrategyNumberIsValid --
+ *	True iff the strategy number is valid.
+ */
+#define StrategyNumberIsValid(strategyNumber) \
+    ((bool) ((strategyNumber) != InvalidStrategy))
+
+/*
+ * StrategyNumberIsInBounds --
+ *	True iff strategy number is within given bounds.
+ *
+ * Note:
+ *	Assumes StrategyNumber is an unsigned type.
+ *	Assumes the bounded interval to be (0,max].
+ */
+#define StrategyNumberIsInBounds(strategyNumber, maxStrategyNumber) \
+    ((bool)(InvalidStrategy < (strategyNumber) && \
+	    (strategyNumber) <= (maxStrategyNumber)))
+
+/*
+ * StrategyMapIsValid --
+ *	True iff the index strategy mapping is valid.
+ */
+#define	StrategyMapIsValid(map) PointerIsValid(map)
+
+/*
+ * IndexStrategyIsValid --
+ *	True iff the index strategy is valid.
+ */
+#define	IndexStrategyIsValid(s)	PointerIsValid(s)
+
+extern ScanKey StrategyMapGetScanKeyEntry(StrategyMap map,
+					  StrategyNumber strategyNumber);
+extern StrategyMap IndexStrategyGetStrategyMap(IndexStrategy indexStrategy,
+	StrategyNumber maxStrategyNum, AttrNumber attrNum);
+
+extern Size
+AttributeNumberGetIndexStrategySize(AttrNumber maxAttributeNumber,
+				    StrategyNumber maxStrategyNumber);
+extern bool StrategyOperatorIsValid(StrategyOperator operator,
+				    StrategyNumber maxStrategy);
+extern bool StrategyTermIsValid(StrategyTerm term,
+				StrategyNumber maxStrategy);
+extern bool StrategyExpressionIsValid(StrategyExpression expression,
+				      StrategyNumber maxStrategy);
+extern bool StrategyEvaluationIsValid(StrategyEvaluation evaluation);
+extern StrategyNumber RelationGetStrategy(Relation relation,
+	AttrNumber attributeNumber, StrategyEvaluation evaluation,
+	RegProcedure procedure);
+extern bool RelationInvokeStrategy(Relation relation,
+	StrategyEvaluation evaluation, AttrNumber attributeNumber,
+	StrategyNumber strategy, Datum left, Datum right);
+extern void IndexSupportInitialize(IndexStrategy indexStrategy,
+	RegProcedure *indexSupport, Oid indexObjectId,
+	Oid accessMethodObjectId, StrategyNumber maxStrategyNumber,
+	StrategyNumber maxSupportNumber, AttrNumber maxAttributeNumber);
+
+
+#endif	/* ISTRAT_H */

src/backend/access/itup.h

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * itup.h--
+ *    POSTGRES index tuple definitions.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: itup.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:08 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef ITUP_H
+#define ITUP_H
+
+#include "c.h"
+#include "access/ibit.h"
+#include "access/tupdesc.h"	/* for TupleDesc */
+#include "storage/itemptr.h"
+
+#define MaxIndexAttributeNumber	7
+
+typedef struct IndexTupleData {
+    ItemPointerData		t_tid; /* reference TID to base tuple */
+
+    /*
+     * t_info is layed out in the following fashion:
+     *
+     * 15th (leftmost) bit: "has nulls" bit
+     * 14th bit: "has varlenas" bit
+     * 13th bit: "has rules" bit - (removed ay 11/94)
+     * bits 12-0 bit: size of tuple.
+     */
+
+    unsigned short		t_info; /* various info about tuple */
+
+    /*
+     * please make sure sizeof(IndexTupleData) is MAXALIGN'ed.
+     * See IndexInfoFindDataOffset() for the reason.
+     */
+    
+} IndexTupleData;		/* MORE DATA FOLLOWS AT END OF STRUCT */
+
+typedef IndexTupleData	*IndexTuple;
+
+
+typedef struct InsertIndexResultData {
+    ItemPointerData	pointerData;
+} InsertIndexResultData;
+
+typedef InsertIndexResultData *InsertIndexResult;
+
+
+typedef struct RetrieveIndexResultData {
+    ItemPointerData	index_iptr;
+    ItemPointerData	heap_iptr;
+} RetrieveIndexResultData;
+
+typedef RetrieveIndexResultData	*RetrieveIndexResult;
+
+
+/*-----------------
+ * PredInfo -
+ *    used for partial indices
+ *-----------------
+ */
+typedef struct PredInfo {
+    Node		*pred;
+    Node		*oldPred;
+} PredInfo;
+
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	externs 
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+#define INDEX_SIZE_MASK 0x1FFF
+#define INDEX_NULL_MASK 0x8000
+#define INDEX_VAR_MASK  0x4000
+
+#define IndexTupleSize(itup)       (((IndexTuple) (itup))->t_info & 0x1FFF)
+#define IndexTupleDSize(itup)                      ((itup).t_info & 0x1FFF)
+#define IndexTupleNoNulls(itup)  (!(((IndexTuple) (itup))->t_info & 0x8000))
+#define IndexTupleAllFixed(itup) (!(((IndexTuple) (itup))->t_info & 0x4000))
+
+#define IndexTupleHasMinHeader(itup) (IndexTupleNoNulls(itup))
+
+
+/* indextuple.h */
+extern IndexTuple index_formtuple(TupleDesc tupleDescriptor,
+				  Datum value[], char null[]);
+extern char *fastgetiattr(IndexTuple tup, int attnum,
+	TupleDesc att, bool *isnull);
+extern Datum index_getattr(IndexTuple tuple, AttrNumber attNum,
+	TupleDesc tupDesc, bool *isNullOutP);
+extern RetrieveIndexResult
+FormRetrieveIndexResult(ItemPointer indexItemPointer,
+			ItemPointer heapItemPointer);
+extern void CopyIndexTuple(IndexTuple source, IndexTuple *target);
+
+
+#endif	/* ITUP_H */
+

src/backend/access/nbtree.h

@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * nbtree.h--
+ *    header file for postgres btree access method implementation.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: nbtree.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:08 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef	NBTREE_H
+#define	NBTREE_H
+
+#include "access/attnum.h"
+#include "access/itup.h"
+#include "access/htup.h"
+#include "access/tupdesc.h"
+
+#include "access/istrat.h"
+#include "access/funcindex.h"
+#include "access/relscan.h"
+#include "access/sdir.h"
+#include "nodes/pg_list.h"
+
+/*
+ *  BTPageOpaqueData -- At the end of every page, we store a pointer
+ *  to both siblings in the tree.  See Lehman and Yao's paper for more
+ *  info.  In addition, we need to know what sort of page this is
+ *  (leaf or internal), and whether the page is available for reuse.
+ *
+ *  Lehman and Yao's algorithm requires a ``high key'' on every page.
+ *  The high key on a page is guaranteed to be greater than or equal
+ *  to any key that appears on this page.  Our insertion algorithm
+ *  guarantees that we can use the initial least key on our right
+ *  sibling as the high key.  We allocate space for the line pointer
+ *  to the high key in the opaque data at the end of the page.
+ *
+ *  Rightmost pages in the tree have no high key.
+ */
+
+typedef struct BTPageOpaqueData {
+    BlockNumber	btpo_prev;
+    BlockNumber	btpo_next;
+    uint16	btpo_flags;
+
+#define BTP_LEAF	(1 << 0)
+#define BTP_ROOT	(1 << 1)
+#define BTP_FREE	(1 << 2)
+#define BTP_META	(1 << 3)
+
+} BTPageOpaqueData;
+
+typedef BTPageOpaqueData	*BTPageOpaque;
+
+/*
+ *  ScanOpaqueData is used to remember which buffers we're currently
+ *  examining in the scan.  We keep these buffers locked and pinned
+ *  and recorded in the opaque entry of the scan in order to avoid
+ *  doing a ReadBuffer() for every tuple in the index.  This avoids
+ *  semop() calls, which are expensive.
+ */
+
+typedef struct BTScanOpaqueData {
+    Buffer	btso_curbuf;
+    Buffer	btso_mrkbuf;
+} BTScanOpaqueData;
+
+typedef BTScanOpaqueData	*BTScanOpaque;
+
+/*
+ *  BTItems are what we store in the btree.  Each item has an index
+ *  tuple, including key and pointer values.  In addition, we must
+ *  guarantee that all tuples in the index are unique, in order to
+ *  satisfy some assumptions in Lehman and Yao.  The way that we do
+ *  this is by generating a new OID for every insertion that we do in
+ *  the tree.  This adds eight bytes to the size of btree index
+ *  tuples.  Note that we do not use the OID as part of a composite
+ *  key; the OID only serves as a unique identifier for a given index
+ *  tuple (logical position within a page).
+ */
+
+typedef struct BTItemData {
+    Oid				bti_oid;
+    int32			bti_dummy;	/* padding to make bti_itup
+						 * align at 8-byte boundary
+						 */
+    IndexTupleData		bti_itup;
+} BTItemData;
+
+typedef BTItemData	*BTItem;
+
+/*
+ *  BTStackData -- As we descend a tree, we push the (key, pointer)
+ *  pairs from internal nodes onto a private stack.  If we split a
+ *  leaf, we use this stack to walk back up the tree and insert data
+ *  into parent nodes (and possibly to split them, too).  Lehman and
+ *  Yao's update algorithm guarantees that under no circumstances can
+ *  our private stack give us an irredeemably bad picture up the tree.
+ *  Again, see the paper for details.
+ */
+
+typedef struct BTStackData {
+    BlockNumber		bts_blkno;
+    OffsetNumber	bts_offset;
+    BTItem		bts_btitem;
+    struct BTStackData	*bts_parent;
+} BTStackData;
+
+typedef BTStackData	*BTStack;
+
+/*
+ *  We need to be able to tell the difference between read and write
+ *  requests for pages, in order to do locking correctly.
+ */
+
+#define	BT_READ		0
+#define	BT_WRITE	1
+
+/*
+ *  Similarly, the difference between insertion and non-insertion binary
+ *  searches on a given page makes a difference when we're descending the
+ *  tree.
+ */
+
+#define BT_INSERTION	0
+#define BT_DESCENT	1
+
+/*
+ *  In general, the btree code tries to localize its knowledge about
+ *  page layout to a couple of routines.  However, we need a special
+ *  value to indicate "no page number" in those places where we expect
+ *  page numbers.
+ */
+
+#define P_NONE		0
+#define	P_LEFTMOST(opaque)	((opaque)->btpo_prev == P_NONE)
+#define	P_RIGHTMOST(opaque)	((opaque)->btpo_next == P_NONE)
+
+#define	P_HIKEY		((OffsetNumber) 1)
+#define	P_FIRSTKEY	((OffsetNumber) 2)
+
+/*
+ *  Strategy numbers -- ordering of these is <, <=, =, >=, > 
+ */
+
+#define BTLessStrategyNumber		1
+#define BTLessEqualStrategyNumber	2
+#define BTEqualStrategyNumber		3
+#define BTGreaterEqualStrategyNumber	4
+#define BTGreaterStrategyNumber		5
+#define BTMaxStrategyNumber		5
+
+/*
+ *  When a new operator class is declared, we require that the user
+ *  supply us with an amproc procedure for determining whether, for
+ *  two keys a and b, a < b, a = b, or a > b.  This routine must
+ *  return < 0, 0, > 0, respectively, in these three cases.  Since we
+ *  only have one such proc in amproc, it's number 1.
+ */
+
+#define BTORDER_PROC	1
+
+
+/*
+ * prototypes for functions in nbtinsert.c
+ */
+extern InsertIndexResult _bt_doinsert(Relation rel, BTItem btitem);
+extern bool _bt_itemcmp(Relation rel, Size keysz, BTItem item1, BTItem item2,
+			StrategyNumber strat);
+
+/*
+ * prototypes for functions in nbtpage.c
+ */
+extern void _bt_metapinit(Relation rel);
+extern void _bt_checkmeta(Relation rel);
+extern Buffer _bt_getroot(Relation rel, int access);
+extern Buffer _bt_getbuf(Relation rel, BlockNumber blkno, int access);
+extern void _bt_relbuf(Relation rel, Buffer buf, int access);
+extern void _bt_wrtbuf(Relation rel, Buffer buf);
+extern void _bt_wrtnorelbuf(Relation rel, Buffer buf);
+extern void _bt_pageinit(Page page, Size size);
+extern void _bt_metaproot(Relation rel, BlockNumber rootbknum);
+extern Buffer _bt_getstackbuf(Relation rel, BTStack stack, int access);
+extern void _bt_setpagelock(Relation rel, BlockNumber blkno, int access);
+extern void _bt_unsetpagelock(Relation rel, BlockNumber blkno, int access);
+extern void _bt_pagedel(Relation rel, ItemPointer tid);
+
+/*
+ * prototypes for functions in nbtree.c
+ */
+extern bool BuildingBtree;	/* in nbtree.c */
+
+extern void btbuild(Relation heap, Relation index, int natts,
+	AttrNumber *attnum, IndexStrategy istrat, uint16 pcount,
+	Datum *params, FuncIndexInfo *finfo, PredInfo *predInfo);
+extern InsertIndexResult btinsert(Relation rel, IndexTuple itup);
+extern char *btgettuple(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir);
+extern char *btbeginscan(Relation rel, bool fromEnd, uint16 keysz,
+			 ScanKey scankey);
+
+extern void btrescan(IndexScanDesc scan, bool fromEnd, ScanKey scankey);
+extern void btmovescan(IndexScanDesc scan, Datum v);
+extern void btendscan(IndexScanDesc scan);
+extern void btmarkpos(IndexScanDesc scan);
+extern void btrestrpos(IndexScanDesc scan);
+extern void btdelete(Relation rel, ItemPointer tid);
+
+/*
+ * prototypes for functions in nbtscan.c
+ */
+extern void _bt_regscan(IndexScanDesc scan);
+extern void _bt_dropscan(IndexScanDesc scan);
+extern void _bt_adjscans(Relation rel, ItemPointer tid);
+extern void _bt_scandel(IndexScanDesc scan, BlockNumber blkno,
+			OffsetNumber offno);
+extern bool _bt_scantouched(IndexScanDesc scan, BlockNumber blkno,
+			    OffsetNumber offno);
+
+/*
+ * prototypes for functions in nbtsearch.c
+ */
+extern BTStack _bt_search(Relation rel, int keysz, ScanKey scankey,
+			  Buffer *bufP);
+extern Buffer _bt_moveright(Relation rel, Buffer buf, int keysz,
+			    ScanKey scankey, int access);
+extern bool _bt_skeycmp(Relation rel, Size keysz, ScanKey scankey,
+			Page page, ItemId itemid, StrategyNumber strat);
+extern OffsetNumber _bt_binsrch(Relation rel, Buffer buf, int keysz,
+				ScanKey scankey, int srchtype);
+extern RetrieveIndexResult _bt_next(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir);
+extern RetrieveIndexResult _bt_first(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir);
+extern bool _bt_step(IndexScanDesc scan, Buffer *bufP, ScanDirection dir);
+
+/*
+ * prototypes for functions in nbtstrat.c
+ */
+extern StrategyNumber _bt_getstrat(Relation rel, AttrNumber attno,
+				   RegProcedure proc);
+extern bool _bt_invokestrat(Relation rel, AttrNumber attno,
+			    StrategyNumber strat, Datum left, Datum right);
+
+/*
+ * prototypes for functions in nbtutils.c
+ */
+extern ScanKey  _bt_mkscankey(Relation rel, IndexTuple itup);
+extern void _bt_freeskey(ScanKey skey);
+extern void _bt_freestack(BTStack stack);
+extern void _bt_orderkeys(Relation relation, uint16 *numberOfKeys,
+			  ScanKey key);
+extern bool _bt_checkqual(IndexScanDesc scan, IndexTuple itup);
+extern BTItem _bt_formitem(IndexTuple itup);
+
+/*
+ * prototypes for functions in nbtsort.c
+ */
+extern void *_bt_spoolinit(Relation index, int ntapes);
+extern void _bt_spooldestroy(void *spool);
+extern void _bt_spool(Relation index, BTItem btitem, void *spool);
+extern void _bt_upperbuild(Relation index, BlockNumber blk, int level);
+extern void _bt_leafbuild(Relation index, void *spool);
+
+#endif	/* NBTREE_H */

src/backend/access/nbtree/Makefile.inc

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Makefile.inc--
+#    Makefile for access/nbtree (btree acess methods)
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+#
+#
+# IDENTIFICATION
+#    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/Attic/Makefile.inc,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:11 scrappy Exp $
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SUBSRCS+= nbtcompare.c nbtinsert.c nbtpage.c nbtree.c nbtscan.c nbtsearch.c \
+	nbtstrat.c nbtutils.c nbtsort.c

src/backend/access/nbtree/README

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/README,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:12 scrappy Exp $
+
+This directory contains a correct implementation of Lehman and Yao's
+btree management algorithm that supports concurrent access for Postgres.
+We have made the following changes in order to incorporate their algorithm
+into Postgres:
+
+	+  The requirement that all btree keys be unique is too onerous,
+	   but the algorithm won't work correctly without it.  As a result,
+	   this implementation adds an OID (guaranteed to be unique) to
+	   every key in the index.  This guarantees uniqueness within a set
+	   of duplicates.  Space overhead is four bytes.
+
+	   For this reason, when we're passed an index tuple to store by the
+	   common access method code, we allocate a larger one and copy the
+	   supplied tuple into it.  No Postgres code outside of the btree
+	   access method knows about this xid or sequence number.
+
+	+  Lehman and Yao don't require read locks, but assume that in-
+	   memory copies of tree nodes are unshared.  Postgres shares
+	   in-memory buffers among backends.  As a result, we do page-
+	   level read locking on btree nodes in order to guarantee that
+	   no record is modified while we are examining it.  This reduces
+	   concurrency but guaranteees correct behavior.
+
+	+  Read locks on a page are held for as long as a scan has a pointer
+	   to the page.  However, locks are always surrendered before the
+	   sibling page lock is acquired (for readers), so we remain deadlock-
+	   free.  I will do a formal proof if I get bored anytime soon.
+
+In addition, the following things are handy to know:
+
+	+  Page zero of every btree is a meta-data page.  This page stores
+	   the location of the root page, a pointer to a list of free
+	   pages, and other stuff that's handy to know.
+
+	+  This algorithm doesn't really work, since it requires ordered
+	   writes, and UNIX doesn't support ordered writes.
+
+	+  There's one other case where we may screw up in this
+	   implementation.  When we start a scan, we descend the tree
+	   to the key nearest the one in the qual, and once we get there,
+	   position ourselves correctly for the qual type (eg, <, >=, etc).
+	   If we happen to step off a page, decide we want to get back to
+	   it, and fetch the page again, and if some bad person has split
+	   the page and moved the last tuple we saw off of it, then the
+	   code complains about botched concurrency in an elog(WARN, ...)
+	   and gives up the ghost.  This is the ONLY violation of Lehman
+	   and Yao's guarantee of correct behavior that I am aware of in
+	   this code.
+
+Notes to operator class implementors:
+
+	With this implementation, we require the user to supply us with
+	a procedure for pg_amproc.  This procedure should take two keys
+	A and B and return < 0, 0, or > 0 if A < B, A = B, or A > B,
+	respectively.  See the contents of that relation for the btree
+	access method for some samples.
+
+Notes to mao for implementation document:
+
+	On deletions, we need to adjust the position of active scans on
+	the index.  The code in nbtscan.c handles this.  We don't need to
+	do this for splits because of the way splits are handled; if they
+	happen behind us, we'll automatically go to the next page, and if
+	they happen in front of us, we're not affected by them.  For
+	insertions, if we inserted a tuple behind the current scan location
+	on the current scan page, we move one space ahead.

src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtcompare.c

@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * btcompare.c--
+ *    Comparison functions for btree access method.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtcompare.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:12 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *  NOTES
+ *	These functions are stored in pg_amproc.  For each operator class
+ *	defined on btrees, they compute
+ *
+ *		compare(a, b):
+ *			< 0 if a < b,
+ *			= 0 if a == b,
+ *			> 0 if a > b.
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include <string.h>
+#include "postgres.h"
+#include "utils/nabstime.h"
+
+int32
+btint2cmp(int16 a, int16 b)
+{
+    return ((int32) (a - b));
+}
+
+int32
+btint4cmp(int32 a, int32 b)
+{
+    return (a - b);
+}
+
+int32
+btint24cmp(int16 a, int32 b)
+{
+    return (((int32) a) - b);
+}
+
+int32
+btint42cmp(int32 a, int16 b)
+{
+    return (a - ((int32) b));
+}
+
+int32
+btfloat4cmp(float32 a, float32 b)
+{
+    if (*a > *b)
+	return (1);
+    else if (*a == *b)
+	return (0);
+    else
+	return (-1);
+}
+
+int32
+btfloat8cmp(float64 a, float64 b)
+{
+    if (*a > *b)
+	return (1);
+    else if (*a == *b)
+	return (0);
+    else
+	return (-1);
+}
+
+int32
+btoidcmp(Oid a, Oid b)
+{
+    if (a > b)
+	return (1);
+    else if (a == b)
+	return (0);
+    else
+	return (-1);
+}
+
+int32
+btabstimecmp(AbsoluteTime a, AbsoluteTime b)
+{
+    if (AbsoluteTimeIsBefore(a, b))
+	return (1);
+    else if (AbsoluteTimeIsBefore(b, a))
+	return (-1);
+    else
+	return (0);
+}
+
+int32
+btcharcmp(char a, char b)
+{
+    return ((int32) (a - b));
+}
+
+int32
+btchar2cmp(uint16 a, uint16 b)
+{
+    return (strncmp((char *) &a, (char *) &b, 2));
+}
+
+int32
+btchar4cmp(uint32 a, uint32 b)
+{
+    return (strncmp((char *) &a, (char *) &b, 4));
+}
+
+int32
+btchar8cmp(char *a, char *b)
+{
+    return (strncmp(a, b, 8));
+}
+
+int32
+btchar16cmp(char *a, char *b)
+{
+    return (strncmp(a, b, 16));
+}
+
+int32
+btnamecmp(NameData *a, NameData *b)
+{
+     return (strncmp(a->data, b->data, NAMEDATALEN));
+}
+
+int32
+bttextcmp(struct varlena *a, struct varlena *b)
+{
+    char *ap, *bp;
+    int len;
+    int res;
+    
+    ap = VARDATA(a);
+    bp = VARDATA(b);
+    
+    /* len is the length of the shorter of the two strings */
+    if ((len = VARSIZE(a)) > VARSIZE(b))
+	len = VARSIZE(b);
+    
+    /* len includes the four bytes in which string length is stored */
+    len -= sizeof(VARSIZE(a));
+    
+    /*
+     *  If the two strings differ in the first len bytes, or if they're
+     *  the same in the first len bytes and they're both len bytes long,
+     *  we're done.
+     */
+    
+    res = 0;
+    if (len > 0) {
+	do {
+	    res = (int) (*ap++ - *bp++);
+	    len--;
+	} while (res == 0 && len != 0);
+    }
+    
+    if (res != 0 || VARSIZE(a) == VARSIZE(b))
+	return (res);
+    
+    /*
+     *  The two strings are the same in the first len bytes, and they
+     *  are of different lengths.
+     */
+    
+    if (VARSIZE(a) < VARSIZE(b))
+	return (-1);
+    else
+	return (1);
+}

src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtinsert.c

@@ -0,0 +1,831 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * btinsert.c--
+ *    Item insertion in Lehman and Yao btrees for Postgres.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtinsert.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:12 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/excid.h"
+
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/nbtree.h"
+
+static InsertIndexResult _bt_insertonpg(Relation rel, Buffer buf, BTStack stack, int keysz, ScanKey scankey, BTItem btitem, BTItem afteritem);
+static Buffer _bt_split(Relation rel, Buffer buf);
+static OffsetNumber _bt_findsplitloc(Relation rel, Page page, OffsetNumber start, OffsetNumber maxoff, Size llimit);
+static void _bt_newroot(Relation rel, Buffer lbuf, Buffer rbuf);
+static OffsetNumber _bt_pgaddtup(Relation rel, Buffer buf, int keysz, ScanKey itup_scankey, Size itemsize, BTItem btitem, BTItem afteritem);
+static bool _bt_goesonpg(Relation rel, Buffer buf, Size keysz, ScanKey scankey, BTItem afteritem);
+static void _bt_updateitem(Relation rel, Size keysz, Buffer buf, Oid bti_oid, BTItem newItem);
+
+/*
+ *  _bt_doinsert() -- Handle insertion of a single btitem in the tree.
+ *
+ *	This routine is called by the public interface routines, btbuild
+ *	and btinsert.  By here, btitem is filled in, and has a unique
+ *	(xid, seqno) pair.
+ */
+InsertIndexResult
+_bt_doinsert(Relation rel, BTItem btitem)
+{
+    ScanKey itup_scankey;
+    IndexTuple itup;
+    BTStack stack;
+    Buffer buf;
+    BlockNumber blkno;
+    int natts;
+    InsertIndexResult res;
+    
+    itup = &(btitem->bti_itup);
+    
+    /* we need a scan key to do our search, so build one */
+    itup_scankey = _bt_mkscankey(rel, itup);
+    natts = rel->rd_rel->relnatts;
+    
+    /* find the page containing this key */
+    stack = _bt_search(rel, natts, itup_scankey, &buf);
+    blkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(buf);
+    
+    /* trade in our read lock for a write lock */
+    _bt_relbuf(rel, buf, BT_READ);
+    buf = _bt_getbuf(rel, blkno, BT_WRITE);
+    
+    /*
+     *  If the page was split between the time that we surrendered our
+     *  read lock and acquired our write lock, then this page may no
+     *  longer be the right place for the key we want to insert.  In this
+     *  case, we need to move right in the tree.  See Lehman and Yao for
+     *  an excruciatingly precise description.
+     */
+    
+    buf = _bt_moveright(rel, buf, natts, itup_scankey, BT_WRITE);
+    
+    /* do the insertion */
+    res = _bt_insertonpg(rel, buf, stack, natts, itup_scankey,
+			 btitem, (BTItem) NULL);
+    
+    /* be tidy */
+    _bt_freestack(stack);
+    _bt_freeskey(itup_scankey);
+    
+    return (res);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _bt_insertonpg() -- Insert a tuple on a particular page in the index.
+ *
+ *	This recursive procedure does the following things:
+ *
+ *	    +  if necessary, splits the target page.
+ *	    +  finds the right place to insert the tuple (taking into
+ *	       account any changes induced by a split).
+ *	    +  inserts the tuple.
+ *	    +  if the page was split, pops the parent stack, and finds the
+ *	       right place to insert the new child pointer (by walking
+ *	       right using information stored in the parent stack).
+ *	    +  invoking itself with the appropriate tuple for the right
+ *	       child page on the parent.
+ *
+ *	On entry, we must have the right buffer on which to do the
+ *	insertion, and the buffer must be pinned and locked.  On return,
+ *	we will have dropped both the pin and the write lock on the buffer.
+ *
+ *	The locking interactions in this code are critical.  You should
+ *	grok Lehman and Yao's paper before making any changes.  In addition,
+ *	you need to understand how we disambiguate duplicate keys in this
+ *	implementation, in order to be able to find our location using
+ *	L&Y "move right" operations.  Since we may insert duplicate user
+ *	keys, and since these dups may propogate up the tree, we use the
+ *	'afteritem' parameter to position ourselves correctly for the
+ *	insertion on internal pages.
+ */
+static InsertIndexResult
+_bt_insertonpg(Relation rel,
+	       Buffer buf,
+	       BTStack stack,
+	       int keysz,
+	       ScanKey scankey,
+	       BTItem btitem,
+	       BTItem afteritem)
+{
+    InsertIndexResult res;
+    Page page;
+    Buffer rbuf;
+    Buffer pbuf;
+    Page rpage;
+    ScanKey newskey;
+    BTItem ritem;
+    BTPageOpaque rpageop;
+    BlockNumber rbknum, itup_blkno;
+    OffsetNumber itup_off;
+    int itemsz;
+    InsertIndexResult newres;
+    BTItem new_item = (BTItem) NULL;
+    BTItem lowLeftItem;
+    
+    page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+    itemsz = IndexTupleDSize(btitem->bti_itup)
+	+ (sizeof(BTItemData) - sizeof(IndexTupleData));
+
+    itemsz = DOUBLEALIGN(itemsz);	/* be safe, PageAddItem will do this
+					   but we need to be consistent */
+    
+    if (PageGetFreeSpace(page) < itemsz) {
+	
+	/* split the buffer into left and right halves */
+	rbuf = _bt_split(rel, buf);
+	
+	/* which new page (left half or right half) gets the tuple? */
+	if (_bt_goesonpg(rel, buf, keysz, scankey, afteritem)) {
+	    /* left page */
+	    itup_off = _bt_pgaddtup(rel, buf, keysz, scankey,
+				    itemsz, btitem, afteritem);
+	    itup_blkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(buf);
+	} else {
+	    /* right page */
+	    itup_off = _bt_pgaddtup(rel, rbuf, keysz, scankey,
+				    itemsz, btitem, afteritem);
+	    itup_blkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(rbuf);
+	}
+	
+	/*
+	 *  By here,
+	 *
+	 *	+  our target page has been split;
+	 *	+  the original tuple has been inserted;
+	 *	+  we have write locks on both the old (left half) and new
+	 *	   (right half) buffers, after the split; and
+	 *	+  we have the key we want to insert into the parent.
+	 *
+	 *  Do the parent insertion.  We need to hold onto the locks for
+	 *  the child pages until we locate the parent, but we can release
+	 *  them before doing the actual insertion (see Lehman and Yao for
+	 *  the reasoning).
+	 */
+	
+	if (stack == (BTStack) NULL) {
+	    
+	    /* create a new root node and release the split buffers */
+	    _bt_newroot(rel, buf, rbuf);
+	    _bt_relbuf(rel, buf, BT_WRITE);
+	    _bt_relbuf(rel, rbuf, BT_WRITE);
+	    
+	} else {
+
+	    /* form a index tuple that points at the new right page */
+	    rbknum = BufferGetBlockNumber(rbuf);
+	    rpage = BufferGetPage(rbuf);
+	    rpageop = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(rpage);
+	    
+	    /*
+	     *  By convention, the first entry (0) on every
+	     *  non-rightmost page is the high key for that page.  In
+	     *  order to get the lowest key on the new right page, we
+	     *  actually look at its second (1) entry.
+	     */
+	    
+	    if (! P_RIGHTMOST(rpageop)) {
+		ritem = (BTItem) PageGetItem(rpage,
+					     PageGetItemId(rpage, P_FIRSTKEY));
+	    } else {
+		ritem = (BTItem) PageGetItem(rpage,
+					     PageGetItemId(rpage, P_HIKEY));
+	    }
+	    
+	    /* get a unique btitem for this key */
+	    new_item = _bt_formitem(&(ritem->bti_itup));
+	    
+	    ItemPointerSet(&(new_item->bti_itup.t_tid), rbknum, P_HIKEY);
+	    
+	    /* find the parent buffer */
+	    pbuf = _bt_getstackbuf(rel, stack, BT_WRITE);
+	    
+	    /*
+	     *  If the key of new_item is < than the key of the item
+	     *  in the parent page pointing to the left page
+	     *  (stack->bts_btitem), we have to update the latter key;
+	     *  otherwise the keys on the parent page wouldn't be
+	     *  monotonically increasing after we inserted the new
+	     *  pointer to the right page (new_item). This only
+	     *  happens if our left page is the leftmost page and a
+	     *  new minimum key had been inserted before, which is not
+	     *  reflected in the parent page but didn't matter so
+	     *  far. If there are duplicate keys and this new minimum
+	     *  key spills over to our new right page, we get an
+	     *  inconsistency if we don't update the left key in the
+	     *  parent page.
+	     */
+	    
+	    if (_bt_itemcmp(rel, keysz, stack->bts_btitem, new_item,
+	                    BTGreaterStrategyNumber)) {
+		lowLeftItem =
+		    (BTItem) PageGetItem(page,
+					 PageGetItemId(page, P_FIRSTKEY));
+		/* page must have right pointer after split */
+		_bt_updateitem(rel, keysz, pbuf, stack->bts_btitem->bti_oid,
+		               lowLeftItem);
+	    }
+	    
+	    /* don't need the children anymore */
+	    _bt_relbuf(rel, buf, BT_WRITE);
+	    _bt_relbuf(rel, rbuf, BT_WRITE);
+	    
+	    newskey = _bt_mkscankey(rel, &(new_item->bti_itup));
+	    newres = _bt_insertonpg(rel, pbuf, stack->bts_parent,
+				    keysz, newskey, new_item,
+				    stack->bts_btitem);
+	    
+	    /* be tidy */
+	    pfree(newres);
+	    pfree(newskey);
+	    pfree(new_item);
+	}
+    } else {
+	itup_off = _bt_pgaddtup(rel, buf, keysz, scankey,
+				itemsz, btitem, afteritem);
+	itup_blkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(buf);
+	
+	_bt_relbuf(rel, buf, BT_WRITE);
+    }
+    
+    /* by here, the new tuple is inserted */
+    res = (InsertIndexResult) palloc(sizeof(InsertIndexResultData));
+    ItemPointerSet(&(res->pointerData), itup_blkno, itup_off);
+    
+    return (res);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _bt_split() -- split a page in the btree.
+ *
+ *	On entry, buf is the page to split, and is write-locked and pinned.
+ *	Returns the new right sibling of buf, pinned and write-locked.  The
+ *	pin and lock on buf are maintained.
+ */
+static Buffer
+_bt_split(Relation rel, Buffer buf)
+{
+    Buffer rbuf;
+    Page origpage;
+    Page leftpage, rightpage;
+    BTPageOpaque ropaque, lopaque, oopaque;
+    Buffer sbuf;
+    Page spage;
+    BTPageOpaque sopaque;
+    Size itemsz;
+    ItemId itemid;
+    BTItem item;
+    OffsetNumber leftoff, rightoff;
+    OffsetNumber start;
+    OffsetNumber maxoff;
+    OffsetNumber firstright;
+    OffsetNumber i;
+    Size llimit;
+    
+    rbuf = _bt_getbuf(rel, P_NEW, BT_WRITE);
+    origpage = BufferGetPage(buf);
+    leftpage = PageGetTempPage(origpage, sizeof(BTPageOpaqueData));
+    rightpage = BufferGetPage(rbuf);
+    
+    _bt_pageinit(rightpage, BufferGetPageSize(rbuf));
+    _bt_pageinit(leftpage, BufferGetPageSize(buf));
+    
+    /* init btree private data */
+    oopaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(origpage);
+    lopaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(leftpage);
+    ropaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(rightpage);
+    
+    /* if we're splitting this page, it won't be the root when we're done */
+    oopaque->btpo_flags &= ~BTP_ROOT;
+    lopaque->btpo_flags = ropaque->btpo_flags = oopaque->btpo_flags;
+    lopaque->btpo_prev = oopaque->btpo_prev;
+    ropaque->btpo_prev = BufferGetBlockNumber(buf);
+    lopaque->btpo_next = BufferGetBlockNumber(rbuf);
+    ropaque->btpo_next = oopaque->btpo_next;
+    
+    /*
+     *  If the page we're splitting is not the rightmost page at its
+     *  level in the tree, then the first (0) entry on the page is the
+     *  high key for the page.  We need to copy that to the right
+     *  half.  Otherwise (meaning the rightmost page case), we should
+     *  treat the line pointers beginning at zero as user data.
+     *
+     *  We leave a blank space at the start of the line table for the
+     *  left page.  We'll come back later and fill it in with the high
+     *  key item we get from the right key.
+     */
+    
+    leftoff = P_FIRSTKEY;
+    ropaque->btpo_next = oopaque->btpo_next;
+    if (! P_RIGHTMOST(oopaque)) {
+	/* splitting a non-rightmost page, start at the first data item */
+	start = P_FIRSTKEY;
+
+	/* copy the original high key to the new page */
+	itemid = PageGetItemId(origpage, P_HIKEY);
+	itemsz = ItemIdGetLength(itemid);
+	item = (BTItem) PageGetItem(origpage, itemid);
+	(void) PageAddItem(rightpage, (Item) item, itemsz, P_HIKEY, LP_USED);
+	rightoff = P_FIRSTKEY;
+    } else {
+	/* splitting a rightmost page, "high key" is the first data item */
+	start = P_HIKEY;
+
+	/* the new rightmost page will not have a high key */
+	rightoff = P_HIKEY;
+    }
+    maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(origpage);
+    llimit = PageGetFreeSpace(leftpage) / 2;
+    firstright = _bt_findsplitloc(rel, origpage, start, maxoff, llimit);
+    
+    for (i = start; i <= maxoff; i = OffsetNumberNext(i)) {
+	itemid = PageGetItemId(origpage, i);
+	itemsz = ItemIdGetLength(itemid);
+	item = (BTItem) PageGetItem(origpage, itemid);
+	
+	/* decide which page to put it on */
+	if (i < firstright) {
+	    (void) PageAddItem(leftpage, (Item) item, itemsz, leftoff,
+			       LP_USED);
+	    leftoff = OffsetNumberNext(leftoff);
+	} else {
+	    (void) PageAddItem(rightpage, (Item) item, itemsz, rightoff,
+			       LP_USED);
+	    rightoff = OffsetNumberNext(rightoff);
+	}
+    }
+    
+    /*
+     *  Okay, page has been split, high key on right page is correct.  Now
+     *  set the high key on the left page to be the min key on the right
+     *  page.
+     */
+    
+    if (P_RIGHTMOST(ropaque)) {
+	itemid = PageGetItemId(rightpage, P_HIKEY);
+    } else {
+	itemid = PageGetItemId(rightpage, P_FIRSTKEY);
+    }
+    itemsz = ItemIdGetLength(itemid);
+    item = (BTItem) PageGetItem(rightpage, itemid);
+    
+    /*
+     *  We left a hole for the high key on the left page; fill it.  The
+     *  modal crap is to tell the page manager to put the new item on the
+     *  page and not screw around with anything else.  Whoever designed
+     *  this interface has presumably crawled back into the dung heap they
+     *  came from.  No one here will admit to it.
+     */
+    
+    PageManagerModeSet(OverwritePageManagerMode);
+    (void) PageAddItem(leftpage, (Item) item, itemsz, P_HIKEY, LP_USED);
+    PageManagerModeSet(ShufflePageManagerMode);
+    
+    /*
+     *  By here, the original data page has been split into two new halves,
+     *  and these are correct.  The algorithm requires that the left page
+     *  never move during a split, so we copy the new left page back on top
+     *  of the original.  Note that this is not a waste of time, since we
+     *  also require (in the page management code) that the center of a
+     *  page always be clean, and the most efficient way to guarantee this
+     *  is just to compact the data by reinserting it into a new left page.
+     */
+    
+    PageRestoreTempPage(leftpage, origpage);
+    
+    /* write these guys out */
+    _bt_wrtnorelbuf(rel, rbuf);
+    _bt_wrtnorelbuf(rel, buf);
+    
+    /*
+     *  Finally, we need to grab the right sibling (if any) and fix the
+     *  prev pointer there.  We are guaranteed that this is deadlock-free
+     *  since no other writer will be moving holding a lock on that page
+     *  and trying to move left, and all readers release locks on a page
+     *  before trying to fetch its neighbors.
+     */
+    
+    if (! P_RIGHTMOST(ropaque)) {
+	sbuf = _bt_getbuf(rel, ropaque->btpo_next, BT_WRITE);
+	spage = BufferGetPage(sbuf);
+	sopaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(spage);
+	sopaque->btpo_prev = BufferGetBlockNumber(rbuf);
+	
+	/* write and release the old right sibling */
+	_bt_wrtbuf(rel, sbuf);
+    }
+    
+    /* split's done */
+    return (rbuf);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _bt_findsplitloc() -- find a safe place to split a page.
+ *
+ *	In order to guarantee the proper handling of searches for duplicate
+ *	keys, the first duplicate in the chain must either be the first
+ *	item on the page after the split, or the entire chain must be on
+ *	one of the two pages.  That is,
+ *		[1 2 2 2 3 4 5]
+ *	must become
+ *		[1] [2 2 2 3 4 5]
+ *	or
+ *		[1 2 2 2] [3 4 5]
+ *	but not
+ *		[1 2 2] [2 3 4 5].
+ *	However,
+ *		[2 2 2 2 2 3 4]
+ *	may be split as
+ *		[2 2 2 2] [2 3 4].
+ */
+static OffsetNumber
+_bt_findsplitloc(Relation rel,
+		 Page page,
+		 OffsetNumber start,
+		 OffsetNumber maxoff,
+		 Size llimit)
+{
+    OffsetNumber i;
+    OffsetNumber saferight;
+    ItemId nxtitemid, safeitemid;
+    BTItem safeitem, nxtitem;
+    IndexTuple safetup, nxttup;
+    Size nbytes;
+    TupleDesc itupdesc;
+    int natts;
+    int attno;
+    Datum attsafe;
+    Datum attnext;
+    bool null;
+    
+    itupdesc = RelationGetTupleDescriptor(rel);
+    natts = rel->rd_rel->relnatts;
+    
+    saferight = start;
+    safeitemid = PageGetItemId(page, saferight);
+    nbytes = ItemIdGetLength(safeitemid) + sizeof(ItemIdData);
+    safeitem = (BTItem) PageGetItem(page, safeitemid);
+    safetup = &(safeitem->bti_itup);
+    
+    i = OffsetNumberNext(start);
+    
+    while (nbytes < llimit) {
+	
+	/* check the next item on the page */
+	nxtitemid = PageGetItemId(page, i);
+	nbytes += (ItemIdGetLength(nxtitemid) + sizeof(ItemIdData));
+	nxtitem = (BTItem) PageGetItem(page, nxtitemid);
+	nxttup = &(nxtitem->bti_itup);
+	
+	/* test against last known safe item */
+	for (attno = 1; attno <= natts; attno++) {
+	    attsafe = index_getattr(safetup, attno, itupdesc, &null);
+	    attnext = index_getattr(nxttup, attno, itupdesc, &null);
+
+	    /*
+	     *  If the tuple we're looking at isn't equal to the last safe one
+	     *  we saw, then it's our new safe tuple.
+	     */
+	    
+	    if (!_bt_invokestrat(rel, attno, BTEqualStrategyNumber,
+				 attsafe, attnext)) {
+		safetup = nxttup;
+		saferight = i;
+		
+		/* break is for the attno for loop */
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	i = OffsetNumberNext(i);
+    }
+    
+    /*
+     *  If the chain of dups starts at the beginning of the page and extends
+     *  past the halfway mark, we can split it in the middle.
+     */
+    
+    if (saferight == start)
+	saferight = i;
+    
+    return (saferight);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _bt_newroot() -- Create a new root page for the index.
+ *
+ *	We've just split the old root page and need to create a new one.
+ *	In order to do this, we add a new root page to the file, then lock
+ *	the metadata page and update it.  This is guaranteed to be deadlock-
+ *	free, because all readers release their locks on the metadata page
+ *	before trying to lock the root, and all writers lock the root before
+ *	trying to lock the metadata page.  We have a write lock on the old
+ *	root page, so we have not introduced any cycles into the waits-for
+ *	graph.
+ *
+ *	On entry, lbuf (the old root) and rbuf (its new peer) are write-
+ *	locked.  We don't drop the locks in this routine; that's done by
+ *	the caller.  On exit, a new root page exists with entries for the
+ *	two new children.  The new root page is neither pinned nor locked.
+ */
+static void
+_bt_newroot(Relation rel, Buffer lbuf, Buffer rbuf)
+{
+    Buffer rootbuf;
+    Page lpage, rpage, rootpage;
+    BlockNumber lbkno, rbkno;
+    BlockNumber rootbknum;
+    BTPageOpaque rootopaque;
+    ItemId itemid;
+    BTItem item;
+    Size itemsz;
+    BTItem new_item;
+    
+    /* get a new root page */
+    rootbuf = _bt_getbuf(rel, P_NEW, BT_WRITE);
+    rootpage = BufferGetPage(rootbuf);
+    _bt_pageinit(rootpage, BufferGetPageSize(rootbuf));
+    
+    /* set btree special data */
+    rootopaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(rootpage);
+    rootopaque->btpo_prev = rootopaque->btpo_next = P_NONE;
+    rootopaque->btpo_flags |= BTP_ROOT;
+    
+    /*
+     *  Insert the internal tuple pointers.
+     */
+    
+    lbkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(lbuf);
+    rbkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(rbuf);
+    lpage = BufferGetPage(lbuf);
+    rpage = BufferGetPage(rbuf);
+    
+    /*
+     * step over the high key on the left page while building the 
+     * left page pointer.
+     */
+    itemid = PageGetItemId(lpage, P_FIRSTKEY);
+    itemsz = ItemIdGetLength(itemid);
+    item = (BTItem) PageGetItem(lpage, itemid);
+    new_item = _bt_formitem(&(item->bti_itup));
+    ItemPointerSet(&(new_item->bti_itup.t_tid), lbkno, P_FIRSTKEY);
+    
+    /*
+     * insert the left page pointer into the new root page.  the root
+     * page is the rightmost page on its level so the "high key" item
+     * is the first data item.
+     */
+    (void) PageAddItem(rootpage, (Item) new_item, itemsz, P_HIKEY, LP_USED);
+    pfree(new_item);
+    
+    /*
+     * the right page is the rightmost page on the second level, so 
+     * the "high key" item is the first data item on that page as well.
+     */
+    itemid = PageGetItemId(rpage, P_HIKEY);
+    itemsz = ItemIdGetLength(itemid);
+    item = (BTItem) PageGetItem(rpage, itemid);
+    new_item = _bt_formitem(&(item->bti_itup));
+    ItemPointerSet(&(new_item->bti_itup.t_tid), rbkno, P_HIKEY);
+    
+    /*
+     * insert the right page pointer into the new root page.
+     */
+    (void) PageAddItem(rootpage, (Item) new_item, itemsz, P_FIRSTKEY, LP_USED);
+    pfree(new_item);
+    
+    /* write and let go of the root buffer */
+    rootbknum = BufferGetBlockNumber(rootbuf);
+    _bt_wrtbuf(rel, rootbuf);
+    
+    /* update metadata page with new root block number */
+    _bt_metaproot(rel, rootbknum);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _bt_pgaddtup() -- add a tuple to a particular page in the index.
+ *
+ *	This routine adds the tuple to the page as requested, and keeps the
+ *	write lock and reference associated with the page's buffer.  It is
+ *	an error to call pgaddtup() without a write lock and reference.  If
+ *	afteritem is non-null, it's the item that we expect our new item
+ *	to follow.  Otherwise, we do a binary search for the correct place
+ *	and insert the new item there.
+ */
+static OffsetNumber
+_bt_pgaddtup(Relation rel,
+	     Buffer buf,
+	     int keysz,
+	     ScanKey itup_scankey,
+	     Size itemsize,
+	     BTItem btitem,
+	     BTItem afteritem)
+{
+    OffsetNumber itup_off;
+    OffsetNumber first;
+    Page page;
+    BTPageOpaque opaque;
+    BTItem chkitem;
+    Oid afteroid;
+    
+    page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+    opaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+    first = P_RIGHTMOST(opaque) ? P_HIKEY : P_FIRSTKEY;
+    
+    if (afteritem == (BTItem) NULL) {
+	itup_off = _bt_binsrch(rel, buf, keysz, itup_scankey, BT_INSERTION);
+    } else {
+	afteroid = afteritem->bti_oid;
+	itup_off = first;
+	
+	do {
+	    chkitem =
+		(BTItem) PageGetItem(page, PageGetItemId(page, itup_off));
+	    itup_off = OffsetNumberNext(itup_off);
+	} while (chkitem->bti_oid != afteroid);
+    }
+
+    (void) PageAddItem(page, (Item) btitem, itemsize, itup_off, LP_USED);
+    
+    /* write the buffer, but hold our lock */
+    _bt_wrtnorelbuf(rel, buf);
+    
+    return (itup_off);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _bt_goesonpg() -- Does a new tuple belong on this page?
+ *
+ *	This is part of the complexity introduced by allowing duplicate
+ *	keys into the index.  The tuple belongs on this page if:
+ *
+ *		+ there is no page to the right of this one; or
+ *		+ it is less than the high key on the page; or
+ *		+ the item it is to follow ("afteritem") appears on this
+ *		  page.
+ */
+static bool
+_bt_goesonpg(Relation rel,
+	     Buffer buf,
+	     Size keysz,
+	     ScanKey scankey,
+	     BTItem afteritem)
+{
+    Page page;
+    ItemId hikey;
+    BTPageOpaque opaque;
+    BTItem chkitem;
+    OffsetNumber offnum, maxoff;
+    Oid afteroid;
+    bool found;
+    
+    page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+    
+    /* no right neighbor? */
+    opaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+    if (P_RIGHTMOST(opaque))
+	return (true);
+    
+    /*
+     *  this is a non-rightmost page, so it must have a high key item.
+     *
+     *  If the scan key is < the high key (the min key on the next page),
+     *  then it for sure belongs here.
+     */
+    hikey = PageGetItemId(page, P_HIKEY);
+    if (_bt_skeycmp(rel, keysz, scankey, page, hikey, BTLessStrategyNumber))
+	return (true);
+    
+    /*
+     *  If the scan key is > the high key, then it for sure doesn't belong
+     *  here.
+     */
+    
+    if (_bt_skeycmp(rel, keysz, scankey, page, hikey, BTGreaterStrategyNumber))
+	return (false);
+    
+    /*
+     *  If we have no adjacency information, and the item is equal to the
+     *  high key on the page (by here it is), then the item does not belong
+     *  on this page.
+     */
+    
+    if (afteritem == (BTItem) NULL)
+	return (false);
+    
+    /* damn, have to work for it.  i hate that. */
+    afteroid = afteritem->bti_oid;
+    maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page);
+    
+    /*
+     *  Search the entire page for the afteroid.  We need to do this, rather
+     *  than doing a binary search and starting from there, because if the
+     *  key we're searching for is the leftmost key in the tree at this
+     *  level, then a binary search will do the wrong thing.  Splits are
+     *  pretty infrequent, so the cost isn't as bad as it could be.
+     */
+    
+    found = false;
+    for (offnum = P_FIRSTKEY;
+	 offnum <= maxoff;
+	 offnum = OffsetNumberNext(offnum)) {
+	chkitem = (BTItem) PageGetItem(page, PageGetItemId(page, offnum));
+	if (chkitem->bti_oid == afteroid) {
+	    found = true;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    
+    return (found);
+}
+
+/*
+ *	_bt_itemcmp() -- compare item1 to item2 using a requested
+ *		         strategy (<, <=, =, >=, >)
+ *
+ */
+bool
+_bt_itemcmp(Relation rel,
+	    Size keysz,
+	    BTItem item1,
+	    BTItem item2,
+	    StrategyNumber strat)
+{
+    TupleDesc tupDes;
+    IndexTuple indexTuple1, indexTuple2;
+    Datum attrDatum1, attrDatum2;
+    int i;
+    bool isNull;
+    bool compare;
+    
+    tupDes = RelationGetTupleDescriptor(rel);
+    indexTuple1 = &(item1->bti_itup);
+    indexTuple2 = &(item2->bti_itup);
+    
+    for (i = 1; i <= keysz; i++) {
+	attrDatum1 = index_getattr(indexTuple1, i, tupDes, &isNull);
+	attrDatum2 = index_getattr(indexTuple2, i, tupDes, &isNull);
+	compare = _bt_invokestrat(rel, i, strat, attrDatum1, attrDatum2);
+	if (!compare) {
+	    return (false);
+	}
+    }
+    return (true);
+}
+
+/*
+ *	_bt_updateitem() -- updates the key of the item identified by the
+ *			    oid with the key of newItem (done in place)
+ *
+ */
+static void
+_bt_updateitem(Relation rel,
+	       Size keysz,
+	       Buffer buf,
+	       Oid bti_oid,
+	       BTItem newItem)
+{
+    Page page;
+    OffsetNumber maxoff;
+    OffsetNumber i;
+    ItemPointerData itemPtrData;
+    BTItem item;
+    IndexTuple oldIndexTuple, newIndexTuple;
+    
+    page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+    maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page);
+    
+    /* locate item on the page */
+    i = P_HIKEY;
+    do {
+	item = (BTItem) PageGetItem(page, PageGetItemId(page, i));
+	i = OffsetNumberNext(i);
+    } while (i <= maxoff && item->bti_oid != bti_oid);
+    
+    /* this should never happen (in theory) */
+    if (item->bti_oid != bti_oid) {
+	elog(FATAL, "_bt_getstackbuf was lying!!");
+    }
+    
+    oldIndexTuple = &(item->bti_itup);
+    newIndexTuple = &(newItem->bti_itup);
+    
+    /* keep the original item pointer */
+    ItemPointerCopy(&(oldIndexTuple->t_tid), &itemPtrData);
+    CopyIndexTuple(newIndexTuple, &oldIndexTuple);
+    ItemPointerCopy(&itemPtrData, &(oldIndexTuple->t_tid));
+}

src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpage.c

@@ -0,0 +1,523 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * btpage.c--
+ *    BTree-specific page management code for the Postgres btree access
+ *    method.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtpage.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:12 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *  NOTES
+ *     Postgres btree pages look like ordinary relation pages.  The opaque
+ *     data at high addresses includes pointers to left and right siblings
+ *     and flag data describing page state.  The first page in a btree, page
+ *     zero, is special -- it stores meta-information describing the tree.
+ *     Pages one and higher store the actual tree data.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/excid.h"
+
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/nbtree.h"
+
+#define BTREE_METAPAGE	0
+#define BTREE_MAGIC	0x053162
+#define BTREE_VERSION	0
+
+typedef struct BTMetaPageData {
+    uint32	btm_magic;
+    uint32	btm_version;
+    BlockNumber	btm_root;
+} BTMetaPageData;
+
+#define	BTPageGetMeta(p) \
+    ((BTMetaPageData *) &((PageHeader) p)->pd_linp[0])
+
+extern bool	BuildingBtree;
+
+/*
+ *  We use high-concurrency locking on btrees.  There are two cases in
+ *  which we don't do locking.  One is when we're building the btree.
+ *  Since the creating transaction has not committed, no one can see
+ *  the index, and there's no reason to share locks.  The second case
+ *  is when we're just starting up the database system.  We use some
+ *  special-purpose initialization code in the relation cache manager
+ *  (see utils/cache/relcache.c) to allow us to do indexed scans on
+ *  the system catalogs before we'd normally be able to.  This happens
+ *  before the lock table is fully initialized, so we can't use it.
+ *  Strictly speaking, this violates 2pl, but we don't do 2pl on the
+ *  system catalogs anyway, so I declare this to be okay.
+ */
+
+#define USELOCKING	(!BuildingBtree && !IsInitProcessingMode())
+
+/*
+ *  _bt_metapinit() -- Initialize the metadata page of a btree.
+ */
+void
+_bt_metapinit(Relation rel)
+{
+    Buffer buf;
+    Page pg;
+    int nblocks;
+    BTMetaPageData metad;
+    BTPageOpaque op;
+    
+    /* can't be sharing this with anyone, now... */
+    if (USELOCKING)
+	RelationSetLockForWrite(rel);
+    
+    if ((nblocks = RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(rel)) != 0) {
+	elog(WARN, "Cannot initialize non-empty btree %s",
+	     RelationGetRelationName(rel));
+    }
+    
+    buf = ReadBuffer(rel, P_NEW);
+    pg = BufferGetPage(buf);
+    _bt_pageinit(pg, BufferGetPageSize(buf));
+    
+    metad.btm_magic = BTREE_MAGIC;
+    metad.btm_version = BTREE_VERSION;
+    metad.btm_root = P_NONE;
+    memmove((char *) BTPageGetMeta(pg), (char *) &metad, sizeof(metad));
+    
+    op = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(pg);
+    op->btpo_flags = BTP_META;
+
+    WriteBuffer(buf);
+    
+    /* all done */
+    if (USELOCKING)
+	RelationUnsetLockForWrite(rel);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _bt_checkmeta() -- Verify that the metadata stored in a btree are
+ *		       reasonable.
+ */
+void
+_bt_checkmeta(Relation rel)
+{
+    Buffer metabuf;
+    Page metap;
+    BTMetaPageData *metad;
+    BTPageOpaque op;
+    int nblocks;
+    
+    /* if the relation is empty, this is init time; don't complain */
+    if ((nblocks = RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(rel)) == 0)
+	return;
+    
+    metabuf = _bt_getbuf(rel, BTREE_METAPAGE, BT_READ);
+    metap = BufferGetPage(metabuf);
+    op = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(metap);
+    if (!(op->btpo_flags & BTP_META)) {
+	elog(WARN, "Invalid metapage for index %s",
+	     RelationGetRelationName(rel));
+    }
+    metad = BTPageGetMeta(metap);
+
+    if (metad->btm_magic != BTREE_MAGIC) {
+	elog(WARN, "Index %s is not a btree",
+	     RelationGetRelationName(rel));
+    }
+    
+    if (metad->btm_version != BTREE_VERSION) {
+	elog(WARN, "Version mismatch on %s:  version %d file, version %d code",
+	     RelationGetRelationName(rel),
+	     metad->btm_version, BTREE_VERSION);
+    }
+    
+    _bt_relbuf(rel, metabuf, BT_READ);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _bt_getroot() -- Get the root page of the btree.
+ *
+ *	Since the root page can move around the btree file, we have to read
+ *	its location from the metadata page, and then read the root page
+ *	itself.  If no root page exists yet, we have to create one.  The
+ *	standard class of race conditions exists here; I think I covered
+ *	them all in the Hopi Indian rain dance of lock requests below.
+ *
+ *	We pass in the access type (BT_READ or BT_WRITE), and return the
+ *	root page's buffer with the appropriate lock type set.  Reference
+ *	count on the root page gets bumped by ReadBuffer.  The metadata
+ *	page is unlocked and unreferenced by this process when this routine
+ *	returns.
+ */
+Buffer
+_bt_getroot(Relation rel, int access)
+{
+    Buffer metabuf;
+    Page metapg;
+    BTPageOpaque metaopaque;
+    Buffer rootbuf;
+    Page rootpg;
+    BTPageOpaque rootopaque;
+    BlockNumber rootblkno;
+    BTMetaPageData *metad;
+    
+    metabuf = _bt_getbuf(rel, BTREE_METAPAGE, BT_READ);
+    metapg = BufferGetPage(metabuf);
+    metaopaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(metapg);
+    Assert(metaopaque->btpo_flags & BTP_META);
+    metad = BTPageGetMeta(metapg);
+    
+    /* if no root page initialized yet, do it */
+    if (metad->btm_root == P_NONE) {
+	
+	/* turn our read lock in for a write lock */
+	_bt_relbuf(rel, metabuf, BT_READ);
+	metabuf = _bt_getbuf(rel, BTREE_METAPAGE, BT_WRITE);
+	metapg = BufferGetPage(metabuf);
+	metaopaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(metapg);
+	Assert(metaopaque->btpo_flags & BTP_META);
+	metad = BTPageGetMeta(metapg);
+	
+	/*
+	 *  Race condition:  if someone else initialized the metadata between
+	 *  the time we released the read lock and acquired the write lock,
+	 *  above, we want to avoid doing it again.
+	 */
+	
+	if (metad->btm_root == P_NONE) {
+	    
+	    /*
+	     *  Get, initialize, write, and leave a lock of the appropriate
+	     *  type on the new root page.  Since this is the first page in
+	     *  the tree, it's a leaf.
+	     */
+	    
+	    rootbuf = _bt_getbuf(rel, P_NEW, BT_WRITE);
+	    rootblkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(rootbuf);
+	    rootpg = BufferGetPage(rootbuf);
+	    metad->btm_root = rootblkno;
+	    _bt_pageinit(rootpg, BufferGetPageSize(rootbuf));
+	    rootopaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(rootpg);
+	    rootopaque->btpo_flags |= (BTP_LEAF | BTP_ROOT);
+	    _bt_wrtnorelbuf(rel, rootbuf);
+	    
+	    /* swap write lock for read lock, if appropriate */
+	    if (access != BT_WRITE) {
+		_bt_setpagelock(rel, rootblkno, BT_READ);
+		_bt_unsetpagelock(rel, rootblkno, BT_WRITE);
+	    }
+	    
+	    /* okay, metadata is correct */
+	    _bt_wrtbuf(rel, metabuf);
+	} else {
+	    
+	    /*
+	     *  Metadata initialized by someone else.  In order to guarantee
+	     *  no deadlocks, we have to release the metadata page and start
+	     *  all over again.
+	     */
+	    
+	    _bt_relbuf(rel, metabuf, BT_WRITE);
+	    return (_bt_getroot(rel, access));
+	}
+    } else {
+	rootbuf = _bt_getbuf(rel, metad->btm_root, access);
+	
+	/* done with the meta page */
+	_bt_relbuf(rel, metabuf, BT_READ);
+    }
+    
+    /*
+     *  Race condition:  If the root page split between the time we looked
+     *  at the metadata page and got the root buffer, then we got the wrong
+     *  buffer.
+     */
+    
+    rootpg = BufferGetPage(rootbuf);
+    rootopaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(rootpg);
+    if (!(rootopaque->btpo_flags & BTP_ROOT)) {
+	
+	/* it happened, try again */
+	_bt_relbuf(rel, rootbuf, access);
+	return (_bt_getroot(rel, access));
+    }
+    
+    /*
+     *  By here, we have a correct lock on the root block, its reference
+     *  count is correct, and we have no lock set on the metadata page.
+     *  Return the root block.
+     */
+    
+    return (rootbuf);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _bt_getbuf() -- Get a buffer by block number for read or write.
+ *
+ *	When this routine returns, the appropriate lock is set on the
+ *	requested buffer its reference count is correct.
+ */
+Buffer
+_bt_getbuf(Relation rel, BlockNumber blkno, int access)
+{
+    Buffer buf;
+    Page page;
+    
+    /*
+     *  If we want a new block, we can't set a lock of the appropriate type
+     *  until we've instantiated the buffer.
+     */
+    
+    if (blkno != P_NEW) {
+	if (access == BT_WRITE)
+	    _bt_setpagelock(rel, blkno, BT_WRITE);
+	else
+	    _bt_setpagelock(rel, blkno, BT_READ);
+	
+	buf = ReadBuffer(rel, blkno);
+    } else {
+	buf = ReadBuffer(rel, blkno);
+	blkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(buf);
+	page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+	_bt_pageinit(page, BufferGetPageSize(buf));
+	
+	if (access == BT_WRITE)
+	    _bt_setpagelock(rel, blkno, BT_WRITE);
+	else
+	    _bt_setpagelock(rel, blkno, BT_READ);
+    }
+    
+    /* ref count and lock type are correct */
+    return (buf);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _bt_relbuf() -- release a locked buffer.
+ */
+void
+_bt_relbuf(Relation rel, Buffer buf, int access)
+{
+    BlockNumber blkno;
+    
+    blkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(buf);
+    
+    /* access had better be one of read or write */
+    if (access == BT_WRITE)
+	_bt_unsetpagelock(rel, blkno, BT_WRITE);
+    else
+	_bt_unsetpagelock(rel, blkno, BT_READ);
+    
+    ReleaseBuffer(buf);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _bt_wrtbuf() -- write a btree page to disk.
+ *
+ *	This routine releases the lock held on the buffer and our reference
+ *	to it.  It is an error to call _bt_wrtbuf() without a write lock
+ *	or a reference to the buffer.
+ */
+void
+_bt_wrtbuf(Relation rel, Buffer buf)
+{
+    BlockNumber blkno;
+    
+    blkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(buf);
+    WriteBuffer(buf);
+    _bt_unsetpagelock(rel, blkno, BT_WRITE);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _bt_wrtnorelbuf() -- write a btree page to disk, but do not release
+ *			 our reference or lock.
+ *
+ *	It is an error to call _bt_wrtnorelbuf() without a write lock
+ *	or a reference to the buffer.
+ */
+void
+_bt_wrtnorelbuf(Relation rel, Buffer buf)
+{
+    BlockNumber blkno;
+    
+    blkno = BufferGetBlockNumber(buf);
+    WriteNoReleaseBuffer(buf);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _bt_pageinit() -- Initialize a new page.
+ */
+void
+_bt_pageinit(Page page, Size size)
+{
+    /*
+     *  Cargo-cult programming -- don't really need this to be zero, but
+     *  creating new pages is an infrequent occurrence and it makes me feel
+     *  good when I know they're empty.
+     */
+    
+    memset(page, 0, size);
+    
+    PageInit(page, size, sizeof(BTPageOpaqueData));
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _bt_metaproot() -- Change the root page of the btree.
+ *
+ *	Lehman and Yao require that the root page move around in order to
+ *	guarantee deadlock-free short-term, fine-granularity locking.  When
+ *	we split the root page, we record the new parent in the metadata page
+ *	for the relation.  This routine does the work.
+ *
+ *	No direct preconditions, but if you don't have the a write lock on
+ *	at least the old root page when you call this, you're making a big
+ *	mistake.  On exit, metapage data is correct and we no longer have
+ *	a reference to or lock on the metapage.
+ */
+void
+_bt_metaproot(Relation rel, BlockNumber rootbknum)
+{
+    Buffer metabuf;
+    Page metap;
+    BTPageOpaque metaopaque;
+    BTMetaPageData *metad;
+    
+    metabuf = _bt_getbuf(rel, BTREE_METAPAGE, BT_WRITE);
+    metap = BufferGetPage(metabuf);
+    metaopaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(metap);
+    Assert(metaopaque->btpo_flags & BTP_META);
+    metad = BTPageGetMeta(metap);
+    metad->btm_root = rootbknum;
+    _bt_wrtbuf(rel, metabuf);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _bt_getstackbuf() -- Walk back up the tree one step, and find the item
+ *			 we last looked at in the parent.
+ *
+ *	This is possible because we save a bit image of the last item
+ *	we looked at in the parent, and the update algorithm guarantees
+ *	that if items above us in the tree move, they only move right.
+ */
+Buffer
+_bt_getstackbuf(Relation rel, BTStack stack, int access)
+{
+    Buffer buf;
+    BlockNumber blkno;
+    OffsetNumber start, offnum, maxoff;
+    OffsetNumber i;
+    Page page;
+    ItemId itemid;
+    BTItem item;
+    BTPageOpaque opaque;
+    
+    blkno = stack->bts_blkno;
+    buf = _bt_getbuf(rel, blkno, access);
+    page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+    opaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+    maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page);
+    
+    if (maxoff >= stack->bts_offset) {
+	itemid = PageGetItemId(page, stack->bts_offset);
+	item = (BTItem) PageGetItem(page, itemid);
+	
+	/* if the item is where we left it, we're done */
+	if (item->bti_oid == stack->bts_btitem->bti_oid)
+	    return (buf);
+	
+	/* if the item has just moved right on this page, we're done */
+	for (i = OffsetNumberNext(stack->bts_offset);
+	     i <= maxoff;
+	     i = OffsetNumberNext(i)) {
+	    itemid = PageGetItemId(page, i);
+	    item = (BTItem) PageGetItem(page, itemid);
+	    
+	    /* if the item is where we left it, we're done */
+	    if (item->bti_oid == stack->bts_btitem->bti_oid)
+		return (buf);
+	}
+    }
+    
+    /* by here, the item we're looking for moved right at least one page */
+    for (;;) {
+	blkno = opaque->btpo_next;
+	if (P_RIGHTMOST(opaque))
+	    elog(FATAL, "my bits moved right off the end of the world!");
+	
+	_bt_relbuf(rel, buf, access);
+	buf = _bt_getbuf(rel, blkno, access);
+	page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+	maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page);
+	opaque = (BTPageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+	
+	/* if we have a right sibling, step over the high key */
+	start = P_RIGHTMOST(opaque) ? P_HIKEY : P_FIRSTKEY;
+	
+	/* see if it's on this page */
+	for (offnum = start;
+	     offnum <= maxoff;
+	     offnum = OffsetNumberNext(offnum)) {
+	    itemid = PageGetItemId(page, offnum);
+	    item = (BTItem) PageGetItem(page, itemid);
+	    if (item->bti_oid == stack->bts_btitem->bti_oid)
+		return (buf);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+void
+_bt_setpagelock(Relation rel, BlockNumber blkno, int access)
+{
+    ItemPointerData iptr;
+    
+    if (USELOCKING) {
+	ItemPointerSet(&iptr, blkno, P_HIKEY);
+	
+	if (access == BT_WRITE)
+	    RelationSetSingleWLockPage(rel, &iptr);
+	else
+	    RelationSetSingleRLockPage(rel, &iptr);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+_bt_unsetpagelock(Relation rel, BlockNumber blkno, int access)
+{
+    ItemPointerData iptr;
+    
+    if (USELOCKING) {
+	ItemPointerSet(&iptr, blkno, P_HIKEY);
+	
+	if (access == BT_WRITE)
+	    RelationUnsetSingleWLockPage(rel, &iptr);
+	else
+	    RelationUnsetSingleRLockPage(rel, &iptr);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+_bt_pagedel(Relation rel, ItemPointer tid)
+{
+    Buffer buf;
+    Page page;
+    BlockNumber blkno;
+    OffsetNumber offno;
+    
+    blkno = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid);
+    offno = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(tid);
+    
+    buf = _bt_getbuf(rel, blkno, BT_WRITE);
+    page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+    
+    PageIndexTupleDelete(page, offno);
+    
+    /* write the buffer and release the lock */
+    _bt_wrtbuf(rel, buf);
+}

src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c

@@ -0,0 +1,516 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * btree.c--
+ *    Implementation of Lehman and Yao's btree management algorithm for
+ *    Postgres.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtree.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:12 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ *    This file contains only the public interface routines.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/excid.h"
+
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/sdir.h"
+#include "access/nbtree.h"
+#include "access/funcindex.h"
+
+#include "nodes/execnodes.h"
+#include "nodes/plannodes.h"
+
+#include "executor/executor.h"
+#include "executor/tuptable.h"
+
+#include "catalog/index.h"
+
+bool	BuildingBtree = false;
+bool	FastBuild = false; /* turn this on to make bulk builds work*/
+
+/*
+ *  btbuild() -- build a new btree index.
+ *
+ *	We use a global variable to record the fact that we're creating
+ *	a new index.  This is used to avoid high-concurrency locking,
+ *	since the index won't be visible until this transaction commits
+ *	and since building is guaranteed to be single-threaded.
+ */
+void
+btbuild(Relation heap,
+	Relation index,
+	int natts,
+	AttrNumber *attnum,
+	IndexStrategy istrat,
+	uint16 pcount,
+	Datum *params,
+	FuncIndexInfo *finfo,
+	PredInfo *predInfo)
+{
+    HeapScanDesc hscan;
+    Buffer buffer;
+    HeapTuple htup;
+    IndexTuple itup;
+    TupleDesc htupdesc, itupdesc;
+    Datum *attdata;
+    bool *nulls;
+    InsertIndexResult res;
+    int nhtups, nitups;
+    int i;
+    BTItem btitem;
+    ExprContext *econtext;
+    TupleTable tupleTable;
+    TupleTableSlot *slot;
+    Oid hrelid, irelid;
+    Node *pred, *oldPred;
+    void *spool;
+    
+    /* note that this is a new btree */
+    BuildingBtree = true;
+    
+    pred = predInfo->pred;
+    oldPred = predInfo->oldPred;
+
+    /* initialize the btree index metadata page (if this is a new index) */
+    if (oldPred == NULL)
+	_bt_metapinit(index);
+    
+    /* get tuple descriptors for heap and index relations */
+    htupdesc = RelationGetTupleDescriptor(heap);
+    itupdesc = RelationGetTupleDescriptor(index);
+    
+    /* get space for data items that'll appear in the index tuple */
+    attdata = (Datum *) palloc(natts * sizeof(Datum));
+    nulls = (bool *) palloc(natts * sizeof(bool));
+    
+    /*
+     * If this is a predicate (partial) index, we will need to evaluate the
+     * predicate using ExecQual, which requires the current tuple to be in a
+     * slot of a TupleTable.  In addition, ExecQual must have an ExprContext
+     * referring to that slot.  Here, we initialize dummy TupleTable and
+     * ExprContext objects for this purpose. --Nels, Feb '92
+     */
+#ifndef OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX
+    if (pred != NULL || oldPred != NULL) {
+	tupleTable = ExecCreateTupleTable(1);
+	slot = ExecAllocTableSlot(tupleTable);
+	econtext = makeNode(ExprContext);
+	FillDummyExprContext(econtext, slot, htupdesc, InvalidBuffer);
+    }
+#endif /* OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX */
+    
+    /* start a heap scan */
+    hscan = heap_beginscan(heap, 0, NowTimeQual, 0, (ScanKey) NULL);
+    htup = heap_getnext(hscan, 0, &buffer);
+    
+    /* build the index */
+    nhtups = nitups = 0;
+    
+    if (FastBuild) {
+	spool = _bt_spoolinit(index, 7);
+	res = (InsertIndexResult) NULL;
+    }
+
+    for (; HeapTupleIsValid(htup); htup = heap_getnext(hscan, 0, &buffer)) {
+	
+	nhtups++;
+	
+	/*
+	 * If oldPred != NULL, this is an EXTEND INDEX command, so skip
+	 * this tuple if it was already in the existing partial index
+	 */
+	if (oldPred != NULL) {
+#ifndef OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX
+
+	    /*SetSlotContents(slot, htup);*/
+	    slot->val = htup;
+	    if (ExecQual((List*)oldPred, econtext) == true) {
+		nitups++;
+		continue;
+	    }
+#endif /* OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX */    	
+	}
+	
+	/* Skip this tuple if it doesn't satisfy the partial-index predicate */
+	if (pred != NULL) {
+#ifndef OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX
+	    /* SetSlotContents(slot, htup); */
+	    slot->val = htup;
+	    if (ExecQual((List*)pred, econtext) == false)
+		continue;
+#endif /* OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX */    	
+	}
+	
+	nitups++;
+	
+	/*
+	 *  For the current heap tuple, extract all the attributes
+	 *  we use in this index, and note which are null.
+	 */
+	
+	for (i = 1; i <= natts; i++) {
+	    int  attoff;
+	    bool attnull;
+	    
+	    /*
+	     *  Offsets are from the start of the tuple, and are
+	     *  zero-based; indices are one-based.  The next call
+	     *  returns i - 1.  That's data hiding for you.
+	     */
+	    
+	    attoff = AttrNumberGetAttrOffset(i);
+	    attdata[attoff] = GetIndexValue(htup, 
+					    htupdesc,
+					    attoff, 
+					    attnum, 
+					    finfo, 
+					    &attnull,
+					    buffer);
+	    nulls[attoff] = (attnull ? 'n' : ' ');
+	}
+	
+	/* form an index tuple and point it at the heap tuple */
+	itup = index_formtuple(itupdesc, attdata, nulls);
+	
+	/*
+	 *  If the single index key is null, we don't insert it into
+	 *  the index.  Btrees support scans on <, <=, =, >=, and >.
+	 *  Relational algebra says that A op B (where op is one of the
+	 *  operators above) returns null if either A or B is null.  This
+	 *  means that no qualification used in an index scan could ever
+	 *  return true on a null attribute.  It also means that indices
+	 *  can't be used by ISNULL or NOTNULL scans, but that's an
+	 *  artifact of the strategy map architecture chosen in 1986, not
+	 *  of the way nulls are handled here.
+	 */
+	
+	if (itup->t_info & INDEX_NULL_MASK) {
+	    pfree(itup);
+	    continue;
+	}
+	
+	itup->t_tid = htup->t_ctid;
+	btitem = _bt_formitem(itup);
+
+	/*
+	 * if we are doing bottom-up btree build, we insert the index
+	 * into a spool page for subsequent processing.  otherwise, we
+	 * insert into the btree.
+	 */
+	if (FastBuild) {
+	    _bt_spool(index, btitem, spool);
+	} else {
+	    res = _bt_doinsert(index, btitem);
+	}
+
+	pfree(btitem);
+	pfree(itup);
+	if (res) {
+	    pfree(res);
+	}
+    }
+    
+    /* okay, all heap tuples are indexed */
+    heap_endscan(hscan);
+    
+    if (pred != NULL || oldPred != NULL) {
+#ifndef OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX
+	ExecDestroyTupleTable(tupleTable, true);
+	pfree(econtext);
+#endif /* OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX */    	
+    }
+    
+    /*
+     * if we are doing bottom-up btree build, we now have a bunch of
+     * sorted runs in the spool pages.  finish the build by (1)
+     * merging the runs, (2) inserting the sorted tuples into btree
+     * pages and (3) building the upper levels.
+     */
+    if (FastBuild) {
+	_bt_spool(index, (BTItem) NULL, spool);	/* flush spool */
+	_bt_leafbuild(index, spool);
+	_bt_spooldestroy(spool);
+    }
+
+    /*
+     *  Since we just counted the tuples in the heap, we update its
+     *  stats in pg_class to guarantee that the planner takes advantage
+     *  of the index we just created. Finally, only update statistics
+     *  during normal index definitions, not for indices on system catalogs
+     *  created during bootstrap processing.  We must close the relations
+     *  before updatings statistics to guarantee that the relcache entries
+     *  are flushed when we increment the command counter in UpdateStats().
+     */
+    if (IsNormalProcessingMode())
+	{
+	    hrelid = heap->rd_id;
+	    irelid = index->rd_id;
+	    heap_close(heap);
+	    index_close(index);
+	    UpdateStats(hrelid, nhtups, true);
+	    UpdateStats(irelid, nitups, false);
+	    if (oldPred != NULL) {
+		if (nitups == nhtups) pred = NULL;
+		UpdateIndexPredicate(irelid, oldPred, pred);
+	    }  
+	}
+    
+    /* be tidy */
+    pfree(nulls);
+    pfree(attdata);
+    
+    /* all done */
+    BuildingBtree = false;
+}
+
+/*
+ *  btinsert() -- insert an index tuple into a btree.
+ *
+ *	Descend the tree recursively, find the appropriate location for our
+ *	new tuple, put it there, set its unique OID as appropriate, and
+ *	return an InsertIndexResult to the caller.
+ */
+InsertIndexResult
+btinsert(Relation rel, IndexTuple itup)
+{
+    BTItem btitem;
+    InsertIndexResult res;
+    
+    if (itup->t_info & INDEX_NULL_MASK)
+	return ((InsertIndexResult) NULL);
+    
+    btitem = _bt_formitem(itup);
+    
+    res = _bt_doinsert(rel, btitem);
+    pfree(btitem);
+    
+    return (res);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  btgettuple() -- Get the next tuple in the scan.
+ */
+char *
+btgettuple(IndexScanDesc scan, ScanDirection dir)
+{
+    RetrieveIndexResult res;
+    
+    /*
+     *  If we've already initialized this scan, we can just advance it
+     *  in the appropriate direction.  If we haven't done so yet, we
+     *  call a routine to get the first item in the scan.
+     */
+    
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(&(scan->currentItemData)))
+	res = _bt_next(scan, dir);
+    else
+	res = _bt_first(scan, dir);
+    
+    return ((char *) res);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  btbeginscan() -- start a scan on a btree index
+ */
+char *
+btbeginscan(Relation rel, bool fromEnd, uint16 keysz, ScanKey scankey)
+{
+    IndexScanDesc scan;
+    StrategyNumber strat;
+    BTScanOpaque so;
+    
+    /* first order the keys in the qualification */
+    if (keysz > 1)
+	_bt_orderkeys(rel, &keysz, scankey);
+    
+    /* now get the scan */
+    scan = RelationGetIndexScan(rel, fromEnd, keysz, scankey);
+    so = (BTScanOpaque) palloc(sizeof(BTScanOpaqueData));
+    so->btso_curbuf = so->btso_mrkbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+    scan->opaque = so;
+    
+    /* finally, be sure that the scan exploits the tree order */
+    scan->scanFromEnd = false;
+    scan->flags = 0x0;
+    if (keysz > 0) {
+	strat = _bt_getstrat(scan->relation, 1 /* XXX */,
+			     scankey[0].sk_procedure);
+	
+	if (strat == BTLessStrategyNumber
+	    || strat == BTLessEqualStrategyNumber)
+	    scan->scanFromEnd = true;
+    } else {
+	scan->scanFromEnd = true;
+    }
+    
+    /* register scan in case we change pages it's using */
+    _bt_regscan(scan);
+    
+    return ((char *) scan);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  btrescan() -- rescan an index relation
+ */
+void
+btrescan(IndexScanDesc scan, bool fromEnd, ScanKey scankey)
+{
+    ItemPointer iptr;
+    BTScanOpaque so;
+    
+    so = (BTScanOpaque) scan->opaque;
+    
+    /* we hold a read lock on the current page in the scan */
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(iptr = &(scan->currentItemData))) {
+	_bt_relbuf(scan->relation, so->btso_curbuf, BT_READ);
+	so->btso_curbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+	ItemPointerSetInvalid(iptr);
+    }
+    
+    /* and we hold a read lock on the last marked item in the scan */
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(iptr = &(scan->currentMarkData))) {
+	_bt_relbuf(scan->relation, so->btso_mrkbuf, BT_READ);
+	so->btso_mrkbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+	ItemPointerSetInvalid(iptr);
+    }
+    
+    /* reset the scan key */
+    if (scan->numberOfKeys > 0) {
+	memmove(scan->keyData,
+		scankey,
+		scan->numberOfKeys * sizeof(ScanKeyData));
+    }
+}
+
+void
+btmovescan(IndexScanDesc scan, Datum v)
+{
+    ItemPointer iptr;
+    BTScanOpaque so;
+    
+    so = (BTScanOpaque) scan->opaque;
+    
+    /* release any locks we still hold */
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(iptr = &(scan->currentItemData))) {
+	_bt_relbuf(scan->relation, so->btso_curbuf, BT_READ);
+	so->btso_curbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+	ItemPointerSetInvalid(iptr);
+    }
+    
+    scan->keyData[0].sk_argument = v;
+}
+
+/*
+ *  btendscan() -- close down a scan
+ */
+void
+btendscan(IndexScanDesc scan)
+{
+    ItemPointer iptr;
+    BTScanOpaque so;
+    
+    so = (BTScanOpaque) scan->opaque;
+    
+    /* release any locks we still hold */
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(iptr = &(scan->currentItemData))) {
+	if (BufferIsValid(so->btso_curbuf))
+	    _bt_relbuf(scan->relation, so->btso_curbuf, BT_READ);
+	so->btso_curbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+	ItemPointerSetInvalid(iptr);
+    }
+    
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(iptr = &(scan->currentMarkData))) {
+	if (BufferIsValid(so->btso_mrkbuf))
+	    _bt_relbuf(scan->relation, so->btso_mrkbuf, BT_READ);
+	so->btso_mrkbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+	ItemPointerSetInvalid(iptr);
+    }
+    
+    /* don't need scan registered anymore */
+    _bt_dropscan(scan);
+    
+    /* be tidy */
+#ifdef PERFECT_MMGR
+    pfree (scan->opaque);
+#endif /* PERFECT_MMGR */
+}
+
+/*
+ *  btmarkpos() -- save current scan position
+ */
+void
+btmarkpos(IndexScanDesc scan)
+{
+    ItemPointer iptr;
+    BTScanOpaque so;
+    
+    so = (BTScanOpaque) scan->opaque;
+    
+    /* release lock on old marked data, if any */
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(iptr = &(scan->currentMarkData))) {
+	_bt_relbuf(scan->relation, so->btso_mrkbuf, BT_READ);
+	so->btso_mrkbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+	ItemPointerSetInvalid(iptr);
+    }
+    
+    /* bump lock on currentItemData and copy to currentMarkData */
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(&(scan->currentItemData))) {
+	so->btso_mrkbuf = _bt_getbuf(scan->relation,
+				     BufferGetBlockNumber(so->btso_curbuf),
+				     BT_READ);
+	scan->currentMarkData = scan->currentItemData;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *  btrestrpos() -- restore scan to last saved position
+ */
+void
+btrestrpos(IndexScanDesc scan)
+{
+    ItemPointer iptr;
+    BTScanOpaque so;
+    
+    so = (BTScanOpaque) scan->opaque;
+    
+    /* release lock on current data, if any */
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(iptr = &(scan->currentItemData))) {
+	_bt_relbuf(scan->relation, so->btso_curbuf, BT_READ);
+	so->btso_curbuf = InvalidBuffer;
+	ItemPointerSetInvalid(iptr);
+    }
+    
+    /* bump lock on currentMarkData and copy to currentItemData */
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(&(scan->currentMarkData))) {
+	so->btso_curbuf = _bt_getbuf(scan->relation,
+				     BufferGetBlockNumber(so->btso_mrkbuf),
+				     BT_READ);
+	
+	scan->currentItemData = scan->currentMarkData;
+    }
+}
+
+/* stubs */
+void
+btdelete(Relation rel, ItemPointer tid)
+{
+    /* adjust any active scans that will be affected by this deletion */
+    _bt_adjscans(rel, tid);
+    
+    /* delete the data from the page */
+    _bt_pagedel(rel, tid);
+}

src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtscan.c

@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * btscan.c--
+ *    manage scans on btrees.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/Attic/nbtscan.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:12 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ *   Because we can be doing an index scan on a relation while we update
+ *   it, we need to avoid missing data that moves around in the index.
+ *   The routines and global variables in this file guarantee that all
+ *   scans in the local address space stay correctly positioned.  This
+ *   is all we need to worry about, since write locking guarantees that
+ *   no one else will be on the same page at the same time as we are.
+ *
+ *   The scheme is to manage a list of active scans in the current backend.
+ *   Whenever we add or remove records from an index, or whenever we
+ *   split a leaf page, we check the list of active scans to see if any
+ *   has been affected.  A scan is affected only if it is on the same
+ *   relation, and the same page, as the update.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/excid.h"
+
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/sdir.h"
+#include "access/nbtree.h"
+
+typedef struct BTScanListData {
+    IndexScanDesc		btsl_scan;
+    struct BTScanListData	*btsl_next;
+} BTScanListData;
+
+typedef BTScanListData	*BTScanList;
+
+static BTScanList	BTScans = (BTScanList) NULL;
+     
+/*
+ *  _bt_regscan() -- register a new scan.
+ */
+void
+_bt_regscan(IndexScanDesc scan)
+{
+    BTScanList new_el;
+    
+    new_el = (BTScanList) palloc(sizeof(BTScanListData));
+    new_el->btsl_scan = scan;
+    new_el->btsl_next = BTScans;
+    BTScans = new_el;
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _bt_dropscan() -- drop a scan from the scan list
+ */
+void
+_bt_dropscan(IndexScanDesc scan)
+{
+    BTScanList chk, last;
+    
+    last = (BTScanList) NULL;
+    for (chk = BTScans;
+	 chk != (BTScanList) NULL && chk->btsl_scan != scan;
+	 chk = chk->btsl_next) {
+	last = chk;
+    }
+    
+    if (chk == (BTScanList) NULL)
+	elog(WARN, "btree scan list trashed; can't find 0x%lx", scan);
+    
+    if (last == (BTScanList) NULL)
+	BTScans = chk->btsl_next;
+    else
+	last->btsl_next = chk->btsl_next;
+    
+#ifdef PERFECT_MEM
+    pfree (chk);
+#endif /* PERFECT_MEM */
+}
+
+void
+_bt_adjscans(Relation rel, ItemPointer tid)
+{
+    BTScanList l;
+    Oid relid;
+    
+    relid = rel->rd_id;
+    for (l = BTScans; l != (BTScanList) NULL; l = l->btsl_next) {
+	if (relid == l->btsl_scan->relation->rd_id)
+	    _bt_scandel(l->btsl_scan, ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid),
+			ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(tid));
+    }
+}
+
+void
+_bt_scandel(IndexScanDesc scan, BlockNumber blkno, OffsetNumber offno)
+{
+    ItemPointer current;
+    Buffer buf;
+    BTScanOpaque so;
+    
+    if (!_bt_scantouched(scan, blkno, offno))
+	return;
+    
+    so = (BTScanOpaque) scan->opaque;
+    buf = so->btso_curbuf;
+    
+    current = &(scan->currentItemData);
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(current)
+	&& ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(current) == blkno
+	&& ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(current) >= offno) {
+	_bt_step(scan, &buf, BackwardScanDirection);
+	so->btso_curbuf = buf;
+    }
+    
+    current = &(scan->currentMarkData);
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(current)
+	&& ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(current) == blkno
+	&& ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(current) >= offno) {
+	ItemPointerData tmp;
+	tmp = *current;
+	*current = scan->currentItemData;
+	scan->currentItemData = tmp;
+	_bt_step(scan, &buf, BackwardScanDirection);
+	so->btso_mrkbuf = buf;
+	tmp = *current;
+	*current = scan->currentItemData;
+	scan->currentItemData = tmp;
+    }
+}
+
+bool
+_bt_scantouched(IndexScanDesc scan, BlockNumber blkno, OffsetNumber offno)
+{
+    ItemPointer current;
+    
+    current = &(scan->currentItemData);
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(current)
+	&& ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(current) == blkno
+	&& ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(current) >= offno)
+	return (true);
+    
+    current = &(scan->currentMarkData);
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(current)
+	&& ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(current) == blkno
+	&& ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(current) >= offno)
+	return (true);
+    
+    return (false);
+}

src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtstrat.c

@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * btstrat.c--
+ *    Srategy map entries for the btree indexed access method
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/Attic/nbtstrat.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:12 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/excid.h"
+
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/nbtree.h"
+
+/*
+ * Note:
+ *	StrategyNegate, StrategyCommute, and StrategyNegateCommute
+ *	assume <, <=, ==, >=, > ordering.
+ */
+static StrategyNumber	BTNegate[5] = {
+    BTGreaterEqualStrategyNumber,
+    BTGreaterStrategyNumber,
+    InvalidStrategy,
+    BTLessStrategyNumber,
+    BTLessEqualStrategyNumber
+};
+
+static StrategyNumber	BTCommute[5] = {
+    BTGreaterStrategyNumber,
+    BTGreaterEqualStrategyNumber,
+    InvalidStrategy,
+    BTLessEqualStrategyNumber,
+    BTLessStrategyNumber
+};
+
+static StrategyNumber	BTNegateCommute[5] = {
+    BTLessEqualStrategyNumber,
+    BTLessStrategyNumber,
+    InvalidStrategy,
+    BTGreaterStrategyNumber,
+    BTGreaterEqualStrategyNumber
+};
+
+static uint16	BTLessTermData[] = {		/* XXX type clash */
+    2,
+    BTLessStrategyNumber,
+    SK_NEGATE,
+    BTLessStrategyNumber,
+    SK_NEGATE | SK_COMMUTE
+};
+
+static uint16	BTLessEqualTermData[] = {	/* XXX type clash */
+    2,
+    BTLessEqualStrategyNumber,
+    0x0,
+    BTLessEqualStrategyNumber,
+    SK_COMMUTE
+};
+
+static uint16	BTGreaterEqualTermData[] = {	/* XXX type clash */
+    2,
+    BTGreaterEqualStrategyNumber,
+    0x0,
+    BTGreaterEqualStrategyNumber,
+    SK_COMMUTE
+    };
+
+static uint16	BTGreaterTermData[] = {		/* XXX type clash */
+    2,
+    BTGreaterStrategyNumber,
+    SK_NEGATE,
+    BTGreaterStrategyNumber,
+    SK_NEGATE | SK_COMMUTE
+};
+
+static StrategyTerm	BTEqualExpressionData[] = {
+    (StrategyTerm)BTLessTermData,		/* XXX */
+    (StrategyTerm)BTLessEqualTermData,		/* XXX */
+    (StrategyTerm)BTGreaterEqualTermData,	/* XXX */
+    (StrategyTerm)BTGreaterTermData,		/* XXX */
+    NULL
+};
+
+static StrategyEvaluationData	BTEvaluationData = {
+    /* XXX static for simplicity */
+    
+    BTMaxStrategyNumber,
+    (StrategyTransformMap)BTNegate,	/* XXX */
+    (StrategyTransformMap)BTCommute,	/* XXX */
+    (StrategyTransformMap)BTNegateCommute,	/* XXX */
+
+    { NULL, NULL, (StrategyExpression)BTEqualExpressionData, NULL, NULL,
+      NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL}
+};
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *	RelationGetBTStrategy
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+StrategyNumber
+_bt_getstrat(Relation rel,
+	     AttrNumber attno,
+	     RegProcedure proc)
+{
+    StrategyNumber	strat;
+    
+    strat = RelationGetStrategy(rel, attno, &BTEvaluationData, proc);
+    
+    Assert(StrategyNumberIsValid(strat));
+    
+    return (strat);
+}
+
+bool
+_bt_invokestrat(Relation rel,
+		AttrNumber attno,
+		StrategyNumber strat,
+		Datum left,
+		Datum right)
+{
+    return (RelationInvokeStrategy(rel, &BTEvaluationData, attno, strat, 
+				   left, right));
+}

src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtutils.c

@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * btutils.c--
+ *    Utility code for Postgres btree implementation.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/nbtree/nbtutils.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:12 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+
+#include "fmgr.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/excid.h"
+#include "utils/datum.h"
+
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/iqual.h"
+#include "access/nbtree.h"
+
+ScanKey 
+_bt_mkscankey(Relation rel, IndexTuple itup)
+{     
+    ScanKey skey;
+    TupleDesc itupdesc;
+    int natts;
+    int i;
+    Datum arg;
+    RegProcedure proc;
+    bool null;
+    
+    natts = rel->rd_rel->relnatts;
+    itupdesc = RelationGetTupleDescriptor(rel);
+    
+    skey = (ScanKey) palloc(natts * sizeof(ScanKeyData));
+    
+    for (i = 0; i < natts; i++) {
+	arg = index_getattr(itup, i + 1, itupdesc, &null);
+	proc = index_getprocid(rel, i + 1, BTORDER_PROC);
+	ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&skey[i],
+			       0x0, (AttrNumber) (i + 1), proc, arg);
+    }
+    
+    return (skey);
+}
+
+void
+_bt_freeskey(ScanKey skey)
+{
+    pfree(skey);
+}
+
+void
+_bt_freestack(BTStack stack)
+{
+    BTStack ostack;
+    
+    while (stack != (BTStack) NULL) {
+	ostack = stack;
+	stack = stack->bts_parent;
+	pfree(ostack->bts_btitem);
+	pfree(ostack);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *  _bt_orderkeys() -- Put keys in a sensible order for conjunctive quals.
+ *
+ *	The order of the keys in the qual match the ordering imposed by
+ *	the index.  This routine only needs to be called if there are
+ *	more than one qual clauses using this index.
+ */
+void
+_bt_orderkeys(Relation relation, uint16 *numberOfKeys, ScanKey key)
+{
+    ScanKey xform;
+    ScanKeyData *cur;
+    StrategyMap map;
+    int nbytes;
+    long test;
+    int i, j;
+    int init[BTMaxStrategyNumber+1];
+    
+    /* haven't looked at any strategies yet */
+    for (i = 0; i <= BTMaxStrategyNumber; i++)
+	init[i] = 0;
+    
+    /* get space for the modified array of keys */
+    nbytes = BTMaxStrategyNumber * sizeof(ScanKeyData);
+    xform = (ScanKey) palloc(nbytes);
+    memset(xform, 0, nbytes); 
+    
+    
+    /* get the strategy map for this index/attribute pair */
+    /*
+     *  XXX
+     *  When we support multiple keys in a single index, this is what
+     *  we'll want to do.  At present, the planner is hosed, so we
+     *  hard-wire the attribute number below.  Postgres only does single-
+     *  key indices...
+     * map = IndexStrategyGetStrategyMap(RelationGetIndexStrategy(relation),
+     * 				    BTMaxStrategyNumber,
+     * 				    key->data[0].attributeNumber);
+     */
+    map = IndexStrategyGetStrategyMap(RelationGetIndexStrategy(relation),
+				      BTMaxStrategyNumber,
+				      1 /* XXX */ );
+    
+    /* check each key passed in */
+    for (i = *numberOfKeys; --i >= 0; ) {
+	cur = &key[i];
+	for (j = BTMaxStrategyNumber; --j >= 0; ) {
+	    if (cur->sk_procedure == map->entry[j].sk_procedure)
+		break;
+	}
+	
+	/* have we seen one of these before? */
+	if (init[j]) {
+	    /* yup, use the appropriate value */
+	    test =
+		(long) FMGR_PTR2(cur->sk_func, cur->sk_procedure,
+				 cur->sk_argument, xform[j].sk_argument);
+	    if (test)
+		xform[j].sk_argument = cur->sk_argument;
+	} else {
+	    /* nope, use this value */
+	    memmove(&xform[j], cur, sizeof(*cur));
+	   
+	    init[j] = 1;
+	}
+    }
+    
+    /* if = has been specified, no other key will be used */
+    if (init[BTEqualStrategyNumber - 1]) {
+	init[BTLessStrategyNumber - 1] = 0;
+	init[BTLessEqualStrategyNumber - 1] = 0;
+	init[BTGreaterEqualStrategyNumber - 1] = 0;
+	init[BTGreaterStrategyNumber - 1] = 0;
+    }
+    
+    /* only one of <, <= */
+    if (init[BTLessStrategyNumber - 1]
+	&& init[BTLessEqualStrategyNumber - 1]) {
+	
+	ScanKeyData *lt, *le;
+	
+	lt = &xform[BTLessStrategyNumber - 1];
+	le = &xform[BTLessEqualStrategyNumber - 1];
+	
+	/*
+	 *  DO NOT use the cached function stuff here -- this is key
+	 *  ordering, happens only when the user expresses a hokey
+	 *  qualification, and gets executed only once, anyway.  The
+	 *  transform maps are hard-coded, and can't be initialized
+	 *  in the correct way.
+	 */
+	
+	test = (long) fmgr(le->sk_procedure, le->sk_argument, lt->sk_argument);
+	
+	if (test)
+	    init[BTLessEqualStrategyNumber - 1] = 0;
+	else
+	    init[BTLessStrategyNumber - 1] = 0;
+    }
+    
+    /* only one of >, >= */
+    if (init[BTGreaterStrategyNumber - 1]
+	&& init[BTGreaterEqualStrategyNumber - 1]) {
+	
+	ScanKeyData *gt, *ge;
+	
+	gt = &xform[BTGreaterStrategyNumber - 1];
+	ge = &xform[BTGreaterEqualStrategyNumber - 1];
+	
+	/* see note above on function cache */
+	test = (long) fmgr(ge->sk_procedure, gt->sk_argument, gt->sk_argument);
+	
+	if (test)
+	    init[BTGreaterStrategyNumber - 1] = 0;
+	else
+	    init[BTGreaterEqualStrategyNumber - 1] = 0;
+    }
+    
+    /* okay, reorder and count */
+    j = 0;
+    
+    for (i = BTMaxStrategyNumber; --i >= 0; )
+	if (init[i])
+	    key[j++] = xform[i];
+    
+    *numberOfKeys = j;
+    
+    pfree(xform);
+}
+
+bool
+_bt_checkqual(IndexScanDesc scan, IndexTuple itup)
+{
+    if (scan->numberOfKeys > 0)
+	return (index_keytest(itup, RelationGetTupleDescriptor(scan->relation),
+			      scan->numberOfKeys, scan->keyData));
+    else
+	return (true);
+}
+
+BTItem
+_bt_formitem(IndexTuple itup)
+{
+    int nbytes_btitem;
+    BTItem btitem;
+    Size tuplen;
+    extern Oid newoid();
+    
+    /* disallow nulls in btree keys */
+    if (itup->t_info & INDEX_NULL_MASK)
+	elog(WARN, "btree indices cannot include null keys");
+    
+    /* make a copy of the index tuple with room for the sequence number */
+    tuplen = IndexTupleSize(itup);
+    nbytes_btitem = tuplen +
+	(sizeof(BTItemData) - sizeof(IndexTupleData));
+    
+    btitem = (BTItem) palloc(nbytes_btitem);
+    memmove((char *) &(btitem->bti_itup), (char *) itup, tuplen);
+    
+    btitem->bti_oid = newoid();
+    return (btitem);
+}

src/backend/access/printtup.h

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * printtup.h--
+ *    
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: printtup.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:08 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef	PRINTTUP_H
+#define PRINTTUP_H
+
+#include "access/htup.h"
+#include "access/tupdesc.h"
+
+extern Oid typtoout(Oid type);
+extern void printtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo);
+extern void showatts(char *name, TupleDesc attinfo);
+extern void debugtup(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo);
+extern void printtup_internal(HeapTuple tuple, TupleDesc typeinfo);
+extern Oid gettypelem(Oid type);
+
+#endif	/* PRINTTUP_H */

src/backend/access/relscan.h

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * relscan.h--
+ *    POSTGRES internal relation scan descriptor definitions.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: relscan.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:08 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef	RELSCAN_H
+#define RELSCAN_H
+
+#include "c.h"
+
+#include "access/skey.h"
+#include "storage/buf.h"
+#include "access/htup.h"
+#include "storage/itemptr.h"
+
+#include "utils/tqual.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+
+
+typedef ItemPointerData	MarkData;
+
+typedef struct HeapScanDescData {
+	Relation	rs_rd;		/* pointer to relation descriptor */
+	HeapTuple	rs_ptup;	/* previous tuple in scan */
+	HeapTuple	rs_ctup;	/* current tuple in scan */
+	HeapTuple	rs_ntup;	/* next tuple in scan */
+	Buffer		rs_pbuf;	/* previous buffer in scan */
+	Buffer		rs_cbuf;	/* current buffer in scan */
+	Buffer		rs_nbuf;	/* next buffer in scan */
+	ItemPointerData	rs_mptid;	/* marked previous tid */
+	ItemPointerData	rs_mctid;	/* marked current tid */
+	ItemPointerData	rs_mntid;	/* marked next tid */
+	ItemPointerData	rs_mcd;		/* marked current delta XXX ??? */
+	bool		rs_atend;	/* restart scan at end? */
+	TimeQual	rs_tr;		/* time qualification */
+	uint16		rs_cdelta;	/* current delta in chain */
+	uint16		rs_nkeys;	/* number of attributes in keys */
+	ScanKey		rs_key;		/* key descriptors */
+} HeapScanDescData;
+
+typedef HeapScanDescData *HeapScanDesc;
+
+typedef struct IndexScanDescData {
+	Relation	relation;		/* relation descriptor */
+	void		*opaque;		/* am-specific slot */
+	ItemPointerData	previousItemData;	/* previous index pointer */
+	ItemPointerData	currentItemData;	/* current index pointer */
+	ItemPointerData	nextItemData;		/* next index pointer */
+	MarkData	previousMarkData;	/* marked previous pointer */
+	MarkData	currentMarkData;	/* marked current  pointer */
+	MarkData	nextMarkData;		/* marked next pointer */
+	uint8		flags;			/* scan position flags */
+	bool		scanFromEnd;		/* restart scan at end? */
+	uint16		numberOfKeys;		/* number of key attributes */
+	ScanKey		keyData;		/* key descriptor */
+} IndexScanDescData;
+
+typedef IndexScanDescData	*IndexScanDesc;
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	IndexScanDescPtr is used in the executor where we have to
+ *	keep track of several index scans when using several indices
+ *	- cim 9/10/89
+ * ----------------
+ */
+typedef IndexScanDesc		*IndexScanDescPtr;
+
+/*
+ * HeapScanIsValid --
+ *	True iff the heap scan is valid.
+ */
+#define	HeapScanIsValid(scan) PointerIsValid(scan)
+
+/*
+ * IndexScanIsValid --
+ *	True iff the index scan is valid.
+ */
+#define IndexScanIsValid(scan) PointerIsValid(scan)
+
+#endif	/* RELSCAN_H */

src/backend/access/rtree.h

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * rtree.h--
+ *    common declarations for the rtree access method code.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: rtree.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:08 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef RTREE_H
+#define RTREE_H
+
+/* see rtstrat.c for what all this is about */
+#define RTNStrategies			8
+#define RTLeftStrategyNumber		1
+#define RTOverLeftStrategyNumber	2
+#define RTOverlapStrategyNumber		3
+#define RTOverRightStrategyNumber	4
+#define RTRightStrategyNumber		5
+#define RTSameStrategyNumber		6
+#define RTContainsStrategyNumber	7
+#define RTContainedByStrategyNumber	8
+
+#define RTNProcs			3
+#define RT_UNION_PROC			1
+#define RT_INTER_PROC			2
+#define RT_SIZE_PROC			3
+
+#define F_LEAF		(1 << 0)
+
+typedef struct RTreePageOpaqueData {
+	uint32		flags;
+} RTreePageOpaqueData;
+
+typedef RTreePageOpaqueData	*RTreePageOpaque;
+
+/*
+ *  When we descend a tree, we keep a stack of parent pointers.
+ */
+
+typedef struct RTSTACK {
+	struct RTSTACK	*rts_parent;
+	OffsetNumber	rts_child;
+	BlockNumber	rts_blk;
+} RTSTACK;
+
+/*
+ *  When we're doing a scan, we need to keep track of the parent stack
+ *  for the marked and current items.  Also, rtrees have the following
+ *  property:  if you're looking for the box (1,1,2,2), on the internal
+ *  nodes you have to search for all boxes that *contain* (1,1,2,2), and
+ *  not the ones that match it.  We have a private scan key for internal
+ *  nodes in the opaque structure for rtrees for this reason.  See
+ *  access/index-rtree/rtscan.c and rtstrat.c for how it gets initialized.
+ */
+
+typedef struct RTreeScanOpaqueData {
+	struct RTSTACK	*s_stack;
+	struct RTSTACK	*s_markstk;
+	uint16		s_flags;
+	uint16		s_internalNKey;
+	ScanKey		s_internalKey;
+} RTreeScanOpaqueData;
+
+typedef RTreeScanOpaqueData	*RTreeScanOpaque;
+
+/*
+ *  When we're doing a scan and updating a tree at the same time, the
+ *  updates may affect the scan.  We use the flags entry of the scan's
+ *  opaque space to record our actual position in response to updates
+ *  that we can't handle simply by adjusting pointers.
+ */
+
+#define RTS_CURBEFORE	((uint16) (1 << 0))
+#define RTS_MRKBEFORE	((uint16) (1 << 1))
+
+/* root page of an rtree */
+#define P_ROOT		0
+
+/*
+ *  When we update a relation on which we're doing a scan, we need to
+ *  check the scan and fix it if the update affected any of the pages it
+ *  touches.  Otherwise, we can miss records that we should see.  The only
+ *  times we need to do this are for deletions and splits.  See the code in
+ *  rtscan.c for how the scan is fixed.  These two contants tell us what sort
+ *  of operation changed the index.
+ */
+
+#define	RTOP_DEL	0
+#define	RTOP_SPLIT	1
+
+/* defined in rtree.c */
+extern void freestack(RTSTACK *s);
+
+#endif /* RTREE_H */

src/backend/access/rtree/Makefile.inc

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Makefile.inc--
+#    Makefile for access/rtree (R-Tree access method)
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+#
+#
+# IDENTIFICATION
+#    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/Makefile.inc,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:12 scrappy Exp $
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SUBSRCS+= rtget.c rtproc.c rtree.c rtscan.c rtstrat.c

src/backend/access/rtree/rtget.c

@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * rtget.c--
+ *    fetch tuples from an rtree scan.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtget.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:13 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/iqual.h"
+#include "access/rtree.h"
+#include "access/sdir.h"
+
+static OffsetNumber findnext(IndexScanDesc s, Page p, OffsetNumber n,
+			     ScanDirection dir);
+static RetrieveIndexResult rtscancache(IndexScanDesc s, ScanDirection dir);
+static RetrieveIndexResult rtfirst(IndexScanDesc s, ScanDirection dir);
+static RetrieveIndexResult rtnext(IndexScanDesc s, ScanDirection dir);
+static ItemPointer rtheapptr(Relation r, ItemPointer itemp);
+
+
+RetrieveIndexResult
+rtgettuple(IndexScanDesc s, ScanDirection dir)
+{
+    RetrieveIndexResult res;
+    
+    /* if we have it cached in the scan desc, just return the value */
+    if ((res = rtscancache(s, dir)) != (RetrieveIndexResult) NULL)
+	return (res);
+    
+    /* not cached, so we'll have to do some work */
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(&(s->currentItemData))) {
+	res = rtnext(s, dir);
+    } else {
+	res = rtfirst(s, dir);
+    }
+    return (res);
+}
+
+static RetrieveIndexResult
+rtfirst(IndexScanDesc s, ScanDirection dir)
+{
+    Buffer b;
+    Page p;
+    OffsetNumber n;
+    OffsetNumber maxoff;
+    RetrieveIndexResult res;
+    RTreePageOpaque po;
+    RTreeScanOpaque so;
+    RTSTACK *stk;
+    BlockNumber blk;
+    IndexTuple it;
+    ItemPointer ip;
+    
+    b = ReadBuffer(s->relation, P_ROOT);
+    p = BufferGetPage(b);
+    po = (RTreePageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(p);
+    so = (RTreeScanOpaque) s->opaque;
+    
+    for (;;) {
+	maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(p);
+	if (ScanDirectionIsBackward(dir))
+	    n = findnext(s, p, maxoff, dir);
+	else
+	    n = findnext(s, p, FirstOffsetNumber, dir);
+	
+	while (n < FirstOffsetNumber || n > maxoff) {
+	    
+	    ReleaseBuffer(b);
+	    if (so->s_stack == (RTSTACK *) NULL)
+		return ((RetrieveIndexResult) NULL);
+	    
+	    stk = so->s_stack;
+	    b = ReadBuffer(s->relation, stk->rts_blk);
+	    p = BufferGetPage(b);
+	    po = (RTreePageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(p);
+	    maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(p);
+	    
+	    if (ScanDirectionIsBackward(dir)) {
+		n = OffsetNumberPrev(stk->rts_child);
+	    } else {
+		n = OffsetNumberNext(stk->rts_child);
+	    }
+	    so->s_stack = stk->rts_parent;
+	    pfree(stk);
+	    
+	    n = findnext(s, p, n, dir);
+	}
+	if (po->flags & F_LEAF) {
+	    ItemPointerSet(&(s->currentItemData), BufferGetBlockNumber(b), n);
+	    
+	    it = (IndexTuple) PageGetItem(p, PageGetItemId(p, n));
+	    ip = (ItemPointer) palloc(sizeof(ItemPointerData));
+	    memmove((char *) ip, (char *) &(it->t_tid),
+		    sizeof(ItemPointerData));
+	    ReleaseBuffer(b);
+	    
+	    res = FormRetrieveIndexResult(&(s->currentItemData), ip);
+	    
+	    return (res);
+	} else {
+	    stk = (RTSTACK *) palloc(sizeof(RTSTACK));
+	    stk->rts_child = n;
+	    stk->rts_blk = BufferGetBlockNumber(b);
+	    stk->rts_parent = so->s_stack;
+	    so->s_stack = stk;
+	    
+	    it = (IndexTuple) PageGetItem(p, PageGetItemId(p, n));
+	    blk = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&(it->t_tid));
+	    
+	    ReleaseBuffer(b);
+	    b = ReadBuffer(s->relation, blk);
+	    p = BufferGetPage(b);
+	    po = (RTreePageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(p);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+static RetrieveIndexResult
+rtnext(IndexScanDesc s, ScanDirection dir)
+{
+    Buffer b;
+    Page p;
+    OffsetNumber n;
+    OffsetNumber maxoff;
+    RetrieveIndexResult res;
+    RTreePageOpaque po;
+    RTreeScanOpaque so;
+    RTSTACK *stk;
+    BlockNumber blk;
+    IndexTuple it;
+    ItemPointer ip;
+    
+    blk = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&(s->currentItemData));
+    n = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(s->currentItemData));
+    
+    if (ScanDirectionIsForward(dir)) {
+	n = OffsetNumberNext(n);
+    } else {
+	n = OffsetNumberPrev(n);
+    }
+
+    b = ReadBuffer(s->relation, blk);
+    p = BufferGetPage(b);
+    po = (RTreePageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(p);
+    so = (RTreeScanOpaque) s->opaque;
+    
+    for (;;) {
+	maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(p);
+	n = findnext(s, p, n, dir);
+	
+	while (n < FirstOffsetNumber || n > maxoff) {
+	    
+	    ReleaseBuffer(b);
+	    if (so->s_stack == (RTSTACK *) NULL)
+		return ((RetrieveIndexResult) NULL);
+	    
+	    stk = so->s_stack;
+	    b = ReadBuffer(s->relation, stk->rts_blk);
+	    p = BufferGetPage(b);
+	    maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(p);
+	    po = (RTreePageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(p);
+	    
+	    if (ScanDirectionIsBackward(dir)) {
+		n = OffsetNumberPrev(stk->rts_child);
+	    } else {
+		n = OffsetNumberNext(stk->rts_child);
+	    }
+	    so->s_stack = stk->rts_parent;
+	    pfree(stk);
+	    
+	    n = findnext(s, p, n, dir);
+	}
+	if (po->flags & F_LEAF) {
+	    ItemPointerSet(&(s->currentItemData), BufferGetBlockNumber(b), n);
+	    
+	    it = (IndexTuple) PageGetItem(p, PageGetItemId(p, n));
+	    ip = (ItemPointer) palloc(sizeof(ItemPointerData));
+	    memmove((char *) ip, (char *) &(it->t_tid),
+		    sizeof(ItemPointerData));
+	    ReleaseBuffer(b);
+	    
+	    res = FormRetrieveIndexResult(&(s->currentItemData), ip);
+	    
+	    return (res);
+	} else {
+	    stk = (RTSTACK *) palloc(sizeof(RTSTACK));
+	    stk->rts_child = n;
+	    stk->rts_blk = BufferGetBlockNumber(b);
+	    stk->rts_parent = so->s_stack;
+	    so->s_stack = stk;
+	    
+	    it = (IndexTuple) PageGetItem(p, PageGetItemId(p, n));
+	    blk = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&(it->t_tid));
+	    
+	    ReleaseBuffer(b);
+	    b = ReadBuffer(s->relation, blk);
+	    p = BufferGetPage(b);
+	    po = (RTreePageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(p);
+	    
+	    if (ScanDirectionIsBackward(dir)) {
+		n = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(p);
+	    } else {
+		n = FirstOffsetNumber;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+static OffsetNumber
+findnext(IndexScanDesc s, Page p, OffsetNumber n, ScanDirection dir)
+{
+    OffsetNumber maxoff;
+    IndexTuple it;
+    RTreePageOpaque po;
+    RTreeScanOpaque so;
+    
+    maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(p);
+    po = (RTreePageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(p);
+    so = (RTreeScanOpaque) s->opaque;
+    
+    /*
+     *  If we modified the index during the scan, we may have a pointer to
+     *  a ghost tuple, before the scan.  If this is the case, back up one.
+     */
+    
+    if (so->s_flags & RTS_CURBEFORE) {
+	so->s_flags &= ~RTS_CURBEFORE;
+	n = OffsetNumberPrev(n);
+    }
+    
+    while (n >= FirstOffsetNumber && n <= maxoff) {
+	it = (IndexTuple) PageGetItem(p, PageGetItemId(p, n));
+	if (po->flags & F_LEAF) {
+	    if (index_keytest(it, 
+			      RelationGetTupleDescriptor(s->relation),
+			      s->numberOfKeys, s->keyData))
+		break;
+	} else {
+	    if (index_keytest(it, 
+			      RelationGetTupleDescriptor(s->relation),
+			      so->s_internalNKey, so->s_internalKey))
+		break;
+	}
+	
+	if (ScanDirectionIsBackward(dir)) {
+	    n = OffsetNumberPrev(n);
+	} else {
+	    n = OffsetNumberNext(n);
+	}
+    }
+    
+    return (n);
+}
+
+static RetrieveIndexResult
+rtscancache(IndexScanDesc s, ScanDirection dir)
+{
+    RetrieveIndexResult res;
+    ItemPointer ip;
+    
+    if (!(ScanDirectionIsNoMovement(dir)
+	  && ItemPointerIsValid(&(s->currentItemData)))) {
+	
+	return ((RetrieveIndexResult) NULL);
+    } 
+    
+    ip = rtheapptr(s->relation, &(s->currentItemData));
+    
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(ip))
+	res = FormRetrieveIndexResult(&(s->currentItemData), ip);
+    else
+	res = (RetrieveIndexResult) NULL;
+    
+    return (res);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  rtheapptr returns the item pointer to the tuple in the heap relation
+ *  for which itemp is the index relation item pointer.
+ */
+static ItemPointer
+rtheapptr(Relation r, ItemPointer itemp)
+{
+    Buffer b;
+    Page p;
+    IndexTuple it;
+    ItemPointer ip;
+    OffsetNumber n;
+    
+    ip = (ItemPointer) palloc(sizeof(ItemPointerData));
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(itemp)) {
+	b = ReadBuffer(r, ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(itemp));
+	p = BufferGetPage(b);
+	n = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(itemp);
+	it = (IndexTuple) PageGetItem(p, PageGetItemId(p, n));
+	memmove((char *) ip, (char *) &(it->t_tid),
+		sizeof(ItemPointerData));
+	ReleaseBuffer(b);
+    } else {
+	ItemPointerSetInvalid(ip);
+    }
+    
+    return (ip);
+}

src/backend/access/rtree/rtproc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * rtproc.c--
+ *    pg_amproc entries for rtrees.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtproc.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:13 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include <math.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/geo-decls.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+
+BOX
+*rt_box_union(BOX *a, BOX *b)
+{
+    BOX *n;
+    
+    if ((n = (BOX *) palloc(sizeof (*n))) == (BOX *) NULL)
+	elog(WARN, "Cannot allocate box for union");
+    
+    n->xh = Max(a->xh, b->xh);
+    n->yh = Max(a->yh, b->yh);
+    n->xl = Min(a->xl, b->xl);
+    n->yl = Min(a->yl, b->yl);
+    
+    return (n);
+}
+
+BOX *
+rt_box_inter(BOX *a, BOX *b)
+{
+    BOX *n;
+    
+    if ((n = (BOX *) palloc(sizeof (*n))) == (BOX *) NULL)
+	elog(WARN, "Cannot allocate box for union");
+    
+    n->xh = Min(a->xh, b->xh);
+    n->yh = Min(a->yh, b->yh);
+    n->xl = Max(a->xl, b->xl);
+    n->yl = Max(a->yl, b->yl);
+    
+    if (n->xh < n->xl || n->yh < n->yl) {
+	pfree(n);
+	return ((BOX *) NULL);
+    }
+    
+    return (n);
+}
+
+void
+rt_box_size(BOX *a, float *size)
+{
+    if (a == (BOX *) NULL || a->xh <= a->xl || a->yh <= a->yl)
+	*size = 0.0;
+    else
+	*size = (float) ((a->xh - a->xl) * (a->yh - a->yl));
+    
+    return;
+}
+
+/*
+ *  rt_bigbox_size() -- Compute a size for big boxes.
+ *
+ *	In an earlier release of the system, this routine did something
+ *	different from rt_box_size.  We now use floats, rather than ints,
+ *	as the return type for the size routine, so we no longer need to
+ *	have a special return type for big boxes.
+ */
+void
+rt_bigbox_size(BOX *a, float *size)
+{
+    rt_box_size(a, size);
+}
+
+POLYGON *
+rt_poly_union(POLYGON *a, POLYGON *b)
+{
+    POLYGON *p;
+    
+    p = (POLYGON *)PALLOCTYPE(POLYGON);
+    
+    if (!PointerIsValid(p))
+	elog(WARN, "Cannot allocate polygon for union");
+    
+    memset((char *) p, 0, sizeof(POLYGON));	/* zero any holes */
+    p->size = sizeof(POLYGON);
+    p->npts = 0;
+    p->boundbox.xh = Max(a->boundbox.xh, b->boundbox.xh);
+    p->boundbox.yh = Max(a->boundbox.yh, b->boundbox.yh);
+    p->boundbox.xl = Min(a->boundbox.xl, b->boundbox.xl);
+    p->boundbox.yl = Min(a->boundbox.yl, b->boundbox.yl);
+    return p;
+}
+
+void
+rt_poly_size(POLYGON *a, float *size)
+{
+    double xdim, ydim;
+    
+    size = (float *) palloc(sizeof(float));
+    if (a == (POLYGON *) NULL || 
+	a->boundbox.xh <= a->boundbox.xl || 
+	a->boundbox.yh <= a->boundbox.yl)
+	*size = 0.0;
+    else {
+	xdim = (a->boundbox.xh - a->boundbox.xl);
+	ydim = (a->boundbox.yh - a->boundbox.yl);
+	
+	*size = (float) (xdim * ydim);
+    }
+    
+    return;
+}
+
+POLYGON *
+rt_poly_inter(POLYGON *a, POLYGON *b)
+{
+    POLYGON *p;
+    
+    p = (POLYGON *) PALLOCTYPE(POLYGON);
+    
+    if (!PointerIsValid(p))
+	elog(WARN, "Cannot allocate polygon for intersection");
+    
+    memset((char *) p, 0, sizeof(POLYGON));	/* zero any holes */
+    p->size = sizeof(POLYGON);
+    p->npts = 0;
+    p->boundbox.xh = Min(a->boundbox.xh, b->boundbox.xh);
+    p->boundbox.yh = Min(a->boundbox.yh, b->boundbox.yh);
+    p->boundbox.xl = Max(a->boundbox.xl, b->boundbox.xl);
+    p->boundbox.yl = Max(a->boundbox.yl, b->boundbox.yl);
+    
+    if (p->boundbox.xh < p->boundbox.xl || p->boundbox.yh < p->boundbox.yl)
+	{
+	    pfree(p);
+	    return ((POLYGON *) NULL);
+	}
+    
+    return (p);
+}

src/backend/access/rtree/rtree.c

@@ -0,0 +1,955 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * rtree.c--
+ *    interface routines for the postgres rtree indexed access method.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtree.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:13 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/excid.h"
+
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/rtree.h"
+#include "access/rtscan.h"
+#include "access/funcindex.h"
+#include "access/tupdesc.h"
+
+#include "nodes/execnodes.h"
+#include "nodes/plannodes.h"
+
+#include "executor/executor.h"
+#include "executor/tuptable.h"
+
+#include "catalog/index.h"
+
+typedef struct SPLITVEC {
+    OffsetNumber	*spl_left;
+    int			spl_nleft;
+    char		*spl_ldatum;
+    OffsetNumber	*spl_right;
+    int			spl_nright;
+    char		*spl_rdatum;
+} SPLITVEC;
+
+typedef struct RTSTATE {
+    func_ptr unionFn;		/* union function */
+    func_ptr sizeFn;		/* size function */
+    func_ptr interFn;		/* intersection function */
+} RTSTATE;
+
+/* non-export function prototypes */
+static InsertIndexResult rtdoinsert(Relation r, IndexTuple itup,
+				    RTSTATE *rtstate);
+static void rttighten(Relation r, RTSTACK *stk, char *datum, int att_size,
+		      RTSTATE *rtstate);
+static InsertIndexResult dosplit(Relation r, Buffer buffer, RTSTACK *stack,
+				 IndexTuple itup, RTSTATE *rtstate);
+static void rtintinsert(Relation r, RTSTACK *stk, IndexTuple ltup,
+			IndexTuple rtup, RTSTATE *rtstate);
+static void rtnewroot(Relation r, IndexTuple lt, IndexTuple rt);
+static void picksplit(Relation r, Page page, SPLITVEC *v, IndexTuple itup,
+		      RTSTATE *rtstate);
+static void RTInitBuffer(Buffer b, uint32 f);
+static OffsetNumber choose(Relation r, Page p, IndexTuple it,
+			   RTSTATE *rtstate);
+static int nospace(Page p, IndexTuple it);
+static void initRtstate(RTSTATE *rtstate, Relation index);
+
+
+void
+rtbuild(Relation heap,
+	Relation index,
+	int natts,
+	AttrNumber *attnum,
+	IndexStrategy istrat,
+	uint16 pcount,
+	Datum *params,
+	FuncIndexInfo *finfo,
+	PredInfo *predInfo)
+{
+    HeapScanDesc scan;
+    Buffer buffer;
+    AttrNumber i;
+    HeapTuple htup;
+    IndexTuple itup;
+    TupleDesc hd, id;
+    InsertIndexResult res;
+    Datum *d;
+    bool *nulls;
+    int nb, nh, ni;
+    ExprContext *econtext;
+    TupleTable tupleTable;
+    TupleTableSlot *slot;
+    Oid hrelid, irelid;
+    Node *pred, *oldPred;
+    RTSTATE rtState;
+
+    initRtstate(&rtState, index);
+		
+    /* rtrees only know how to do stupid locking now */
+    RelationSetLockForWrite(index);
+
+    pred = predInfo->pred;
+    oldPred = predInfo->oldPred;
+
+    /*
+     *  We expect to be called exactly once for any index relation.
+     *  If that's not the case, big trouble's what we have.
+     */
+    
+    if (oldPred == NULL && (nb = RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(index)) != 0)
+	elog(WARN, "%s already contains data", index->rd_rel->relname.data);
+    
+    /* initialize the root page (if this is a new index) */
+    if (oldPred == NULL) {
+	buffer = ReadBuffer(index, P_NEW);
+	RTInitBuffer(buffer, F_LEAF);
+	WriteBuffer(buffer);
+    }
+    
+    /* init the tuple descriptors and get set for a heap scan */
+    hd = RelationGetTupleDescriptor(heap);
+    id = RelationGetTupleDescriptor(index);
+    d = (Datum *)palloc(natts * sizeof (*d));
+    nulls = (bool *)palloc(natts * sizeof (*nulls));
+    
+    /*
+     * If this is a predicate (partial) index, we will need to evaluate the
+     * predicate using ExecQual, which requires the current tuple to be in a
+     * slot of a TupleTable.  In addition, ExecQual must have an ExprContext
+     * referring to that slot.  Here, we initialize dummy TupleTable and
+     * ExprContext objects for this purpose. --Nels, Feb '92
+     */
+#ifndef OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX
+    if (pred != NULL || oldPred != NULL) {
+	tupleTable = ExecCreateTupleTable(1);
+	slot =  ExecAllocTableSlot(tupleTable);
+	econtext = makeNode(ExprContext);
+	FillDummyExprContext(econtext, slot, hd, buffer);
+    }
+#endif /* OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX */    
+    scan = heap_beginscan(heap, 0, NowTimeQual, 0, (ScanKey) NULL);
+    htup = heap_getnext(scan, 0, &buffer);
+    
+    /* count the tuples as we insert them */
+    nh = ni = 0;
+    
+    for (; HeapTupleIsValid(htup); htup = heap_getnext(scan, 0, &buffer)) {
+	
+	nh++;
+	
+	/*
+	 * If oldPred != NULL, this is an EXTEND INDEX command, so skip
+	 * this tuple if it was already in the existing partial index
+	 */
+	if (oldPred != NULL) {
+#ifndef OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX
+	    /*SetSlotContents(slot, htup); */
+	    slot->val = htup;
+	    if (ExecQual((List*)oldPred, econtext) == true) {
+		ni++;
+		continue;
+	    }
+#endif /* OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX */    	
+	}
+	
+	/* Skip this tuple if it doesn't satisfy the partial-index predicate */
+	if (pred != NULL) {
+#ifndef OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX
+	    /*SetSlotContents(slot, htup); */
+	    slot->val = htup;
+	    if (ExecQual((List*)pred, econtext) == false)
+		continue;
+#endif /* OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX */    	
+	}
+	
+	ni++;
+	
+	/*
+	 *  For the current heap tuple, extract all the attributes
+	 *  we use in this index, and note which are null.
+	 */
+	
+	for (i = 1; i <= natts; i++) {
+	    int  attoff;
+	    bool attnull;
+	    
+	    /*
+	     *  Offsets are from the start of the tuple, and are
+	     *  zero-based; indices are one-based.  The next call
+	     *  returns i - 1.  That's data hiding for you.
+	     */
+	    
+	    attoff = AttrNumberGetAttrOffset(i);
+	    /*
+	      d[attoff] = HeapTupleGetAttributeValue(htup, buffer,
+	      */
+	    d[attoff] = GetIndexValue(htup, 
+				      hd,
+				      attoff, 
+				      attnum, 
+				      finfo, 
+				      &attnull,
+				      buffer);
+	    nulls[attoff] = (attnull ? 'n' : ' ');
+	}
+	
+	/* form an index tuple and point it at the heap tuple */
+	itup = index_formtuple(id, &d[0], nulls);
+	itup->t_tid = htup->t_ctid;
+	
+	/*
+	 *  Since we already have the index relation locked, we
+	 *  call rtdoinsert directly.  Normal access method calls
+	 *  dispatch through rtinsert, which locks the relation
+	 *  for write.  This is the right thing to do if you're
+	 *  inserting single tups, but not when you're initializing
+	 *  the whole index at once.
+	 */
+	
+	res = rtdoinsert(index, itup, &rtState);
+	pfree(itup);
+	pfree(res);
+    }
+    
+    /* okay, all heap tuples are indexed */
+    heap_endscan(scan);
+    RelationUnsetLockForWrite(index);
+    
+    if (pred != NULL || oldPred != NULL) {
+#ifndef OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX
+	ExecDestroyTupleTable(tupleTable, true);
+	pfree(econtext);
+#endif /* OMIT_PARTIAL_INDEX */    	
+    }
+    
+    /*
+     *  Since we just counted the tuples in the heap, we update its
+     *  stats in pg_relation to guarantee that the planner takes
+     *  advantage of the index we just created.  UpdateStats() does a
+     *  CommandCounterIncrement(), which flushes changed entries from
+     *  the system relcache.  The act of constructing an index changes
+     *  these heap and index tuples in the system catalogs, so they
+     *  need to be flushed.  We close them to guarantee that they
+     *  will be.
+     */
+    
+    hrelid = heap->rd_id;
+    irelid = index->rd_id;
+    heap_close(heap);
+    index_close(index);
+    
+    UpdateStats(hrelid, nh, true);
+    UpdateStats(irelid, ni, false);
+    
+    if (oldPred != NULL) {
+	if (ni == nh) pred = NULL;
+	UpdateIndexPredicate(irelid, oldPred, pred);
+    }
+    
+    /* be tidy */
+    pfree(nulls);
+    pfree(d);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  rtinsert -- wrapper for rtree tuple insertion.
+ *
+ *    This is the public interface routine for tuple insertion in rtrees.
+ *    It doesn't do any work; just locks the relation and passes the buck.
+ */
+InsertIndexResult
+rtinsert(Relation r, IndexTuple itup)
+{
+    InsertIndexResult res;
+    RTSTATE rtState;
+
+    initRtstate(&rtState, r);
+    
+    RelationSetLockForWrite(r);
+    res = rtdoinsert(r, itup, &rtState);
+    
+    /* XXX two-phase locking -- don't unlock the relation until EOT */
+    return (res);
+}
+
+static InsertIndexResult
+rtdoinsert(Relation r, IndexTuple itup, RTSTATE *rtstate)
+{
+    Page page;
+    Buffer buffer;
+    BlockNumber blk;
+    IndexTuple which;
+    OffsetNumber l;
+    RTSTACK *stack;
+    InsertIndexResult res;
+    RTreePageOpaque opaque;
+    char *datum;
+    
+    blk = P_ROOT;
+    buffer = InvalidBuffer;
+    stack = (RTSTACK *) NULL;
+    
+    do {
+	/* let go of current buffer before getting next */
+	if (buffer != InvalidBuffer)
+	    ReleaseBuffer(buffer);
+	
+	/* get next buffer */
+	buffer = ReadBuffer(r, blk);
+	page = (Page) BufferGetPage(buffer);
+	
+	opaque = (RTreePageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+	if (!(opaque->flags & F_LEAF)) {
+	    RTSTACK *n;
+	    ItemId iid;
+	    
+	    n = (RTSTACK *) palloc(sizeof(RTSTACK));
+	    n->rts_parent = stack;
+	    n->rts_blk = blk;
+	    n->rts_child = choose(r, page, itup, rtstate);
+	    stack = n;
+	    
+	    iid = PageGetItemId(page, n->rts_child);
+	    which = (IndexTuple) PageGetItem(page, iid);
+	    blk = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&(which->t_tid));
+	}
+    } while (!(opaque->flags & F_LEAF));
+    
+    if (nospace(page, itup)) {
+	/* need to do a split */
+	res = dosplit(r, buffer, stack, itup, rtstate);
+	freestack(stack);
+	WriteBuffer(buffer);  /* don't forget to release buffer! */
+	return (res);
+    }
+    
+    /* add the item and write the buffer */
+    if (PageIsEmpty(page)) {
+	l = PageAddItem(page, (Item) itup, IndexTupleSize(itup),
+			FirstOffsetNumber,
+			LP_USED);
+    } else {
+	l = PageAddItem(page, (Item) itup, IndexTupleSize(itup),
+			OffsetNumberNext(PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page)),
+			LP_USED);
+    }
+    
+    WriteBuffer(buffer);
+    
+    datum = (((char *) itup) + sizeof(IndexTupleData));
+    
+    /* now expand the page boundary in the parent to include the new child */
+    rttighten(r, stack, datum,
+	      (IndexTupleSize(itup) - sizeof(IndexTupleData)), rtstate);
+    freestack(stack);
+    
+    /* build and return an InsertIndexResult for this insertion */
+    res = (InsertIndexResult) palloc(sizeof(InsertIndexResultData));
+    ItemPointerSet(&(res->pointerData), blk, l);
+    
+    return (res);
+}
+
+static void
+rttighten(Relation r,
+	  RTSTACK *stk,
+	  char *datum,
+	  int att_size,
+	  RTSTATE *rtstate)
+{
+    char *oldud;
+    char *tdatum;
+    Page p;
+    float old_size, newd_size;
+    Buffer b;
+    
+    if (stk == (RTSTACK *) NULL)
+	return;
+    
+    b = ReadBuffer(r, stk->rts_blk);
+    p = BufferGetPage(b);
+    
+    oldud = (char *) PageGetItem(p, PageGetItemId(p, stk->rts_child));
+    oldud += sizeof(IndexTupleData);
+    
+    (*rtstate->sizeFn)(oldud, &old_size);
+    datum = (char *) (*rtstate->unionFn)(oldud, datum);
+    
+    (*rtstate->sizeFn)(datum, &newd_size);
+    
+    if (newd_size != old_size) {
+	TupleDesc td = RelationGetTupleDescriptor(r);
+	
+	if (td->attrs[0]->attlen < 0) {
+	    /*
+	     * This is an internal page, so 'oldud' had better be a
+	     * union (constant-length) key, too.  (See comment below.)
+	     */
+	    Assert(VARSIZE(datum) == VARSIZE(oldud));
+	    memmove(oldud, datum, VARSIZE(datum));
+	} else {
+	    memmove(oldud, datum, att_size);
+	}
+	WriteBuffer(b);
+	
+	/*
+	 *  The user may be defining an index on variable-sized data (like
+	 *  polygons).  If so, we need to get a constant-sized datum for
+	 *  insertion on the internal page.  We do this by calling the union
+	 *  proc, which is guaranteed to return a rectangle.
+	 */
+	
+	tdatum = (char *) (*rtstate->unionFn)(datum, datum);
+	rttighten(r, stk->rts_parent, tdatum, att_size, rtstate);
+	pfree(tdatum);
+    } else {
+	ReleaseBuffer(b);
+    }
+    pfree(datum);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  dosplit -- split a page in the tree.
+ *
+ *    This is the quadratic-cost split algorithm Guttman describes in
+ *    his paper.  The reason we chose it is that you can implement this
+ *    with less information about the data types on which you're operating.
+ */
+static InsertIndexResult
+dosplit(Relation r,
+	Buffer buffer,
+	RTSTACK *stack,
+	IndexTuple itup,
+	RTSTATE *rtstate)
+{
+    Page p;
+    Buffer leftbuf, rightbuf;
+    Page left, right;
+    ItemId itemid;
+    IndexTuple item;
+    IndexTuple ltup, rtup;
+    OffsetNumber maxoff;
+    OffsetNumber i;
+    OffsetNumber leftoff, rightoff;
+    BlockNumber lbknum, rbknum;
+    BlockNumber bufblock;
+    RTreePageOpaque opaque;
+    int blank;
+    InsertIndexResult res;
+    char *isnull;
+    SPLITVEC v;
+    TupleDesc tupDesc;
+    
+    isnull = (char *) palloc(r->rd_rel->relnatts);
+    for (blank = 0; blank < r->rd_rel->relnatts; blank++)
+	isnull[blank] = ' ';
+    p = (Page) BufferGetPage(buffer);
+    opaque = (RTreePageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(p);
+    
+    /*
+     *  The root of the tree is the first block in the relation.  If
+     *  we're about to split the root, we need to do some hocus-pocus
+     *  to enforce this guarantee.
+     */
+    
+    if (BufferGetBlockNumber(buffer) == P_ROOT) {
+	leftbuf = ReadBuffer(r, P_NEW);
+	RTInitBuffer(leftbuf, opaque->flags);
+	lbknum = BufferGetBlockNumber(leftbuf);
+	left = (Page) BufferGetPage(leftbuf);
+    } else {
+	leftbuf = buffer;
+	IncrBufferRefCount(buffer);
+	lbknum = BufferGetBlockNumber(buffer);
+	left = (Page) PageGetTempPage(p, sizeof(RTreePageOpaqueData));
+    }
+    
+    rightbuf = ReadBuffer(r, P_NEW);
+    RTInitBuffer(rightbuf, opaque->flags);
+    rbknum = BufferGetBlockNumber(rightbuf);
+    right = (Page) BufferGetPage(rightbuf);
+    
+    picksplit(r, p, &v, itup, rtstate);
+    
+    leftoff = rightoff = FirstOffsetNumber;
+    maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(p);
+    for (i = FirstOffsetNumber; i <= maxoff; i = OffsetNumberNext(i)) {
+	itemid = PageGetItemId(p, i);
+	item = (IndexTuple) PageGetItem(p, itemid);
+	
+	if (i == *(v.spl_left)) {
+	    (void) PageAddItem(left, (Item) item, IndexTupleSize(item),
+			       leftoff, LP_USED);
+	    leftoff = OffsetNumberNext(leftoff);
+	    v.spl_left++;	/* advance in left split vector */
+	} else {
+	    (void) PageAddItem(right, (Item) item, IndexTupleSize(item),
+			       rightoff, LP_USED);
+	    rightoff = OffsetNumberNext(rightoff);
+	    v.spl_right++;	/* advance in right split vector */
+	}
+    }
+    
+    /* build an InsertIndexResult for this insertion */
+    res = (InsertIndexResult) palloc(sizeof(InsertIndexResultData));
+    
+    /* now insert the new index tuple */
+    if (*(v.spl_left) != FirstOffsetNumber) {
+	(void) PageAddItem(left, (Item) itup, IndexTupleSize(itup),
+			   leftoff, LP_USED);
+	leftoff = OffsetNumberNext(leftoff);
+	ItemPointerSet(&(res->pointerData), lbknum, leftoff);
+    } else {
+	(void) PageAddItem(right, (Item) itup, IndexTupleSize(itup),
+			   rightoff, LP_USED);
+	rightoff = OffsetNumberNext(rightoff);
+	ItemPointerSet(&(res->pointerData), rbknum, rightoff);
+    }
+    
+    if ((bufblock = BufferGetBlockNumber(buffer)) != P_ROOT) {
+	PageRestoreTempPage(left, p);
+    }
+    WriteBuffer(leftbuf);
+    WriteBuffer(rightbuf);
+    
+    /*
+     *  Okay, the page is split.  We have three things left to do:
+     *
+     *    1)  Adjust any active scans on this index to cope with changes
+     *        we introduced in its structure by splitting this page.
+     *
+     *    2)  "Tighten" the bounding box of the pointer to the left
+     *	      page in the parent node in the tree, if any.  Since we
+     *	      moved a bunch of stuff off the left page, we expect it
+     *	      to get smaller.  This happens in the internal insertion
+     *        routine.
+     *
+     *    3)  Insert a pointer to the right page in the parent.  This
+     *	      may cause the parent to split.  If it does, we need to
+     *	      repeat steps one and two for each split node in the tree.
+     */
+    
+    /* adjust active scans */
+    rtadjscans(r, RTOP_SPLIT, bufblock, FirstOffsetNumber);
+    
+    tupDesc = r->rd_att;
+    ltup = (IndexTuple) index_formtuple(tupDesc,
+					(Datum *) &(v.spl_ldatum), isnull);
+    rtup = (IndexTuple) index_formtuple(tupDesc,
+					(Datum *) &(v.spl_rdatum), isnull);
+    pfree(isnull);
+    
+    /* set pointers to new child pages in the internal index tuples */
+    ItemPointerSet(&(ltup->t_tid), lbknum, 1);
+    ItemPointerSet(&(rtup->t_tid), rbknum, 1);
+    
+    rtintinsert(r, stack, ltup, rtup, rtstate);
+    
+    pfree(ltup);
+    pfree(rtup);
+    
+    return (res);
+}
+
+static void
+rtintinsert(Relation r,
+	    RTSTACK *stk,
+	    IndexTuple ltup,
+	    IndexTuple rtup,
+	    RTSTATE *rtstate)
+{
+    IndexTuple old;
+    Buffer b;
+    Page p;
+    char *ldatum, *rdatum, *newdatum;
+    InsertIndexResult res;
+    
+    if (stk == (RTSTACK *) NULL) {
+	rtnewroot(r, ltup, rtup);
+	return;
+    }
+    
+    b = ReadBuffer(r, stk->rts_blk);
+    p = BufferGetPage(b);
+    old = (IndexTuple) PageGetItem(p, PageGetItemId(p, stk->rts_child));
+    
+    /*
+     *  This is a hack.  Right now, we force rtree keys to be constant size.
+     *  To fix this, need delete the old key and add both left and right
+     *  for the two new pages.  The insertion of left may force a split if
+     *  the new left key is bigger than the old key.
+     */
+    
+    if (IndexTupleSize(old) != IndexTupleSize(ltup))
+	elog(WARN, "Variable-length rtree keys are not supported.");
+    
+    /* install pointer to left child */
+    memmove(old, ltup,IndexTupleSize(ltup));
+    
+    if (nospace(p, rtup)) {
+	newdatum = (((char *) ltup) + sizeof(IndexTupleData));
+	rttighten(r, stk->rts_parent, newdatum,
+		  (IndexTupleSize(ltup) - sizeof(IndexTupleData)), rtstate);
+	res = dosplit(r, b, stk->rts_parent, rtup, rtstate);
+	WriteBuffer(b);  /* don't forget to release buffer!  - 01/31/94 */
+	pfree(res);
+    } else {
+	(void) PageAddItem(p, (Item) rtup, IndexTupleSize(rtup),
+			   PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(p), LP_USED);
+	WriteBuffer(b);
+	ldatum = (((char *) ltup) + sizeof(IndexTupleData));
+	rdatum = (((char *) rtup) + sizeof(IndexTupleData));
+	newdatum = (char *) (*rtstate->unionFn)(ldatum, rdatum);
+	
+	rttighten(r, stk->rts_parent, newdatum,
+		  (IndexTupleSize(rtup) - sizeof(IndexTupleData)), rtstate);
+	
+	pfree(newdatum);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+rtnewroot(Relation r, IndexTuple lt, IndexTuple rt)
+{
+    Buffer b;
+    Page p;
+    
+    b = ReadBuffer(r, P_ROOT);
+    RTInitBuffer(b, 0);
+    p = BufferGetPage(b);
+    (void) PageAddItem(p, (Item) lt, IndexTupleSize(lt),
+		       FirstOffsetNumber, LP_USED);
+    (void) PageAddItem(p, (Item) rt, IndexTupleSize(rt),
+		       OffsetNumberNext(FirstOffsetNumber), LP_USED);
+    WriteBuffer(b);
+}
+
+static void
+picksplit(Relation r,
+	  Page page,
+	  SPLITVEC *v,
+	  IndexTuple itup,
+	  RTSTATE *rtstate)
+{
+    OffsetNumber maxoff;
+    OffsetNumber i, j;
+    IndexTuple item_1, item_2;
+    char *datum_alpha, *datum_beta;
+    char *datum_l, *datum_r;
+    char *union_d, *union_dl, *union_dr;
+    char *inter_d;
+    bool firsttime;
+    float size_alpha, size_beta, size_union, size_inter;
+    float size_waste, waste;
+    float size_l, size_r;
+    int nbytes;
+    OffsetNumber seed_1 = 0, seed_2 = 0;
+    OffsetNumber *left, *right;
+    
+    maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page);
+    
+    nbytes = (maxoff + 2) * sizeof(OffsetNumber);
+    v->spl_left = (OffsetNumber *) palloc(nbytes);
+    v->spl_right = (OffsetNumber *) palloc(nbytes);
+    
+    firsttime = true;
+    waste = 0.0;
+    
+    for (i = FirstOffsetNumber; i < maxoff; i = OffsetNumberNext(i)) {
+	item_1 = (IndexTuple) PageGetItem(page, PageGetItemId(page, i));
+	datum_alpha = ((char *) item_1) + sizeof(IndexTupleData);
+	for (j = OffsetNumberNext(i); j <= maxoff; j = OffsetNumberNext(j)) {
+	    item_2 = (IndexTuple) PageGetItem(page, PageGetItemId(page, j));
+	    datum_beta = ((char *) item_2) + sizeof(IndexTupleData);
+	    
+	    /* compute the wasted space by unioning these guys */
+	    union_d = (char *)(rtstate->unionFn)(datum_alpha, datum_beta);
+	    (rtstate->sizeFn)(union_d, &size_union);
+	    inter_d = (char *)(rtstate->interFn)(datum_alpha, datum_beta);
+	    (rtstate->sizeFn)(inter_d, &size_inter);
+	    size_waste = size_union - size_inter;
+	    
+	    pfree(union_d);
+	    
+	    if (inter_d != (char *) NULL)
+		pfree(inter_d);
+	    
+	    /*
+	     *  are these a more promising split that what we've
+	     *  already seen?
+	     */
+	    
+	    if (size_waste > waste || firsttime) {
+		waste = size_waste;
+		seed_1 = i;
+		seed_2 = j;
+		firsttime = false;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    
+    left = v->spl_left;
+    v->spl_nleft = 0;
+    right = v->spl_right;
+    v->spl_nright = 0;
+    
+    item_1 = (IndexTuple) PageGetItem(page, PageGetItemId(page, seed_1));
+    datum_alpha = ((char *) item_1) + sizeof(IndexTupleData);
+    datum_l = (char *)(*rtstate->unionFn)(datum_alpha, datum_alpha);
+    (*rtstate->sizeFn)(datum_l, &size_l);
+    item_2 = (IndexTuple) PageGetItem(page, PageGetItemId(page, seed_2));
+    datum_beta = ((char *) item_2) + sizeof(IndexTupleData);
+    datum_r = (char *)(*rtstate->unionFn)(datum_beta, datum_beta);
+    (*rtstate->sizeFn)(datum_r, &size_r);
+    
+    /*
+     *  Now split up the regions between the two seeds.  An important
+     *  property of this split algorithm is that the split vector v
+     *  has the indices of items to be split in order in its left and
+     *  right vectors.  We exploit this property by doing a merge in
+     *  the code that actually splits the page.
+     *
+     *  For efficiency, we also place the new index tuple in this loop.
+     *  This is handled at the very end, when we have placed all the
+     *  existing tuples and i == maxoff + 1.
+     */
+    
+    maxoff = OffsetNumberNext(maxoff);
+    for (i = FirstOffsetNumber; i <= maxoff; i = OffsetNumberNext(i)) {
+	
+	/*
+	 *  If we've already decided where to place this item, just
+	 *  put it on the right list.  Otherwise, we need to figure
+	 *  out which page needs the least enlargement in order to
+	 *  store the item.
+	 */
+	
+	if (i == seed_1) {
+	    *left++ = i;
+	    v->spl_nleft++;
+	    continue;
+	} else if (i == seed_2) {
+	    *right++ = i;
+	    v->spl_nright++;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	
+	/* okay, which page needs least enlargement? */ 
+	if (i == maxoff) {
+	    item_1 = itup;
+	} else {
+	    item_1 = (IndexTuple) PageGetItem(page, PageGetItemId(page, i));
+	}
+	
+	datum_alpha = ((char *) item_1) + sizeof(IndexTupleData);
+	union_dl = (char *)(*rtstate->unionFn)(datum_l, datum_alpha);
+	union_dr = (char *)(*rtstate->unionFn)(datum_r, datum_alpha);
+	(*rtstate->sizeFn)(union_dl, &size_alpha);
+	(*rtstate->sizeFn)(union_dr, &size_beta);
+	
+	/* pick which page to add it to */
+	if (size_alpha - size_l < size_beta - size_r) {
+	    pfree(datum_l);
+	    pfree(union_dr);
+	    datum_l = union_dl;
+	    size_l = size_alpha;
+	    *left++ = i;
+	    v->spl_nleft++;
+	} else {
+	    pfree(datum_r);
+	    pfree(union_dl);
+	    datum_r = union_dr;
+	    size_r = size_alpha;
+	    *right++ = i;
+	    v->spl_nright++;
+	}
+    }
+    *left = *right = FirstOffsetNumber;	/* sentinel value, see dosplit() */
+    
+    v->spl_ldatum = datum_l;
+    v->spl_rdatum = datum_r;
+}
+
+static void
+RTInitBuffer(Buffer b, uint32 f)
+{
+    RTreePageOpaque opaque;
+    Page page;
+    Size pageSize;
+    
+    pageSize = BufferGetPageSize(b);
+    
+    page = BufferGetPage(b);
+    memset(page, 0, (int) pageSize);
+    PageInit(page, pageSize, sizeof(RTreePageOpaqueData));
+    
+    opaque = (RTreePageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+    opaque->flags = f;
+}
+
+static OffsetNumber
+choose(Relation r, Page p, IndexTuple it, RTSTATE *rtstate)
+{
+    OffsetNumber maxoff;
+    OffsetNumber i;
+    char *ud, *id;
+    char *datum;
+    float usize, dsize;
+    OffsetNumber which;
+    float which_grow;
+    
+    id = ((char *) it) + sizeof(IndexTupleData);
+    maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(p);
+    which_grow = -1.0;
+    which = -1;
+    
+    for (i = FirstOffsetNumber; i <= maxoff; i = OffsetNumberNext(i)) {
+	datum = (char *) PageGetItem(p, PageGetItemId(p, i));
+	datum += sizeof(IndexTupleData);
+	(*rtstate->sizeFn)(datum, &dsize);
+	ud = (char *) (*rtstate->unionFn)(datum, id);
+	(*rtstate->sizeFn)(ud, &usize);
+	pfree(ud);
+	if (which_grow < 0 || usize - dsize < which_grow) {
+	    which = i;
+	    which_grow = usize - dsize;
+	    if (which_grow == 0)
+		break;
+	}
+    }
+    
+    return (which);
+}
+
+static int
+nospace(Page p, IndexTuple it)
+{
+    return (PageGetFreeSpace(p) < IndexTupleSize(it));
+}
+
+void
+freestack(RTSTACK *s)
+{
+    RTSTACK *p;
+    
+    while (s != (RTSTACK *) NULL) {
+	p = s->rts_parent;
+	pfree(s);
+	s = p;
+    }
+}
+
+char *
+rtdelete(Relation r, ItemPointer tid)
+{
+    BlockNumber blkno;
+    OffsetNumber offnum;
+    Buffer buf;
+    Page page;
+    
+    /* must write-lock on delete */
+    RelationSetLockForWrite(r);
+    
+    blkno = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(tid);
+    offnum = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(tid);
+    
+    /* adjust any scans that will be affected by this deletion */
+    rtadjscans(r, RTOP_DEL, blkno, offnum);
+    
+    /* delete the index tuple */
+    buf = ReadBuffer(r, blkno);
+    page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+    
+    PageIndexTupleDelete(page, offnum);
+    
+    WriteBuffer(buf);
+    
+    /* XXX -- two-phase locking, don't release the write lock */
+    return ((char *) NULL);
+}
+
+static void initRtstate(RTSTATE *rtstate, Relation index)
+{
+    RegProcedure union_proc, size_proc, inter_proc;
+    func_ptr user_fn;
+    int pronargs;
+
+    union_proc = index_getprocid(index, 1, RT_UNION_PROC);
+    size_proc = index_getprocid(index, 1, RT_SIZE_PROC);
+    inter_proc = index_getprocid(index, 1, RT_INTER_PROC);
+    fmgr_info(union_proc, &user_fn, &pronargs);
+    rtstate->unionFn = user_fn;
+    fmgr_info(size_proc, &user_fn, &pronargs);
+    rtstate->sizeFn = user_fn;
+    fmgr_info(inter_proc, &user_fn, &pronargs);
+    rtstate->interFn = user_fn;
+    return;
+}
+
+#define RTDEBUG
+#ifdef RTDEBUG
+#include "utils/geo-decls.h"
+
+void
+_rtdump(Relation r)
+{
+    Buffer buf;
+    Page page;
+    OffsetNumber offnum, maxoff;
+    BlockNumber blkno;
+    BlockNumber nblocks;
+    RTreePageOpaque po;
+    IndexTuple itup;
+    BlockNumber itblkno;
+    OffsetNumber itoffno;
+    char *datum;
+    char *itkey;
+    
+    nblocks = RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(r);
+    for (blkno = 0; blkno < nblocks; blkno++) {
+	buf = ReadBuffer(r, blkno);
+	page = BufferGetPage(buf);
+	po = (RTreePageOpaque) PageGetSpecialPointer(page);
+	maxoff = PageGetMaxOffsetNumber(page);
+	printf("Page %d maxoff %d <%s>\n", blkno, maxoff,
+	       (po->flags & F_LEAF ? "LEAF" : "INTERNAL"));
+	
+	if (PageIsEmpty(page)) {
+	    ReleaseBuffer(buf);
+	    continue;
+	}
+	
+	for (offnum = FirstOffsetNumber;
+	     offnum <= maxoff;
+	     offnum = OffsetNumberNext(offnum)) {
+	    itup = (IndexTuple) PageGetItem(page, PageGetItemId(page, offnum));
+	    itblkno = ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(&(itup->t_tid));
+	    itoffno = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(&(itup->t_tid));
+	    datum = ((char *) itup);
+	    datum += sizeof(IndexTupleData);
+	    itkey = (char *) box_out((BOX *) datum);
+	    printf("\t[%d] size %d heap <%d,%d> key:%s\n",
+		   offnum, IndexTupleSize(itup), itblkno, itoffno, itkey);
+	    pfree(itkey);
+	}
+	
+	ReleaseBuffer(buf);
+    }
+}
+#endif /* defined RTDEBUG */
+

src/backend/access/rtree/rtscan.c

@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * rtscan.c--
+ *    routines to manage scans on index relations
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtscan.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:13 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "c.h"
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/rtree.h"
+#include "access/rtstrat.h"
+
+/* routines defined and used here */
+static void rtregscan(IndexScanDesc s);
+static void rtdropscan(IndexScanDesc s);
+static void rtadjone(IndexScanDesc s, int op, BlockNumber blkno,
+		     OffsetNumber offnum);
+static void adjuststack(RTSTACK *stk, BlockNumber blkno,
+			OffsetNumber offnum);
+static void adjustiptr(IndexScanDesc s, ItemPointer iptr,
+		       int op, BlockNumber blkno, OffsetNumber offnum);
+
+/*
+ *  Whenever we start an rtree scan in a backend, we register it in private
+ *  space.  Then if the rtree index gets updated, we check all registered
+ *  scans and adjust them if the tuple they point at got moved by the
+ *  update.  We only need to do this in private space, because when we update
+ *  an rtree we have a write lock on the tree, so no other process can have
+ *  any locks at all on it.  A single transaction can have write and read
+ *  locks on the same object, so that's why we need to handle this case.
+ */
+
+typedef struct RTScanListData {
+    IndexScanDesc		rtsl_scan;
+    struct RTScanListData	*rtsl_next;
+} RTScanListData;
+
+typedef RTScanListData	*RTScanList;
+
+/* pointer to list of local scans on rtrees */
+static RTScanList RTScans = (RTScanList) NULL;
+     
+IndexScanDesc
+rtbeginscan(Relation r,
+	    bool fromEnd,
+	    uint16 nkeys,
+	    ScanKey key)
+{
+    IndexScanDesc s;
+    
+    RelationSetLockForRead(r);
+    s = RelationGetIndexScan(r, fromEnd, nkeys, key);
+    rtregscan(s);
+    
+    return (s);
+}
+
+void
+rtrescan(IndexScanDesc s, bool fromEnd, ScanKey key)
+{
+    RTreeScanOpaque p;
+    RegProcedure internal_proc;
+    int i;
+    
+    if (!IndexScanIsValid(s)) {
+	elog(WARN, "rtrescan: invalid scan.");
+	return;
+    }
+    
+    /*
+     *  Clear all the pointers.
+     */
+    
+    ItemPointerSetInvalid(&s->previousItemData);
+    ItemPointerSetInvalid(&s->currentItemData);
+    ItemPointerSetInvalid(&s->nextItemData);
+    ItemPointerSetInvalid(&s->previousMarkData);
+    ItemPointerSetInvalid(&s->currentMarkData);
+    ItemPointerSetInvalid(&s->nextMarkData);
+    
+    /*
+     *  Set flags.
+     */
+    if (RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(s->relation) == 0) {
+	s->flags = ScanUnmarked;
+    } else if (fromEnd) {
+	s->flags = ScanUnmarked | ScanUncheckedPrevious;
+    } else {
+	s->flags = ScanUnmarked | ScanUncheckedNext;
+    }
+    
+    s->scanFromEnd = fromEnd;
+    
+    if (s->numberOfKeys > 0) {
+	memmove(s->keyData,
+		key,
+		s->numberOfKeys * sizeof(ScanKeyData));
+    }
+    
+    p = (RTreeScanOpaque) s->opaque;
+    if (p != (RTreeScanOpaque) NULL) {
+	freestack(p->s_stack);
+	freestack(p->s_markstk);
+	p->s_stack = p->s_markstk = (RTSTACK *) NULL;
+	p->s_flags = 0x0;
+    } else {
+	/* initialize opaque data */
+	p = (RTreeScanOpaque) palloc(sizeof(RTreeScanOpaqueData));
+	p->s_internalKey =
+	    (ScanKey) palloc(sizeof(ScanKeyData) * s->numberOfKeys);
+	p->s_stack = p->s_markstk = (RTSTACK *) NULL;
+	p->s_internalNKey = s->numberOfKeys;
+	p->s_flags = 0x0;
+	for (i = 0; i < s->numberOfKeys; i++)
+	    p->s_internalKey[i].sk_argument = s->keyData[i].sk_argument;
+	s->opaque = p;
+	if (s->numberOfKeys > 0) {
+	    
+	    /*
+	     *  Scans on internal pages use different operators than they
+	     *  do on leaf pages.  For example, if the user wants all boxes
+	     *  that exactly match (x1,y1,x2,y2), then on internal pages
+	     *  we need to find all boxes that contain (x1,y1,x2,y2).
+	     */
+	    
+	    for (i = 0; i < s->numberOfKeys; i++) {
+		internal_proc = RTMapOperator(s->relation,
+					      s->keyData[i].sk_attno,
+					      s->keyData[i].sk_procedure);
+		ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&(p->s_internalKey[i]),
+				       s->keyData[i].sk_flags,
+				       s->keyData[i].sk_attno,
+				       internal_proc,
+				       s->keyData[i].sk_argument);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+void
+rtmarkpos(IndexScanDesc s)
+{
+    RTreeScanOpaque p;
+    RTSTACK *o, *n, *tmp;
+    
+    s->currentMarkData = s->currentItemData;
+    p = (RTreeScanOpaque) s->opaque;
+    if (p->s_flags & RTS_CURBEFORE)
+	p->s_flags |= RTS_MRKBEFORE;
+    else
+	p->s_flags &= ~RTS_MRKBEFORE;
+    
+    o = (RTSTACK *) NULL;
+    n = p->s_stack;
+    
+    /* copy the parent stack from the current item data */
+    while (n != (RTSTACK *) NULL) {
+	tmp = (RTSTACK *) palloc(sizeof(RTSTACK));
+	tmp->rts_child = n->rts_child;
+	tmp->rts_blk = n->rts_blk;
+	tmp->rts_parent = o;
+	o = tmp;
+	n = n->rts_parent;
+    }
+    
+    freestack(p->s_markstk);
+    p->s_markstk = o;
+}
+
+void
+rtrestrpos(IndexScanDesc s)
+{
+    RTreeScanOpaque p;
+    RTSTACK *o, *n, *tmp;
+    
+    s->currentItemData = s->currentMarkData;
+    p = (RTreeScanOpaque) s->opaque;
+    if (p->s_flags & RTS_MRKBEFORE)
+	p->s_flags |= RTS_CURBEFORE;
+    else
+	p->s_flags &= ~RTS_CURBEFORE;
+    
+    o = (RTSTACK *) NULL;
+    n = p->s_markstk;
+    
+    /* copy the parent stack from the current item data */
+    while (n != (RTSTACK *) NULL) {
+	tmp = (RTSTACK *) palloc(sizeof(RTSTACK));
+	tmp->rts_child = n->rts_child;
+	tmp->rts_blk = n->rts_blk;
+	tmp->rts_parent = o;
+	o = tmp;
+	n = n->rts_parent;
+    }
+    
+    freestack(p->s_stack);
+    p->s_stack = o;
+}
+
+void
+rtendscan(IndexScanDesc s)
+{
+    RTreeScanOpaque p;
+    
+    p = (RTreeScanOpaque) s->opaque;
+    
+    if (p != (RTreeScanOpaque) NULL) {
+	freestack(p->s_stack);
+	freestack(p->s_markstk);
+    }
+    
+    rtdropscan(s);
+    /* XXX don't unset read lock -- two-phase locking */
+}
+
+static void
+rtregscan(IndexScanDesc s)
+{
+    RTScanList l;
+    
+    l = (RTScanList) palloc(sizeof(RTScanListData));
+    l->rtsl_scan = s;
+    l->rtsl_next = RTScans;
+    RTScans = l;
+}
+
+static void
+rtdropscan(IndexScanDesc s)
+{
+    RTScanList l;
+    RTScanList prev;
+    
+    prev = (RTScanList) NULL;
+    
+    for (l = RTScans;
+	 l != (RTScanList) NULL && l->rtsl_scan != s;
+	 l = l->rtsl_next) {
+	prev = l;
+    }
+    
+    if (l == (RTScanList) NULL)
+	elog(WARN, "rtree scan list corrupted -- cannot find 0x%lx", s);
+    
+    if (prev == (RTScanList) NULL)
+	RTScans = l->rtsl_next;
+    else
+	prev->rtsl_next = l->rtsl_next;
+    
+    pfree(l);
+}
+
+void
+rtadjscans(Relation r, int op, BlockNumber blkno, OffsetNumber offnum)
+{
+    RTScanList l;
+    Oid relid;
+    
+    relid = r->rd_id;
+    for (l = RTScans; l != (RTScanList) NULL; l = l->rtsl_next) {
+	if (l->rtsl_scan->relation->rd_id == relid)
+	    rtadjone(l->rtsl_scan, op, blkno, offnum);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *  rtadjone() -- adjust one scan for update.
+ *
+ *	By here, the scan passed in is on a modified relation.  Op tells
+ *	us what the modification is, and blkno and offind tell us what
+ *	block and offset index were affected.  This routine checks the
+ *	current and marked positions, and the current and marked stacks,
+ *	to see if any stored location needs to be changed because of the
+ *	update.  If so, we make the change here.
+ */
+static void
+rtadjone(IndexScanDesc s,
+	 int op,
+	 BlockNumber blkno,
+	 OffsetNumber offnum)
+{
+    RTreeScanOpaque so;
+    
+    adjustiptr(s, &(s->currentItemData), op, blkno, offnum);
+    adjustiptr(s, &(s->currentMarkData), op, blkno, offnum);
+    
+    so = (RTreeScanOpaque) s->opaque;
+    
+    if (op == RTOP_SPLIT) {
+	adjuststack(so->s_stack, blkno, offnum);
+	adjuststack(so->s_markstk, blkno, offnum);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *  adjustiptr() -- adjust current and marked item pointers in the scan
+ *
+ *	Depending on the type of update and the place it happened, we
+ *	need to do nothing, to back up one record, or to start over on
+ *	the same page.
+ */
+static void
+adjustiptr(IndexScanDesc s,
+	   ItemPointer iptr,
+	   int op,
+	   BlockNumber blkno,
+	   OffsetNumber offnum)
+{
+    OffsetNumber curoff;
+    RTreeScanOpaque so;
+    
+    if (ItemPointerIsValid(iptr)) {
+	if (ItemPointerGetBlockNumber(iptr) == blkno) {
+	    curoff = ItemPointerGetOffsetNumber(iptr);
+	    so = (RTreeScanOpaque) s->opaque;
+	    
+	    switch (op) {
+	    case RTOP_DEL:
+		/* back up one if we need to */
+		if (curoff >= offnum) {
+		    
+		    if (curoff > FirstOffsetNumber) {
+			/* just adjust the item pointer */
+			ItemPointerSet(iptr, blkno, OffsetNumberPrev(curoff));
+		    } else {
+			/* remember that we're before the current tuple */
+			ItemPointerSet(iptr, blkno, FirstOffsetNumber);
+			if (iptr == &(s->currentItemData))
+			    so->s_flags |= RTS_CURBEFORE;
+			else
+			    so->s_flags |= RTS_MRKBEFORE;
+		    }
+		}
+		break;
+		
+	    case RTOP_SPLIT:
+		/* back to start of page on split */
+		ItemPointerSet(iptr, blkno, FirstOffsetNumber);
+		if (iptr == &(s->currentItemData))
+		    so->s_flags &= ~RTS_CURBEFORE;
+		else
+		    so->s_flags &= ~RTS_MRKBEFORE;
+		break;
+		
+	    default:
+		elog(WARN, "Bad operation in rtree scan adjust: %d", op);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *  adjuststack() -- adjust the supplied stack for a split on a page in
+ *		     the index we're scanning.
+ *
+ *	If a page on our parent stack has split, we need to back up to the
+ *	beginning of the page and rescan it.  The reason for this is that
+ *	the split algorithm for rtrees doesn't order tuples in any useful
+ *	way on a single page.  This means on that a split, we may wind up
+ *	looking at some heap tuples more than once.  This is handled in the
+ *	access method update code for heaps; if we've modified the tuple we
+ *	are looking at already in this transaction, we ignore the update
+ *	request.
+ */
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void
+adjuststack(RTSTACK *stk,
+	    BlockNumber blkno,
+	    OffsetNumber offnum)
+{
+    while (stk != (RTSTACK *) NULL) {
+	if (stk->rts_blk == blkno)
+	    stk->rts_child = FirstOffsetNumber;
+	
+	stk = stk->rts_parent;
+    }
+}

src/backend/access/rtree/rtstrat.c

@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * rtstrat.c--
+ *    strategy map data for rtrees.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/rtree/Attic/rtstrat.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:13 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "c.h"
+
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+
+#include "access/istrat.h"
+#include "access/rtree.h"
+
+/*
+ *  Note:  negate, commute, and negatecommute all assume that operators are
+ *	   ordered as follows in the strategy map:
+ *
+ *	left, left-or-overlap, overlap, right-or-overlap, right, same,
+ *	contains, contained-by
+ *
+ *  The negate, commute, and negatecommute arrays are used by the planner
+ *  to plan indexed scans over data that appears in the qualificiation in
+ *  a boolean negation, or whose operands appear in the wrong order.  For
+ *  example, if the operator "<%" means "contains", and the user says
+ *
+ *	where not rel.box <% "(10,10,20,20)"::box
+ *
+ *  the planner can plan an index scan by noting that rtree indices have
+ *  an operator in their operator class for negating <%.
+ *
+ *  Similarly, if the user says something like
+ *
+ *	where "(10,10,20,20)"::box <% rel.box
+ *
+ *  the planner can see that the rtree index on rel.box has an operator in
+ *  its opclass for commuting <%, and plan the scan using that operator.
+ *  This added complexity in the access methods makes the planner a lot easier
+ *  to write.
+ */
+
+/* if a op b, what operator tells us if (not a op b)? */
+static StrategyNumber	RTNegate[RTNStrategies] = {
+    InvalidStrategy,
+    InvalidStrategy,
+    InvalidStrategy,
+    InvalidStrategy,
+    InvalidStrategy,
+    InvalidStrategy,
+    InvalidStrategy,
+    InvalidStrategy
+    };
+
+/* if a op_1 b, what is the operator op_2 such that b op_2 a? */
+static StrategyNumber	RTCommute[RTNStrategies] = {
+    InvalidStrategy,
+    InvalidStrategy,
+    InvalidStrategy,
+    InvalidStrategy,
+    InvalidStrategy,
+    InvalidStrategy,
+    InvalidStrategy,
+    InvalidStrategy
+    };
+
+/* if a op_1 b, what is the operator op_2 such that (b !op_2 a)? */
+static StrategyNumber	RTNegateCommute[RTNStrategies] = {
+    InvalidStrategy,
+    InvalidStrategy,
+    InvalidStrategy,
+    InvalidStrategy,
+    InvalidStrategy,
+    InvalidStrategy,
+    InvalidStrategy,
+    InvalidStrategy
+    };
+
+/*
+ *  Now do the TermData arrays.  These exist in case the user doesn't give
+ *  us a full set of operators for a particular operator class.  The idea
+ *  is that by making multiple comparisons using any one of the supplied
+ *  operators, we can decide whether two n-dimensional polygons are equal.
+ *  For example, if a contains b and b contains a, we may conclude that
+ *  a and b are equal.
+ *
+ *  The presence of the TermData arrays in all this is a historical accident.
+ *  Early in the development of the POSTGRES access methods, it was believed
+ *  that writing functions was harder than writing arrays.  This is wrong;
+ *  TermData is hard to understand and hard to get right.  In general, when
+ *  someone populates a new operator class, the populate it completely.  If
+ *  Mike Hirohama had forced Cimarron Taylor to populate the strategy map
+ *  for btree int2_ops completely in 1988, you wouldn't have to deal with
+ *  all this now.  Too bad for you.
+ *
+ *  Since you can't necessarily do this in all cases (for example, you can't
+ *  do it given only "intersects" or "disjoint"), TermData arrays for some
+ *  operators don't appear below.
+ *
+ *  Note that if you DO supply all the operators required in a given opclass
+ *  by inserting them into the pg_opclass system catalog, you can get away
+ *  without doing all this TermData stuff.  Since the rtree code is intended
+ *  to be a reference for access method implementors, I'm doing TermData
+ *  correctly here.
+ *
+ *  Note on style:  these are all actually of type StrategyTermData, but
+ *  since those have variable-length data at the end of the struct we can't
+ *  properly initialize them if we declare them to be what they are.
+ */
+
+/* if you only have "contained-by", how do you determine equality? */
+static uint16 RTContainedByTermData[] = {
+    2,					/* make two comparisons */
+    RTContainedByStrategyNumber,		/* use "a contained-by b" */
+    0x0,					/* without any magic */
+    RTContainedByStrategyNumber,		/* then use contained-by, */
+    SK_COMMUTE				/* swapping a and b */
+    };
+
+/* if you only have "contains", how do you determine equality? */
+static uint16 RTContainsTermData[] = {
+    2,					/* make two comparisons */
+    RTContainsStrategyNumber,		/* use "a contains b" */
+    0x0,					/* without any magic */
+    RTContainsStrategyNumber,		/* then use contains again, */
+    SK_COMMUTE				/* swapping a and b */
+    };
+
+/* now put all that together in one place for the planner */
+static StrategyTerm RTEqualExpressionData[] = {
+    (StrategyTerm) RTContainedByTermData,
+    (StrategyTerm) RTContainsTermData,
+    NULL
+    };
+
+/*
+ *  If you were sufficiently attentive to detail, you would go through
+ *  the ExpressionData pain above for every one of the seven strategies
+ *  we defined.  I am not.  Now we declare the StrategyEvaluationData
+ *  structure that gets shipped around to help the planner and the access
+ *  method decide what sort of scan it should do, based on (a) what the
+ *  user asked for, (b) what operators are defined for a particular opclass,
+ *  and (c) the reams of information we supplied above.
+ *
+ *  The idea of all of this initialized data is to make life easier on the
+ *  user when he defines a new operator class to use this access method.
+ *  By filling in all the data, we let him get away with leaving holes in his
+ *  operator class, and still let him use the index.  The added complexity
+ *  in the access methods just isn't worth the trouble, though.
+ */
+
+static StrategyEvaluationData RTEvaluationData = {
+    RTNStrategies,				/* # of strategies */
+    (StrategyTransformMap) RTNegate,	/* how to do (not qual) */
+    (StrategyTransformMap) RTCommute,	/* how to swap operands */
+    (StrategyTransformMap) RTNegateCommute,	/* how to do both */
+    {
+	NULL,					/* express left */
+	NULL,					/* express overleft */
+	NULL,					/* express over */
+	NULL,					/* express overright */
+	NULL,					/* express right */
+	(StrategyExpression) RTEqualExpressionData,	/* express same */
+	NULL,					/* express contains */
+	NULL,					/* express contained-by */
+	NULL,
+	NULL,
+	NULL
+    }
+};
+
+/*
+ *  Okay, now something peculiar to rtrees that doesn't apply to most other
+ *  indexing structures:  When we're searching a tree for a given value, we
+ *  can't do the same sorts of comparisons on internal node entries as we
+ *  do at leaves.  The reason is that if we're looking for (say) all boxes
+ *  that are the same as (0,0,10,10), then we need to find all leaf pages
+ *  that overlap that region.  So internally we search for overlap, and at
+ *  the leaf we search for equality.
+ *
+ *  This array maps leaf search operators to the internal search operators.
+ *  We assume the normal ordering on operators:
+ *
+ *	left, left-or-overlap, overlap, right-or-overlap, right, same,
+ *	contains, contained-by
+ */
+static StrategyNumber RTOperMap[RTNStrategies] = {
+    RTOverLeftStrategyNumber,
+    RTOverLeftStrategyNumber,
+    RTOverlapStrategyNumber,
+    RTOverRightStrategyNumber,
+    RTOverRightStrategyNumber,
+    RTContainsStrategyNumber,
+    RTContainsStrategyNumber,
+    RTOverlapStrategyNumber
+    };
+
+StrategyNumber
+RelationGetRTStrategy(Relation r,
+		      AttrNumber attnum,
+		      RegProcedure proc)
+{
+    return (RelationGetStrategy(r, attnum, &RTEvaluationData, proc));
+}
+
+bool
+RelationInvokeRTStrategy(Relation r,
+			 AttrNumber attnum,
+			 StrategyNumber s,
+			 Datum left,
+			 Datum right)
+{
+    return (RelationInvokeStrategy(r, &RTEvaluationData, attnum, s,
+				   left, right));
+}
+
+RegProcedure
+RTMapOperator(Relation r,
+	      AttrNumber attnum,
+	      RegProcedure proc)
+{
+    StrategyNumber procstrat;
+    StrategyMap strategyMap;
+    
+    procstrat = RelationGetRTStrategy(r, attnum, proc);
+    strategyMap = IndexStrategyGetStrategyMap(RelationGetIndexStrategy(r),
+					      RTNStrategies,
+					      attnum);
+    
+    return (strategyMap->entry[RTOperMap[procstrat - 1] - 1].sk_procedure);
+}

src/backend/access/rtscan.h

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * rtscan.h--
+ *    routines defined in access/rtree/rtscan.c
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: rtscan.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:09 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef RTSCAN_H
+
+void rtadjscans(Relation r, int op, BlockNumber blkno, OffsetNumber offnum);
+
+#endif /* RTSCAN_H */

src/backend/access/rtstrat.h

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * rtstrat.h--
+ *    routines defined in access/rtree/rtstrat.c
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: rtstrat.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:09 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef RTSTRAT_H
+
+extern RegProcedure RTMapOperator(Relation r,  AttrNumber attnum,
+				  RegProcedure proc);
+
+#endif /* RTSTRAT_H */

src/backend/access/sdir.h

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * sdir.h--
+ *    POSTGRES scan direction definitions.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: sdir.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:09 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef	SDIR_H
+#define SDIR_H
+
+#include "c.h"
+
+/*
+ * ScanDirection was an int8 for no apparent reason. I kept the original
+ * values because I'm not sure if I'll break anything otherwise.  -ay 2/95
+ */
+typedef enum ScanDirection {
+    BackwardScanDirection = -1,
+    NoMovementScanDirection = 0,
+    ForwardScanDirection = 1
+} ScanDirection;
+
+/*
+ * ScanDirectionIsValid --
+ *	True iff scan direciton is valid.
+ */
+#define ScanDirectionIsValid(direction) \
+    ((bool) (BackwardScanDirection <= direction && \
+	     direction <= ForwardScanDirection))
+
+/*
+ * ScanDirectionIsBackward --
+ *	True iff scan direciton is backward.
+ */
+#define ScanDirectionIsBackward(direction) \
+    ((bool) (direction == BackwardScanDirection))
+
+/*
+ * ScanDirectionIsNoMovement --
+ *	True iff scan direciton indicates no movement.
+ */
+#define ScanDirectionIsNoMovement(direction) \
+    ((bool) (direction == NoMovementScanDirection))
+
+/*
+ * ScanDirectionIsForward --
+ *	True iff scan direciton is forward.
+ */
+#define ScanDirectionIsForward(direction) \
+    ((bool) (direction == ForwardScanDirection))
+
+#endif	/* SDIR_H */

src/backend/access/skey.h

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * skey.h--
+ *    POSTGRES scan key definitions.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: skey.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:09 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *
+ * Note:
+ *	Needs more accessor/assignment routines.
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef	SKEY_H
+#define SKEY_H
+
+#include "postgres.h"
+#include "access/attnum.h"
+
+
+typedef struct ScanKeyData {
+    bits16		sk_flags;	/* flags */
+    AttrNumber		sk_attno;	/* domain number */
+    RegProcedure	sk_procedure;	/* procedure OID */
+    func_ptr            sk_func;
+    int32 		sk_nargs;
+    Datum		sk_argument;	/* data to compare */
+} ScanKeyData;
+
+typedef ScanKeyData	*ScanKey;
+
+
+#define	SK_ISNULL	0x1
+#define	SK_UNARY	0x2
+#define	SK_NEGATE	0x4
+#define	SK_COMMUTE	0x8
+
+#define ScanUnmarked		0x01
+#define ScanUncheckedPrevious	0x02
+#define ScanUncheckedNext	0x04
+
+
+/*
+ * prototypes for functions in access/common/scankey.c
+ */
+extern void ScanKeyEntrySetIllegal(ScanKey entry);
+extern void ScanKeyEntryInitialize(ScanKey entry, bits16 flags,
+     AttrNumber attributeNumber, RegProcedure procedure, Datum argument);
+
+#endif	/* SKEY_H */

src/backend/access/strat.h

@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * strat.h--
+ *    index strategy type definitions
+ *    (separated out from original istrat.h to avoid circular refs)
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: strat.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:09 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef STRAT_H
+#define STRAT_H
+
+#include "postgres.h"
+#include "access/attnum.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+
+typedef uint16	StrategyNumber;
+
+#define InvalidStrategy	0
+
+typedef struct StrategyTransformMapData {
+    StrategyNumber	strategy[1];	/* VARIABLE LENGTH ARRAY */
+} StrategyTransformMapData;	/* VARIABLE LENGTH STRUCTURE */
+
+typedef StrategyTransformMapData	*StrategyTransformMap;
+
+typedef struct StrategyOperatorData {
+    StrategyNumber	strategy;
+    bits16		flags;		/* scan qualification flags h/skey.h */
+} StrategyOperatorData;
+
+typedef StrategyOperatorData	*StrategyOperator;
+
+typedef struct StrategyTermData {	/* conjunctive term */
+    uint16			degree;
+    StrategyOperatorData	operatorData[1];	/* VARIABLE LENGTH */
+} StrategyTermData;	/* VARIABLE LENGTH STRUCTURE */
+
+typedef StrategyTermData	*StrategyTerm;
+
+typedef struct StrategyExpressionData {	/* disjunctive normal form */
+    StrategyTerm	term[1];	/* VARIABLE LENGTH ARRAY */
+} StrategyExpressionData;	/* VARIABLE LENGTH STRUCTURE */
+
+typedef StrategyExpressionData	*StrategyExpression;
+
+typedef struct StrategyEvaluationData {
+    StrategyNumber		maxStrategy;
+    StrategyTransformMap	negateTransform;
+    StrategyTransformMap	commuteTransform;
+    StrategyTransformMap	negateCommuteTransform;
+    StrategyExpression	expression[12];	/* XXX VARIABLE LENGTH */
+} StrategyEvaluationData;	/* VARIABLE LENGTH STRUCTURE */
+
+typedef StrategyEvaluationData	*StrategyEvaluation;
+
+/*
+ * StrategyTransformMapIsValid --
+ *	Returns true iff strategy transformation map is valid.
+ */
+#define	StrategyTransformMapIsValid(transform) PointerIsValid(transform)
+
+
+#ifndef	CorrectStrategies		/* XXX this should be removable */
+#define AMStrategies(foo)	12
+#else	/* !defined(CorrectStrategies) */
+#define AMStrategies(foo)	(foo)
+#endif	/* !defined(CorrectStrategies) */
+
+typedef struct StrategyMapData {
+	ScanKeyData		entry[1];	/* VARIABLE LENGTH ARRAY */
+} StrategyMapData;	/* VARIABLE LENGTH STRUCTURE */
+
+typedef StrategyMapData	*StrategyMap;
+
+typedef struct IndexStrategyData {
+	StrategyMapData	strategyMapData[1];	/* VARIABLE LENGTH ARRAY */
+} IndexStrategyData;	/* VARIABLE LENGTH STRUCTURE */
+
+typedef IndexStrategyData	*IndexStrategy;
+
+#endif /*STRAT_H */

src/backend/access/transam.h

@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * transam.h--
+ *    postgres transaction access method support code header
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: transam.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:09 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *   NOTES
+ *	Transaction System Version 101 now support proper oid
+ *	generation and recording in the variable relation.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef TRANSAM_H
+#define TRANSAM_H
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	transaction system version id
+ *
+ *	this is stored on the first page of the log, time and variable
+ *	relations on the first 4 bytes.  This is so that if we improve
+ *	the format of the transaction log after postgres version 2, then
+ *	people won't have to rebuild their databases.
+ *
+ *	TRANS_SYSTEM_VERSION 100 means major version 1 minor version 0.
+ *	Two databases with the same major version should be compatible,
+ *	even if their minor versions differ.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+#define TRANS_SYSTEM_VERSION	101
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	transaction id status values
+ *
+ *	someday we will use "11" = 3 = XID_INVALID to mean the
+ *	starting of run-length encoded log data.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+#define XID_COMMIT      2       		/* transaction commited */
+#define XID_ABORT       1       		/* transaction aborted */
+#define XID_INPROGRESS  0       		/* transaction in progress */
+#define XID_INVALID     3       		/* other */
+
+typedef unsigned char XidStatus; 		/* (2 bits) */
+
+/* ----------------
+ *   	BitIndexOf computes the index of the Nth xid on a given block
+ * ----------------
+ */
+#define BitIndexOf(N)   ((N) * 2)
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	transaction page definitions
+ * ----------------
+ */
+#define TP_DataSize		BLCKSZ
+#define TP_NumXidStatusPerBlock	(TP_DataSize * 4)
+#define TP_NumTimePerBlock	(TP_DataSize / 4)
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	LogRelationContents structure
+ *
+ *	This structure describes the storage of the data in the
+ *	first 128 bytes of the log relation.  This storage is never
+ *	used for transaction status because transaction id's begin
+ *	their numbering at 512.
+ *
+ *	The first 4 bytes of this relation store the version
+ *	number of the transction system.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+typedef struct LogRelationContentsData {
+    int			TransSystemVersion;
+} LogRelationContentsData;
+
+typedef LogRelationContentsData *LogRelationContents;
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	TimeRelationContents structure
+ *
+ *	This structure describes the storage of the data in the
+ *	first 2048 bytes of the time relation.  This storage is never
+ *	used for transaction commit times because transaction id's begin
+ *	their numbering at 512.
+ *
+ *	The first 4 bytes of this relation store the version
+ *	number of the transction system.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+typedef struct TimeRelationContentsData {
+    int			TransSystemVersion;
+} TimeRelationContentsData;
+
+typedef TimeRelationContentsData *TimeRelationContents;
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	VariableRelationContents structure
+ *
+ *	The variable relation is a special "relation" which
+ *	is used to store various system "variables" persistantly.
+ *	Unlike other relations in the system, this relation
+ *	is updated in place whenever the variables change.
+ *
+ *	The first 4 bytes of this relation store the version
+ *	number of the transction system.
+ *
+ *	Currently, the relation has only one page and the next
+ *	available xid, the last committed xid and the next
+ *	available oid are stored there.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+typedef struct VariableRelationContentsData {
+    int			TransSystemVersion;
+    TransactionId	nextXidData;
+    TransactionId	lastXidData;
+    Oid			nextOid;
+} VariableRelationContentsData;
+
+typedef VariableRelationContentsData *VariableRelationContents;
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	extern declarations
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+/*
+ * prototypes for functions in transam/transam.c
+ */
+extern int RecoveryCheckingEnabled();
+extern void SetRecoveryCheckingEnabled(bool state);
+extern bool TransactionLogTest(TransactionId transactionId, XidStatus status);
+extern void TransactionLogUpdate(TransactionId transactionId,
+				 XidStatus status);
+extern AbsoluteTime TransactionIdGetCommitTime(TransactionId transactionId);
+extern void TransRecover(Relation logRelation);
+extern void InitializeTransactionLog();
+extern bool TransactionIdDidCommit(TransactionId transactionId);
+extern bool TransactionIdDidAbort(TransactionId transactionId);
+extern bool TransactionIdIsInProgress(TransactionId transactionId);
+extern void TransactionIdCommit(TransactionId transactionId);
+extern void TransactionIdAbort(TransactionId transactionId);
+extern void TransactionIdSetInProgress(TransactionId transactionId);
+
+/* in transam/transsup.c */
+extern void AmiTransactionOverride(bool flag);
+extern void TransComputeBlockNumber(Relation relation,
+	TransactionId transactionId, BlockNumber *blockNumberOutP);
+extern XidStatus TransBlockGetLastTransactionIdStatus(Block tblock,
+	TransactionId baseXid, TransactionId *returnXidP);
+extern XidStatus TransBlockGetXidStatus(Block tblock,
+					TransactionId transactionId);
+extern void TransBlockSetXidStatus(Block tblock,
+	TransactionId transactionId, XidStatus xstatus);
+extern AbsoluteTime TransBlockGetCommitTime(Block tblock,
+	TransactionId transactionId);
+extern void TransBlockSetCommitTime(Block tblock,
+	TransactionId transactionId, AbsoluteTime commitTime);
+extern XidStatus TransBlockNumberGetXidStatus(Relation relation,
+	BlockNumber blockNumber, TransactionId xid, bool *failP);
+extern void TransBlockNumberSetXidStatus(Relation relation,
+	BlockNumber blockNumber, TransactionId xid, XidStatus xstatus,
+	bool *failP);
+extern AbsoluteTime TransBlockNumberGetCommitTime(Relation relation,
+	BlockNumber blockNumber, TransactionId xid, bool *failP);
+extern void TransBlockNumberSetCommitTime(Relation relation,
+	BlockNumber blockNumber, TransactionId xid, AbsoluteTime xtime,
+	bool *failP);
+extern void TransGetLastRecordedTransaction(Relation relation,
+	TransactionId xid, bool *failP);
+
+/* in transam/varsup.c */
+extern void VariableRelationGetNextXid(TransactionId *xidP);
+extern void VariableRelationGetLastXid(TransactionId *xidP);
+extern void VariableRelationPutNextXid(TransactionId xid);
+extern void VariableRelationPutLastXid(TransactionId xid);
+extern void VariableRelationGetNextOid(Oid *oid_return);
+extern void VariableRelationPutNextOid(Oid *oidP);
+extern void GetNewTransactionId(TransactionId *xid);
+extern void UpdateLastCommittedXid(TransactionId xid);
+extern void GetNewObjectIdBlock(Oid *oid_return, int oid_block_size);
+extern void GetNewObjectId(Oid *oid_return);
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	global variable extern declarations
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+/* in transam.c */
+extern Relation	LogRelation;
+extern Relation	TimeRelation;
+extern Relation	VariableRelation;
+
+extern TransactionId	cachedGetCommitTimeXid;
+extern AbsoluteTime	cachedGetCommitTime;
+extern TransactionId	cachedTestXid;
+extern XidStatus	cachedTestXidStatus;
+
+extern TransactionId NullTransactionId;
+extern TransactionId AmiTransactionId;
+extern TransactionId FirstTransactionId;
+
+extern int RecoveryCheckingEnableState;
+
+/* in transsup.c */
+extern bool AMI_OVERRIDE;	
+
+/* in varsup.c */
+extern int OidGenLockId;
+
+#endif /* TRAMSAM_H */

src/backend/access/transam/Makefile.inc

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Makefile.inc--
+#    Makefile for access/transam
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+#
+#
+# IDENTIFICATION
+#    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/Attic/Makefile.inc,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:13 scrappy Exp $
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SUBSRCS+= transam.c transsup.c varsup.c xact.c xid.c 

src/backend/access/transam/transam.c

@@ -0,0 +1,675 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * transam.c--
+ *    postgres transaction log/time interface routines
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/transam.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:13 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ *    This file contains the high level access-method interface to the
+ *    transaction system.
+ *	
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "machine.h"		/* in port/ directory (needed for BLCKSZ) */
+
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "storage/buf.h"
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+
+#include "utils/memutils.h"
+#include "utils/mcxt.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+
+#include "utils/nabstime.h"
+#include "catalog/catname.h"
+
+#include "access/transam.h"
+#include "access/xact.h"
+#include "commands/vacuum.h"	/* for VacuumRunning */
+
+/* ----------------
+ *    global variables holding pointers to relations used
+ *    by the transaction system.  These are initialized by
+ *    InitializeTransactionLog().
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+Relation LogRelation	  = (Relation) NULL;
+Relation TimeRelation	  = (Relation) NULL;
+Relation VariableRelation = (Relation) NULL;
+
+/* ----------------
+ *    	global variables holding cached transaction id's and statuses.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+TransactionId	cachedGetCommitTimeXid;
+AbsoluteTime	cachedGetCommitTime;
+TransactionId	cachedTestXid;
+XidStatus	cachedTestXidStatus;
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	transaction system constants
+ * ----------------
+ */
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *	transaction system constants
+ *
+ *	read the comments for GetNewTransactionId in order to
+ *      understand the initial values for AmiTransactionId and
+ *      FirstTransactionId. -cim 3/23/90
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+TransactionId NullTransactionId = (TransactionId) 0;
+
+TransactionId AmiTransactionId = (TransactionId) 512;
+
+TransactionId FirstTransactionId = (TransactionId) 514;
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	transaction recovery state variables
+ *
+ *	When the transaction system is initialized, we may
+ *	need to do recovery checking.  This decision is decided
+ *	by the postmaster or the user by supplying the backend
+ *	with a special flag.  In general, we want to do recovery
+ *	checking whenever we are running without a postmaster
+ *	or when the number of backends running under the postmaster
+ *	goes from zero to one. -cim 3/21/90
+ * ----------------
+ */
+int RecoveryCheckingEnableState = 0;
+
+/* ------------------
+ *	spinlock for oid generation
+ * -----------------
+ */
+extern int OidGenLockId;
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	globals that must be reset at abort
+ * ----------------
+ */
+extern bool	BuildingBtree;
+
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	recovery checking accessors
+ * ----------------
+ */
+int
+RecoveryCheckingEnabled()
+{    
+    return RecoveryCheckingEnableState;
+}
+
+void
+SetRecoveryCheckingEnabled(bool state)
+{    
+    RecoveryCheckingEnableState = (state == true);
+}
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *	postgres log/time access method interface
+ *
+ *	TransactionLogTest
+ *	TransactionLogUpdate
+ *	========
+ *	   these functions do work for the interface
+ *	   functions - they search/retrieve and append/update
+ *	   information in the log and time relations.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------
+ *	TransactionLogTest
+ * --------------------------------
+ */
+
+bool	/* true/false: does transaction id have specified status? */
+TransactionLogTest(TransactionId transactionId,	/* transaction id to test */
+		   XidStatus status)		/* transaction status */
+{
+    BlockNumber		blockNumber;
+    XidStatus		xidstatus;	/* recorded status of xid */
+    bool		fail = false;      	/* success/failure */
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     * 	during initialization consider all transactions
+     *  as having been committed
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (! RelationIsValid(LogRelation))
+	return (bool) (status == XID_COMMIT);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	 before going to the buffer manager, check our single
+     *   item cache to see if we didn't just check the transaction
+     *   status a moment ago.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (TransactionIdEquals(transactionId, cachedTestXid))
+	return (bool)
+	    (status == cachedTestXidStatus);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	compute the item pointer corresponding to the
+     *  page containing our transaction id.  We save the item in
+     *  our cache to speed up things if we happen to ask for the
+     *  same xid's status more than once.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    TransComputeBlockNumber(LogRelation, transactionId, &blockNumber);
+    xidstatus = TransBlockNumberGetXidStatus(LogRelation,
+					     blockNumber,
+					     transactionId,
+					     &fail);
+    
+    if (! fail) {
+	TransactionIdStore(transactionId, &cachedTestXid);
+	cachedTestXidStatus = xidstatus;
+	return (bool)
+	    (status == xidstatus);
+    }
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	  here the block didn't contain the information we wanted
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    elog(WARN, "TransactionLogTest: failed to get xidstatus");
+    
+    /*
+     * so lint is happy...
+     */
+    return(false);
+}
+
+/* --------------------------------
+ *	TransactionLogUpdate
+ * --------------------------------
+ */
+void
+TransactionLogUpdate(TransactionId transactionId, /* trans id to update */
+		     XidStatus status) /* new trans status */
+{
+    BlockNumber		blockNumber;
+    bool		fail = false;      	/* success/failure */
+    AbsoluteTime	currentTime;	/* time of this transaction */
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     * 	during initialization we don't record any updates.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (! RelationIsValid(LogRelation))
+	return;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *  get the transaction commit time
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    currentTime = getSystemTime();
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *  update the log relation
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    TransComputeBlockNumber(LogRelation, transactionId, &blockNumber);
+    TransBlockNumberSetXidStatus(LogRelation,
+				 blockNumber,
+				 transactionId,
+				 status,
+				 &fail);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	 update (invalidate) our single item TransactionLogTest cache.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    TransactionIdStore(transactionId, &cachedTestXid);
+    cachedTestXidStatus = status;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	now we update the time relation, if necessary
+     *  (we only record commit times)
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (RelationIsValid(TimeRelation) && status == XID_COMMIT) {
+	TransComputeBlockNumber(TimeRelation, transactionId, &blockNumber);
+	TransBlockNumberSetCommitTime(TimeRelation,
+				      blockNumber,
+				      transactionId,
+				      currentTime,
+				      &fail);
+	/* ----------------
+	 *   update (invalidate) our single item GetCommitTime cache.
+	 * ----------------
+	 */
+	TransactionIdStore(transactionId, &cachedGetCommitTimeXid);
+	cachedGetCommitTime = currentTime;
+    }
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	now we update the "last committed transaction" field
+     *  in the variable relation if we are recording a commit.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (RelationIsValid(VariableRelation) && status == XID_COMMIT)
+	UpdateLastCommittedXid(transactionId);
+}
+
+/* --------------------------------
+ *	TransactionIdGetCommitTime
+ * --------------------------------
+ */
+
+AbsoluteTime  /* commit time of transaction id */
+TransactionIdGetCommitTime(TransactionId transactionId) /* transaction id to test */
+{
+    BlockNumber		blockNumber;
+    AbsoluteTime	commitTime;     /* commit time */
+    bool		fail = false;      	/* success/failure */
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *   return invalid if we aren't running yet...
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (! RelationIsValid(TimeRelation))
+	return INVALID_ABSTIME;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	 before going to the buffer manager, check our single
+     *   item cache to see if we didn't just get the commit time
+     *   a moment ago.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (TransactionIdEquals(transactionId, cachedGetCommitTimeXid))
+	return cachedGetCommitTime;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	compute the item pointer corresponding to the
+     *  page containing our transaction commit time
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    TransComputeBlockNumber(TimeRelation, transactionId, &blockNumber);
+    commitTime = TransBlockNumberGetCommitTime(TimeRelation,
+					       blockNumber,
+					       transactionId,
+					       &fail);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	update our cache and return the transaction commit time
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (! fail) {
+	TransactionIdStore(transactionId, &cachedGetCommitTimeXid);
+	cachedGetCommitTime = commitTime;
+	return commitTime;
+    } else
+	return INVALID_ABSTIME;
+}
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *		     transaction recovery code
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------
+ *	TransRecover
+ *
+ *    	preform transaction recovery checking.
+ *
+ *	Note: this should only be preformed if no other backends
+ *	      are running.  This is known by the postmaster and
+ *	      conveyed by the postmaster passing a "do recovery checking"
+ *	      flag to the backend.
+ *
+ *	here we get the last recorded transaction from the log,
+ *	get the "last" and "next" transactions from the variable relation
+ *	and then preform some integrity tests:
+ *
+ *    	1) No transaction may exist higher then the "next" available
+ *         transaction recorded in the variable relation.  If this is the
+ *         case then it means either the log or the variable relation
+ *         has become corrupted.
+ *
+ *      2) The last committed transaction may not be higher then the
+ *         next available transaction for the same reason.
+ *
+ *      3) The last recorded transaction may not be lower then the
+ *         last committed transaction.  (the reverse is ok - it means
+ *         that some transactions have aborted since the last commit)
+ *
+ *	Here is what the proper situation looks like.  The line
+ *	represents the data stored in the log.  'c' indicates the
+ *      transaction was recorded as committed, 'a' indicates an
+ *      abortted transaction and '.' represents information not
+ *      recorded.  These may correspond to in progress transactions.
+ *
+ *	     c  c  a  c  .  .  a  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .
+ *		      |                 |
+ *		     last	       next
+ *
+ *	Since "next" is only incremented by GetNewTransactionId() which
+ *      is called when transactions are started.  Hence if there
+ *      are commits or aborts after "next", then it means we committed
+ *      or aborted BEFORE we started the transaction.  This is the
+ *	rational behind constraint (1).
+ *
+ *      Likewise, "last" should never greater then "next" for essentially
+ *      the same reason - it would imply we committed before we started.
+ *      This is the reasoning for (2).
+ *
+ *	(3) implies we may never have a situation such as:
+ *
+ *	     c  c  a  c  .  .  a  c  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .
+ *		      |                 |
+ *		     last	       next
+ *
+ *      where there is a 'c' greater then "last".
+ *
+ *      Recovery checking is more difficult in the case where
+ *      several backends are executing concurrently because the
+ *	transactions may be executing in the other backends.
+ *      So, we only do recovery stuff when the backend is explicitly
+ *      passed a flag on the command line.
+ * --------------------------------
+ */
+void
+TransRecover(Relation logRelation)
+{
+#if 0    
+    /* ----------------
+     *    first get the last recorded transaction in the log.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    TransGetLastRecordedTransaction(logRelation, logLastXid, &fail);
+    if (fail == true)
+	elog(WARN, "TransRecover: failed TransGetLastRecordedTransaction");
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *    next get the "last" and "next" variables
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    VariableRelationGetLastXid(&varLastXid);
+    VariableRelationGetNextXid(&varNextXid);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *    intregity test (1)
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (TransactionIdIsLessThan(varNextXid, logLastXid))
+	elog(WARN, "TransRecover: varNextXid < logLastXid");
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *    intregity test (2)
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *    intregity test (3)
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *  here we have a valid "
+     *
+     *		**** RESUME HERE ****
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    varNextXid = TransactionIdDup(varLastXid);
+    TransactionIdIncrement(&varNextXid);
+    
+    VarPut(var, VAR_PUT_LASTXID, varLastXid);
+    VarPut(var, VAR_PUT_NEXTXID, varNextXid);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *			Interface functions
+ *
+ *	InitializeTransactionLog
+ *	========
+ *	   this function (called near cinit) initializes
+ *	   the transaction log, time and variable relations.
+ *
+ *	TransactionId DidCommit
+ *	TransactionId DidAbort
+ *	TransactionId IsInProgress
+ *	========
+ *	   these functions test the transaction status of
+ *	   a specified transaction id.
+ *
+ *	TransactionId Commit
+ *	TransactionId Abort
+ *	TransactionId SetInProgress
+ *	========
+ *	   these functions set the transaction status
+ *	   of the specified xid. TransactionIdCommit() also
+ *	   records the current time in the time relation
+ *	   and updates the variable relation counter.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/*
+ * InitializeTransactionLog --
+ *	Initializes transaction logging.
+ */
+void
+InitializeTransactionLog()
+{
+    Relation	  logRelation;
+    Relation	  timeRelation;
+    MemoryContext oldContext;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *    don't do anything during bootstrapping
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (AMI_OVERRIDE)
+	return;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	 disable the transaction system so the access methods
+     *   don't interfere during initialization.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    OverrideTransactionSystem(true);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	make sure allocations occur within the top memory context
+     *  so that our log management structures are protected from
+     *  garbage collection at the end of every transaction.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    oldContext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(TopMemoryContext); 
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *   first open the log and time relations
+     *   (these are created by amiint so they are guaranteed to exist)
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    logRelation = 	heap_openr(LogRelationName);
+    timeRelation = 	heap_openr(TimeRelationName);
+    VariableRelation = 	heap_openr(VariableRelationName);
+    /* ----------------
+     *   XXX TransactionLogUpdate requires that LogRelation
+     *	 and TimeRelation are valid so we temporarily set
+     *	 them so we can initialize things properly.
+     *	 This could be done cleaner.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    LogRelation =  logRelation;
+    TimeRelation = timeRelation;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *   if we have a virgin database, we initialize the log and time
+     *	 relation by committing the AmiTransactionId (id 512) and we
+     *   initialize the variable relation by setting the next available
+     *   transaction id to FirstTransactionId (id 514).  OID initialization
+     *   happens as a side effect of bootstrapping in varsup.c.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    SpinAcquire(OidGenLockId);
+    if (!TransactionIdDidCommit(AmiTransactionId)) {
+	
+	/* ----------------
+	 *  SOMEDAY initialize the information stored in
+	 *          the headers of the log/time/variable relations.
+	 * ----------------
+	 */
+	TransactionLogUpdate(AmiTransactionId, XID_COMMIT);
+	VariableRelationPutNextXid(FirstTransactionId);
+	
+    } else if (RecoveryCheckingEnabled()) {
+	/* ----------------
+	 *	if we have a pre-initialized database and if the
+	 *	perform recovery checking flag was passed then we
+	 *	do our database integrity checking.
+	 * ----------------
+	 */
+	TransRecover(logRelation);
+    }
+    LogRelation =  (Relation) NULL;
+    TimeRelation = (Relation) NULL;
+    SpinRelease(OidGenLockId);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	now re-enable the transaction system
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    OverrideTransactionSystem(false);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	instantiate the global variables
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    LogRelation = 	logRelation;
+    TimeRelation = 	timeRelation;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	restore the memory context to the previous context
+     *  before we return from initialization.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldContext);
+}
+
+/* --------------------------------
+ *	TransactionId DidCommit
+ *	TransactionId DidAbort
+ *	TransactionId IsInProgress
+ * --------------------------------
+ */
+
+/*
+ * TransactionIdDidCommit --
+ *	True iff transaction associated with the identifier did commit.
+ *
+ * Note:
+ *	Assumes transaction identifier is valid.
+ */
+bool	/* true if given transaction committed */
+TransactionIdDidCommit(TransactionId transactionId)
+{
+    if (AMI_OVERRIDE)
+	return true;
+    
+    return
+	TransactionLogTest(transactionId, XID_COMMIT);
+}
+
+/*
+ * TransactionIdDidAborted --
+ *	True iff transaction associated with the identifier did abort.
+ *
+ * Note:
+ *	Assumes transaction identifier is valid.
+ *	XXX Is this unneeded?
+ */
+bool	/* true if given transaction aborted */
+TransactionIdDidAbort(TransactionId transactionId)
+{
+    if (AMI_OVERRIDE)
+	return false;
+    
+    return
+	TransactionLogTest(transactionId, XID_ABORT);
+}
+
+bool	/* true if given transaction neither committed nor aborted */
+TransactionIdIsInProgress(TransactionId transactionId)
+{
+    if (AMI_OVERRIDE)
+	return false;
+    
+    return
+	TransactionLogTest(transactionId, XID_INPROGRESS);
+}
+
+/* --------------------------------
+ *	TransactionId Commit
+ *	TransactionId Abort
+ *	TransactionId SetInProgress
+ * --------------------------------
+ */
+
+/*
+ * TransactionIdCommit --
+ *	Commits the transaction associated with the identifier.
+ *
+ * Note:
+ *	Assumes transaction identifier is valid.
+ */
+void
+TransactionIdCommit(TransactionId transactionId)
+{
+    if (AMI_OVERRIDE)
+	return;
+    
+    /*
+     * Within TransactionLogUpdate we call UpdateLastCommited()
+     * which assumes we have exclusive access to pg_variable.
+     * Therefore we need to get exclusive access before calling
+     * TransactionLogUpdate. -mer 18 Aug 1992
+     */
+    SpinAcquire(OidGenLockId);
+    TransactionLogUpdate(transactionId, XID_COMMIT);
+    SpinRelease(OidGenLockId);
+}
+
+/*
+ * TransactionIdAbort --
+ *	Aborts the transaction associated with the identifier.
+ *
+ * Note:
+ *	Assumes transaction identifier is valid.
+ */
+void
+TransactionIdAbort(TransactionId transactionId)
+{
+    BuildingBtree = false;
+    
+    if (VacuumRunning)
+	vc_abort();
+    
+    if (AMI_OVERRIDE)
+	return;
+    
+    TransactionLogUpdate(transactionId, XID_ABORT);
+}
+
+void
+TransactionIdSetInProgress(TransactionId transactionId)
+{
+    if (AMI_OVERRIDE)
+	return;
+    
+    TransactionLogUpdate(transactionId, XID_INPROGRESS);
+}

src/backend/access/transam/transsup.c

@@ -0,0 +1,663 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * transsup.c--
+ *    postgres transaction access method support code
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/Attic/transsup.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:13 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ *    This file contains support functions for the high
+ *    level access method interface routines found in transam.c
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "machine.h"		/* in port/ directory (needed for BLCKSZ) */
+
+#include "storage/buf.h"
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/memutils.h"
+#include "utils/nabstime.h"
+
+#include "catalog/heap.h"
+#include "access/transam.h"	/* where the declarations go */
+#include "access/xact.h"	/* where the declarations go */
+
+#include "storage/smgr.h"
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *		      general support routines
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------
+ *	AmiTransactionOverride
+ *
+ *	This function is used to manipulate the bootstrap flag.
+ * --------------------------------
+ */
+void
+AmiTransactionOverride(bool flag)
+{
+    AMI_OVERRIDE = flag;
+}
+
+/* --------------------------------
+ *	TransComputeBlockNumber
+ * --------------------------------
+ */
+void
+TransComputeBlockNumber(Relation relation, /* relation to test */
+			TransactionId transactionId, /* transaction id to test */
+			BlockNumber *blockNumberOutP)
+{
+    long	itemsPerBlock;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *  we calculate the block number of our transaction
+     *  by dividing the transaction id by the number of
+     *  transaction things per block.  
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (relation == LogRelation)
+	itemsPerBlock = TP_NumXidStatusPerBlock;
+    else if (relation == TimeRelation)
+	itemsPerBlock = TP_NumTimePerBlock;
+    else
+	elog(WARN, "TransComputeBlockNumber: unknown relation");
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	warning! if the transaction id's get too large
+     *  then a BlockNumber may not be large enough to hold the results
+     *  of our division.
+     *
+     *	XXX  this will all vanish soon when we implement an improved
+     *       transaction id schema -cim 3/23/90
+     *
+     *  This has vanished now that xid's are 4 bytes (no longer 5).
+     *  -mer 5/24/92
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    (*blockNumberOutP) = transactionId / itemsPerBlock;
+}
+
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *		     trans block support routines
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------
+ *	TransBlockGetLastTransactionIdStatus
+ *
+ *	This returns the status and transaction id of the last
+ *	transaction information recorded on the given TransBlock.
+ * --------------------------------
+ */
+
+XidStatus
+TransBlockGetLastTransactionIdStatus(Block tblock,
+				     TransactionId baseXid,
+				     TransactionId *returnXidP)
+{
+    Index         index;
+    Index         maxIndex;
+    bits8         bit1;
+    bits8	  bit2;
+    BitIndex      offset;
+    XidStatus     xstatus;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	sanity check
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    Assert((tblock != NULL));
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	search downward from the top of the block data, looking
+     *  for the first Non-in progress transaction status.  Since we
+     *  are scanning backward, this will be last recorded transaction
+     *  status on the block.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    maxIndex = TP_NumXidStatusPerBlock;
+    for (index = maxIndex-1; index>=0; index--) {
+	offset =  BitIndexOf(index);
+	bit1 =    ((bits8) BitArrayBitIsSet((BitArray) tblock, offset++)) << 1;
+	bit2 =    (bits8)  BitArrayBitIsSet((BitArray) tblock, offset);
+	
+	xstatus =  (bit1 | bit2) ;
+	
+	/* ----------------
+	 *  here we have the status of some transaction, so test
+	 *  if the status is recorded as "in progress".  If so, then
+	 *  we save the transaction id in the place specified by the caller.
+	 * ----------------
+	 */
+	if (xstatus != XID_INPROGRESS) {
+	    if (returnXidP != NULL) {
+		TransactionIdStore(baseXid, returnXidP);
+		TransactionIdAdd(returnXidP, index);
+	    }
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	if we get here and index is 0 it means we couldn't find
+     *  a non-inprogress transaction on the block.  For now we just
+     *  return this info to the user.  They can check if the return
+     *  status is "in progress" to know this condition has arisen.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (index == 0) {
+	if (returnXidP != NULL)
+	    TransactionIdStore(baseXid, returnXidP);
+    }
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	return the status to the user
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    return xstatus;
+}
+
+/* --------------------------------
+ *	TransBlockGetXidStatus
+ *
+ *	This returns the status of the desired transaction
+ * --------------------------------
+ */
+
+XidStatus
+TransBlockGetXidStatus(Block tblock,
+		       TransactionId transactionId)
+{
+    Index       		index;
+    bits8       		bit1;
+    bits8			bit2;
+    BitIndex    		offset;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	sanity check
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (tblock == NULL) {
+	return XID_INVALID;
+    }
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	calculate the index into the transaction data where
+     *  our transaction status is located
+     *
+     *  XXX this will be replaced soon when we move to the
+     *      new transaction id scheme -cim 3/23/90
+     *
+     *  The old system has now been replaced. -mer 5/24/92
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    index = transactionId % TP_NumXidStatusPerBlock;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	get the data at the specified index
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    offset =    BitIndexOf(index);
+    bit1 =      ((bits8)   BitArrayBitIsSet((BitArray) tblock, offset++)) << 1;
+    bit2 =      (bits8)    BitArrayBitIsSet((BitArray) tblock, offset);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	return the transaction status to the caller
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    return (XidStatus)
+	(bit1 | bit2);
+}
+
+/* --------------------------------
+ *	TransBlockSetXidStatus
+ *
+ *	This sets the status of the desired transaction
+ * --------------------------------
+ */
+void
+TransBlockSetXidStatus(Block tblock,
+		       TransactionId transactionId, 
+		       XidStatus xstatus)
+{
+    Index       		index;
+    BitIndex    		offset;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	sanity check
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (tblock == NULL)
+	return;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	calculate the index into the transaction data where
+     *  we sould store our transaction status.
+     *
+     *  XXX this will be replaced soon when we move to the
+     *      new transaction id scheme -cim 3/23/90
+     *
+     *  The new scheme is here -mer 5/24/92
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    index = transactionId % TP_NumXidStatusPerBlock;
+    
+    offset =    BitIndexOf(index);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	store the transaction value at the specified offset
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    switch(xstatus) {
+    case XID_COMMIT:             /* set 10 */
+	BitArraySetBit((BitArray) tblock, offset);
+	BitArrayClearBit((BitArray) tblock, offset + 1);
+	break;
+    case XID_ABORT:             /* set 01 */
+	BitArrayClearBit((BitArray) tblock, offset);
+	BitArraySetBit((BitArray) tblock, offset + 1);
+	break;
+    case XID_INPROGRESS:        /* set 00 */
+	BitArrayClearBit((BitArray) tblock, offset);
+	BitArrayClearBit((BitArray) tblock, offset + 1);
+	break;
+    default:
+	elog(NOTICE,
+	     "TransBlockSetXidStatus: invalid status: %d (ignored)",
+	     xstatus);
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+/* --------------------------------
+ *	TransBlockGetCommitTime
+ *
+ *	This returns the transaction commit time for the
+ *	specified transaction id in the trans block.
+ * --------------------------------
+ */
+AbsoluteTime
+TransBlockGetCommitTime(Block tblock,
+			TransactionId transactionId)
+{
+    Index			index;
+    AbsoluteTime		*timeArray;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	sanity check
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (tblock == NULL)
+	return INVALID_ABSTIME;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	calculate the index into the transaction data where
+     *  our transaction commit time is located
+     *
+     *  XXX this will be replaced soon when we move to the
+     *      new transaction id scheme -cim 3/23/90
+     *
+     *  The new scheme is here. -mer 5/24/92
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    index = transactionId % TP_NumTimePerBlock;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	return the commit time to the caller
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    timeArray =  (AbsoluteTime *) tblock;
+    return (AbsoluteTime)
+	timeArray[ index ];
+}
+
+/* --------------------------------
+ *	TransBlockSetCommitTime
+ *
+ *	This sets the commit time of the specified transaction
+ * --------------------------------
+ */
+void
+TransBlockSetCommitTime(Block tblock,
+			TransactionId transactionId,
+			AbsoluteTime commitTime)
+{
+    Index		index;
+    AbsoluteTime	*timeArray;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	sanity check
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (tblock == NULL)
+	return;
+    
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	calculate the index into the transaction data where
+     *  we sould store our transaction status.  
+     *
+     *  XXX this will be replaced soon when we move to the
+     *      new transaction id scheme -cim 3/23/90
+     *
+     *  The new scheme is here.  -mer 5/24/92
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    index = transactionId % TP_NumTimePerBlock;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	store the transaction commit time at the specified index
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    timeArray =  (AbsoluteTime *) tblock;
+    timeArray[ index ] = commitTime;
+}
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *	           transam i/o support routines
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------
+ *	TransBlockNumberGetXidStatus
+ * --------------------------------
+ */
+XidStatus
+TransBlockNumberGetXidStatus(Relation relation,
+			     BlockNumber blockNumber,
+			     TransactionId xid,
+			     bool *failP)
+{
+    Buffer	   	buffer;		/* buffer associated with block */
+    Block		block;		/* block containing xstatus */
+    XidStatus		xstatus;	/* recorded status of xid */
+    bool		localfail;      /* bool used if failP = NULL */
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	SOMEDAY place a read lock on the log relation
+     *  That someday is today 5 Aug 1991 -mer
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    RelationSetLockForRead(relation);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	get the page containing the transaction information
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    buffer = 	   ReadBuffer(relation, blockNumber);
+    block =   	   BufferGetBlock(buffer);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	get the status from the block.  note, for now we always
+     *  return false in failP.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (failP == NULL)
+	failP = &localfail;
+    (*failP) = false;
+    
+    xstatus = TransBlockGetXidStatus(block, xid);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	release the buffer and return the status
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    ReleaseBuffer(buffer);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	SOMEDAY release our lock on the log relation
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    RelationUnsetLockForRead(relation);
+    
+    return
+	xstatus;
+}
+
+/* --------------------------------
+ *	TransBlockNumberSetXidStatus
+ * --------------------------------
+ */
+void
+TransBlockNumberSetXidStatus(Relation relation,
+			     BlockNumber blockNumber,
+			     TransactionId xid,
+			     XidStatus xstatus,
+			     bool *failP)
+{
+    Buffer	   	buffer;		/* buffer associated with block */
+    Block		block;		/* block containing xstatus */
+    bool		localfail;      /* bool used if failP = NULL */
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	SOMEDAY gain exclusive access to the log relation
+     *
+     *  That someday is today 5 Aug 1991 -mer
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    RelationSetLockForWrite(relation);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	get the block containing the transaction status
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    buffer = 	ReadBuffer(relation, blockNumber);
+    block =   	BufferGetBlock(buffer);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	attempt to update the status of the transaction on the block.
+     *  if we are successful, write the block. otherwise release the buffer.
+     *  note, for now we always return false in failP.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (failP == NULL)
+	failP = &localfail;
+    (*failP) = false;
+    
+    TransBlockSetXidStatus(block, xid, xstatus);
+    
+    if ((*failP) == false)
+	WriteBuffer(buffer);
+    else
+	ReleaseBuffer(buffer);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	SOMEDAY release our lock on the log relation
+     * ----------------
+     */    
+    RelationUnsetLockForWrite(relation);
+}
+
+/* --------------------------------
+ *	TransBlockNumberGetCommitTime
+ * --------------------------------
+ */
+AbsoluteTime
+TransBlockNumberGetCommitTime(Relation relation,
+			      BlockNumber blockNumber,
+			      TransactionId xid,
+			      bool *failP)
+{
+    Buffer	   	buffer;		/* buffer associated with block */
+    Block		block;		/* block containing commit time */
+    bool		localfail;      /* bool used if failP = NULL */
+    AbsoluteTime	xtime;		/* commit time */
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	SOMEDAY place a read lock on the time relation
+     *
+     *  That someday is today 5 Aug. 1991 -mer
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    RelationSetLockForRead(relation);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	get the block containing the transaction information
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    buffer = 		ReadBuffer(relation, blockNumber);
+    block =   		BufferGetBlock(buffer);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	get the commit time from the block
+     *  note, for now we always return false in failP.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (failP == NULL)
+	failP = &localfail;
+    (*failP) = false;
+    
+    xtime = TransBlockGetCommitTime(block, xid);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	release the buffer and return the commit time
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    ReleaseBuffer(buffer);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	SOMEDAY release our lock on the time relation
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    RelationUnsetLockForRead(relation);
+    
+    if ((*failP) == false)
+	return xtime;
+    else
+	return INVALID_ABSTIME;
+    
+}
+
+/* --------------------------------
+ *	TransBlockNumberSetCommitTime
+ * --------------------------------
+ */
+void
+TransBlockNumberSetCommitTime(Relation relation,
+			      BlockNumber blockNumber,
+			      TransactionId xid,
+			      AbsoluteTime xtime,
+			      bool *failP)
+{
+    Buffer	   	buffer;		/* buffer associated with block */
+    Block		block;		/* block containing commit time */
+    bool		localfail;      /* bool used if failP = NULL */
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	SOMEDAY gain exclusive access to the time relation
+     *
+     *  That someday is today 5 Aug. 1991 -mer
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    RelationSetLockForWrite(relation);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	get the block containing our commit time
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    buffer = 	   ReadBuffer(relation, blockNumber);
+    block =   	   BufferGetBlock(buffer);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	attempt to update the commit time of the transaction on the block.
+     *  if we are successful, write the block. otherwise release the buffer.
+     *  note, for now we always return false in failP.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (failP == NULL)
+	failP = &localfail;
+    (*failP) = false;
+    
+    TransBlockSetCommitTime(block, xid, xtime);
+    
+    if ((*failP) == false)
+	WriteBuffer(buffer);
+    else
+	ReleaseBuffer(buffer);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	SOMEDAY release our lock on the time relation
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    RelationUnsetLockForWrite(relation);
+    
+}
+
+/* --------------------------------
+ *	TransGetLastRecordedTransaction
+ * --------------------------------
+ */
+void
+TransGetLastRecordedTransaction(Relation relation,
+				TransactionId xid, /* return: transaction id */
+				bool *failP)
+{
+    BlockNumber	  	blockNumber;	/* block number */
+    Buffer	   	buffer;		/* buffer associated with block */
+    Block		block;		/* block containing xid status */
+    BlockNumber		n;		/* number of blocks in the relation */
+    TransactionId	baseXid;
+    
+    (*failP) = false;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	SOMEDAY gain exclusive access to the log relation
+     *
+     *  That someday is today 5 Aug. 1991 -mer
+     *  It looks to me like we only need to set a read lock here, despite
+     *  the above comment about exclusive access.  The block is never 
+     *  actually written into, we only check status bits.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    RelationSetLockForRead(relation);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	we assume the last block of the log contains the last
+     *  recorded transaction.  If the relation is empty we return
+     *  failure to the user.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    n = RelationGetNumberOfBlocks(relation);
+    if (n == 0) {
+	(*failP) = true;
+	return;
+    }
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	get the block containing the transaction information
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    blockNumber =  n-1;
+    buffer = 	ReadBuffer(relation, blockNumber);
+    block =   	BufferGetBlock(buffer);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	get the last xid on the block
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    baseXid = blockNumber * TP_NumXidStatusPerBlock;
+
+/* XXX ???? xid won't get returned! - AY '94 */
+    (void) TransBlockGetLastTransactionIdStatus(block, baseXid, &xid);
+    
+    ReleaseBuffer(buffer);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	SOMEDAY release our lock on the log relation
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    RelationUnsetLockForRead(relation);
+}

src/backend/access/transam/varsup.c

@@ -0,0 +1,606 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * varsup.c--
+ *    postgres variable relation support routines
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/varsup.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:13 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include <math.h>
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "machine.h"		/* in port/ directory (needed for BLCKSZ) */
+#include "storage/buf.h"
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "storage/ipc.h"	/* for OIDGENLOCKID */
+
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/transam.h"	/* where the declarations go */
+#include "access/xact.h"	/* where the declarations go */
+
+#include "catalog/catname.h"
+
+/* ----------
+ *      note: we reserve the first 16384 object ids for internal use.
+ *      oid's less than this appear in the .bki files.  the choice of
+ *      16384 is completely arbitrary.
+ * ----------
+ */
+#define BootstrapObjectIdData 16384
+
+/* ---------------------
+ *	spin lock for oid generation
+ * ---------------------
+ */
+int OidGenLockId;
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *	      variable relation query/update routines
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------------
+ *	VariableRelationGetNextXid
+ * --------------------------------
+ */
+void
+VariableRelationGetNextXid(TransactionId *xidP)
+{
+    Buffer buf;
+    VariableRelationContents var;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     * We assume that a spinlock has been acquire to guarantee
+     * exclusive access to the variable relation.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	do nothing before things are initialized
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (! RelationIsValid(VariableRelation))
+	return;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	read the variable page, get the the nextXid field and
+     *  release the buffer
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    buf = ReadBuffer(VariableRelation, 0);
+    
+    if (! BufferIsValid(buf))
+	{
+	    SpinRelease(OidGenLockId);
+	    elog(WARN, "VariableRelationGetNextXid: ReadBuffer failed");
+	}
+    
+    var = (VariableRelationContents) BufferGetBlock(buf);
+    
+    TransactionIdStore(var->nextXidData, xidP);
+    ReleaseBuffer(buf);
+}
+
+/* --------------------------------
+ *	VariableRelationGetLastXid
+ * --------------------------------
+ */
+void
+VariableRelationGetLastXid(TransactionId *xidP)
+{
+    Buffer buf;
+    VariableRelationContents var;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     * We assume that a spinlock has been acquire to guarantee
+     * exclusive access to the variable relation.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	do nothing before things are initialized
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (! RelationIsValid(VariableRelation))
+	return;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	read the variable page, get the the lastXid field and
+     *  release the buffer
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    buf = ReadBuffer(VariableRelation, 0);
+    
+    if (! BufferIsValid(buf))
+	{
+	    SpinRelease(OidGenLockId);
+	    elog(WARN, "VariableRelationGetNextXid: ReadBuffer failed");
+	}
+    
+    var = (VariableRelationContents) BufferGetBlock(buf);
+    
+    TransactionIdStore(var->lastXidData, xidP);
+    
+    ReleaseBuffer(buf);
+}
+
+/* --------------------------------
+ *	VariableRelationPutNextXid
+ * --------------------------------
+ */
+void
+VariableRelationPutNextXid(TransactionId xid)
+{
+    Buffer buf;
+    VariableRelationContents var;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     * We assume that a spinlock has been acquire to guarantee
+     * exclusive access to the variable relation.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	do nothing before things are initialized
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (! RelationIsValid(VariableRelation))
+	return;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	read the variable page, update the nextXid field and
+     *  write the page back out to disk.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    buf = ReadBuffer(VariableRelation, 0);
+    
+    if (! BufferIsValid(buf))
+	{
+	    SpinRelease(OidGenLockId);
+	    elog(WARN, "VariableRelationPutNextXid: ReadBuffer failed");
+	}
+    
+    var = (VariableRelationContents) BufferGetBlock(buf);
+    
+    TransactionIdStore(xid, &(var->nextXidData));
+    
+    WriteBuffer(buf);
+}
+
+/* --------------------------------
+ *	VariableRelationPutLastXid
+ * --------------------------------
+ */
+void
+VariableRelationPutLastXid(TransactionId xid)
+{
+    Buffer buf;
+    VariableRelationContents var;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     * We assume that a spinlock has been acquire to guarantee
+     * exclusive access to the variable relation.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	do nothing before things are initialized
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (! RelationIsValid(VariableRelation))
+	return;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	read the variable page, update the lastXid field and
+     *  force the page back out to disk.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    buf = ReadBuffer(VariableRelation, 0);
+    
+    if (! BufferIsValid(buf))
+	{
+	    SpinRelease(OidGenLockId);
+	    elog(WARN, "VariableRelationPutLastXid: ReadBuffer failed");
+	}
+    
+    var = (VariableRelationContents) BufferGetBlock(buf);
+    
+    TransactionIdStore(xid, &(var->lastXidData));
+    
+    WriteBuffer(buf);
+}
+
+/* --------------------------------
+ *	VariableRelationGetNextOid
+ * --------------------------------
+ */
+void
+VariableRelationGetNextOid(Oid *oid_return)
+{
+    Buffer buf;
+    VariableRelationContents var;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     * We assume that a spinlock has been acquire to guarantee
+     * exclusive access to the variable relation.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	if the variable relation is not initialized, then we
+     *  assume we are running at bootstrap time and so we return
+     *  an invalid object id -- during this time GetNextBootstrapObjectId
+     *  should be called instead..
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (! RelationIsValid(VariableRelation)) {
+	if (PointerIsValid(oid_return))
+	    (*oid_return) = InvalidOid;
+	return;
+    }
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	read the variable page, get the the nextOid field and
+     *  release the buffer
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    buf = ReadBuffer(VariableRelation, 0);
+    
+    if (! BufferIsValid(buf))
+	{
+	    SpinRelease(OidGenLockId);
+	    elog(WARN, "VariableRelationGetNextXid: ReadBuffer failed");
+	}
+    
+    var = (VariableRelationContents) BufferGetBlock(buf);
+    
+    if (PointerIsValid(oid_return)) {
+	
+        /* ----------------
+         * nothing up my sleeve...  what's going on here is that this code
+	 * is guaranteed never to be called until all files in data/base/
+	 * are created, and the template database exists.  at that point,
+	 * we want to append a pg_database tuple.  the first time we do
+	 * this, the oid stored in pg_variable will be bogus, so we use
+	 * a bootstrap value defined at the top of this file.
+	 *
+	 * this comment no longer holds true.  This code is called before
+	 * all of the files in data/base are created and you can't rely
+	 * on system oid's to be less than BootstrapObjectIdData. mer 9/18/91
+         * ----------------
+         */
+	if (OidIsValid(var->nextOid))
+	    (*oid_return) = var->nextOid;
+	else
+	    (*oid_return) = BootstrapObjectIdData;
+    }
+    
+    ReleaseBuffer(buf);
+}
+
+/* --------------------------------
+ *	VariableRelationPutNextOid
+ * --------------------------------
+ */
+void
+VariableRelationPutNextOid(Oid *oidP)
+{
+    Buffer buf;
+    VariableRelationContents var;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     * We assume that a spinlock has been acquire to guarantee
+     * exclusive access to the variable relation.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	do nothing before things are initialized
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (! RelationIsValid(VariableRelation))
+	return;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	sanity check
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (! PointerIsValid(oidP))
+	{
+	    SpinRelease(OidGenLockId);
+	    elog(WARN, "VariableRelationPutNextOid: invalid oid pointer");
+	}
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	read the variable page, update the nextXid field and
+     *  write the page back out to disk.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    buf = ReadBuffer(VariableRelation, 0);
+    
+    if (! BufferIsValid(buf))
+	{
+	    SpinRelease(OidGenLockId);
+	    elog(WARN, "VariableRelationPutNextXid: ReadBuffer failed");
+	}
+    
+    var = (VariableRelationContents) BufferGetBlock(buf);
+    
+    var->nextOid = (*oidP);
+    
+    WriteBuffer(buf);
+}
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *		transaction id generation support
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	GetNewTransactionId
+ *
+ *	In the version 2 transaction system, transaction id's are
+ *	restricted in several ways.
+ *
+ *	First, all transaction id's are even numbers (4, 88, 121342, etc).
+ *	This means the binary representation of the number will never
+ *	have the least significent bit set.  This bit is reserved to
+ *	indicate that the transaction id does not in fact hold an XID,
+ *	but rather a commit time.  This makes it possible for the
+ *	vaccuum daemon to disgard information from the log and time
+ *	relations for committed tuples.  This is important when archiving
+ *	tuples to an optical disk because tuples with commit times
+ *	stored in their xid fields will not need to consult the log
+ *	and time relations.
+ *
+ *	Second, since we may someday preform compression of the data
+ *	in the log and time relations, we cause the numbering of the
+ *	transaction ids to begin at 512.  This means that some space
+ *	on the page of the log and time relations corresponding to
+ *	transaction id's 0 - 510 will never be used.  This space is
+ *	in fact used to store the version number of the postgres
+ *	transaction log and will someday store compression information
+ *	about the log.
+ *
+ *	Lastly, rather then access the variable relation each time
+ *	a backend requests a new transction id, we "prefetch" 32
+ *	transaction id's by incrementing the nextXid stored in the
+ *	var relation by 64 (remember only even xid's are legal) and then
+ *	returning these id's one at a time until they are exhausted.
+ *  	This means we reduce the number of accesses to the variable
+ *	relation by 32 for each backend.
+ *
+ *  	Note:  32 has no special significance.  We don't want the
+ *	       number to be too large because if when the backend
+ *	       terminates, we lose the xid's we cached.
+ *
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+#define VAR_XID_PREFETCH	32
+
+static int prefetched_xid_count = 0;
+static TransactionId next_prefetched_xid;
+
+void
+GetNewTransactionId(TransactionId *xid)
+{
+    TransactionId nextid;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	during bootstrap initialization, we return the special
+     *  bootstrap transaction id.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (AMI_OVERRIDE) {	
+	TransactionIdStore(AmiTransactionId, xid);
+	return;
+    }
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *  if we run out of prefetched xids, then we get some
+     *  more before handing them out to the caller.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    
+    if (prefetched_xid_count == 0) {
+	/* ----------------
+	 *	obtain exclusive access to the variable relation page
+	 *
+	 *	get the "next" xid from the variable relation
+	 *	and save it in the prefetched id.
+	 * ----------------
+	 */
+	SpinAcquire(OidGenLockId);
+	VariableRelationGetNextXid(&nextid);
+	TransactionIdStore(nextid, &next_prefetched_xid);
+	
+	/* ----------------
+	 *	now increment the variable relation's next xid
+	 *	and reset the prefetched_xid_count.  We multiply
+	 *	the id by two because our xid's are always even.
+	 * ----------------
+	 */
+	prefetched_xid_count = VAR_XID_PREFETCH;
+	TransactionIdAdd(&nextid, prefetched_xid_count);
+	VariableRelationPutNextXid(nextid);
+	SpinRelease(OidGenLockId);
+    }
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	return the next prefetched xid in the pointer passed by
+     *  the user and decrement the prefetch count.  We add two
+     *  to id we return the next time this is called because our
+     *	transaction ids are always even.
+     *
+     *  XXX Transaction Ids used to be even as the low order bit was
+     *      used to determine commit status.  This is no long true so
+     *      we now use even and odd transaction ids. -mer 5/26/92
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    TransactionIdStore(next_prefetched_xid, xid);
+    TransactionIdAdd(&next_prefetched_xid, 1);
+    prefetched_xid_count--;
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	UpdateLastCommittedXid
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+void
+UpdateLastCommittedXid(TransactionId xid)
+{
+    TransactionId lastid;
+    
+    
+    /* we assume that spinlock OidGenLockId has been acquired
+     * prior to entering this function
+     */
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	get the "last committed" transaction id from
+     *  the variable relation page.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    VariableRelationGetLastXid(&lastid);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	if the transaction id is greater than the last committed
+     *  transaction then we update the last committed transaction
+     *  in the variable relation.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (TransactionIdIsLessThan(lastid, xid))
+	VariableRelationPutLastXid(xid);
+    
+}
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *		    object id generation support
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	GetNewObjectIdBlock
+ *
+ *	This support function is used to allocate a block of object ids
+ *	of the given size.  applications wishing to do their own object
+ *	id assignments should use this 
+ * ----------------
+ */
+void
+GetNewObjectIdBlock(Oid *oid_return, /* place to return the new object id */
+		    int oid_block_size)	/* number of oids desired */
+{
+    Oid nextoid;		
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	SOMEDAY obtain exclusive access to the variable relation page
+     *  That someday is today -mer 6 Aug 1992
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    SpinAcquire(OidGenLockId);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	get the "next" oid from the variable relation
+     *	and give it to the caller.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    VariableRelationGetNextOid(&nextoid);
+    if (PointerIsValid(oid_return))
+	(*oid_return) = nextoid;
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	now increment the variable relation's next oid
+     *	field by the size of the oid block requested.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    nextoid += oid_block_size;
+    VariableRelationPutNextOid(&nextoid);
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	SOMEDAY relinquish our lock on the variable relation page
+     *  That someday is today -mer 6 Apr 1992
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    SpinRelease(OidGenLockId);
+}
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	GetNewObjectId
+ *
+ *	This function allocates and parses out object ids.  Like
+ *	GetNewTransactionId(), it "prefetches" 32 object ids by
+ *	incrementing the nextOid stored in the var relation by 32 and then
+ *	returning these id's one at a time until they are exhausted.
+ *  	This means we reduce the number of accesses to the variable
+ *	relation by 32 for each backend.
+ *
+ *  	Note:  32 has no special significance.  We don't want the
+ *	       number to be too large because if when the backend
+ *	       terminates, we lose the oids we cached.
+ *
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+#define VAR_OID_PREFETCH	32
+
+static int prefetched_oid_count = 0;
+static Oid next_prefetched_oid;
+
+void
+GetNewObjectId(Oid *oid_return)	/* place to return the new object id */
+{
+    /* ----------------
+     *  if we run out of prefetched oids, then we get some
+     *  more before handing them out to the caller.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    
+    if (prefetched_oid_count == 0) {
+	int oid_block_size = VAR_OID_PREFETCH;
+	
+	/* ----------------
+	 *	during bootstrap time, we want to allocate oids
+	 *	one at a time.  Otherwise there might be some
+	 *      bootstrap oid's left in the block we prefetch which
+	 *	would be passed out after the variable relation was
+	 *	initialized.  This would be bad.
+	 * ----------------
+	 */
+	if (! RelationIsValid(VariableRelation))
+	    VariableRelation = heap_openr(VariableRelationName);
+	
+	/* ----------------
+	 *	get a new block of prefetched object ids.
+	 * ----------------
+	 */
+	GetNewObjectIdBlock(&next_prefetched_oid, oid_block_size);
+	
+	/* ----------------
+	 *	now reset the prefetched_oid_count.
+	 * ----------------
+	 */
+	prefetched_oid_count = oid_block_size;
+    }
+    
+    /* ----------------
+     *	return the next prefetched oid in the pointer passed by
+     *  the user and decrement the prefetch count.
+     * ----------------
+     */
+    if (PointerIsValid(oid_return))
+	(*oid_return) = next_prefetched_oid;
+    
+    next_prefetched_oid++;
+    prefetched_oid_count--;
+}

src/backend/access/transam/xid.c

@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * xid.c--
+ *    POSTGRES transaction identifier code.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/access/transam/Attic/xid.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:14 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ * OLD COMMENTS
+ * XXX WARNING
+ *	Much of this file will change when we change our representation
+ *	of transaction ids -cim 3/23/90
+ *
+ * It is time to make the switch from 5 byte to 4 byte transaction ids
+ * This file was totally reworked. -mer 5/22/92
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "postgres.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/memutils.h"
+#include "utils/nabstime.h"
+
+extern TransactionId NullTransactionId;
+extern TransactionId DisabledTransactionId;
+extern TransactionId AmiTransactionId;
+extern TransactionId FirstTransactionId;
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ * 	TransactionIdIsValid
+ *
+ *	Macro-ize me.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+bool
+TransactionIdIsValid(TransactionId transactionId)
+{
+    return ((bool) (transactionId != NullTransactionId) );
+}
+
+/* XXX char16 name for catalogs */
+TransactionId
+xidin(char *representation)
+{
+    return (atol(representation));
+}
+
+/* XXX char16 name for catalogs */
+char*
+xidout(TransactionId transactionId)
+{
+/*    return(TransactionIdFormString(transactionId)); */
+    char 			*representation;
+    
+    /* maximum 32 bit unsigned integer representation takes 10 chars */
+    representation = palloc(11);
+    
+    (void)sprintf(representation, "%u", transactionId);
+    
+    return (representation);
+
+}
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *	StoreInvalidTransactionId
+ *
+ *	Maybe do away with Pointer types in these routines.
+ *      Macro-ize this one.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+StoreInvalidTransactionId(TransactionId *destination)
+{
+    *destination = NullTransactionId;
+}
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *	TransactionIdStore
+ *
+ *      Macro-ize this one.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+TransactionIdStore(TransactionId transactionId,
+		   TransactionId *destination)
+{
+    *destination = transactionId;
+}
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *	TransactionIdEquals
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+bool
+TransactionIdEquals(TransactionId id1, TransactionId id2)
+{
+    return ((bool) (id1 == id2));
+}
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *	TransactionIdIsLessThan
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+bool
+TransactionIdIsLessThan(TransactionId id1, TransactionId id2)
+{
+    return ((bool)(id1 < id2));
+}
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *	xideq
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/*
+ *	xideq		- returns 1, iff xid1 == xid2
+ *				  0  else;
+ */
+bool
+xideq(TransactionId xid1, TransactionId xid2)
+{
+    return( (bool) (xid1 == xid2) );
+}
+
+
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *	TransactionIdIncrement
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+TransactionIdIncrement(TransactionId *transactionId)
+{
+    
+    (*transactionId)++;
+    if (*transactionId == DisabledTransactionId)
+	elog(FATAL, "TransactionIdIncrement: exhausted XID's");
+    return;
+}
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *	TransactionIdAdd
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+void
+TransactionIdAdd(TransactionId *xid, int value)
+{
+    *xid += value;
+    return;
+}
+

src/backend/access/tupdesc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * tupdesc.h--
+ *    POSTGRES tuple descriptor definitions.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: tupdesc.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:09 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef	TUPDESC_H
+#define TUPDESC_H
+
+#include "postgres.h"
+#include "access/attnum.h"
+#include "nodes/pg_list.h"	/* for List */
+#include "catalog/pg_attribute.h"
+
+/*
+ * a TupleDesc is an array of AttributeTupleForms, each of which is a
+ * pointer to a AttributeTupleForm
+ */
+/* typedef AttributeTupleForm      *TupleDesc; */
+
+/* a TupleDesc is a pointer to a structure which includes an array of */
+/* AttributeTupleForms, i.e. pg_attribute information, and the size of */
+/* the array, i.e. the number of attributes */
+/* in short, a TupleDesc completely captures the attribute information */
+/* for a tuple */
+
+typedef struct tupleDesc {
+    int  natts;
+    AttributeTupleForm *attrs;
+} *TupleDesc;
+
+extern TupleDesc CreateTemplateTupleDesc(int natts);
+
+extern TupleDesc CreateTupleDesc(int natts, AttributeTupleForm *attrs);
+
+extern TupleDesc CreateTupleDescCopy(TupleDesc tupdesc);
+
+extern bool TupleDescInitEntry(TupleDesc desc,
+			       AttrNumber attributeNumber,
+			       char *attributeName, 
+			       char *typeName, 
+			       int attdim, 
+			       bool attisset);
+
+extern TupleDesc BuildDescForRelation(List *schema, char *relname);
+
+#endif	/* TUPDESC_H */

src/backend/access/tupmacs.h

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * tupmacs.h--
+ *    Tuple macros used by both index tuples and heap tuples.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: tupmacs.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:09 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef TUPMACS_H
+#define TUPMACS_H
+
+/*
+ * check to see if the ATT'th bit of an array of 8-bit bytes is set.
+ */
+#define att_isnull(ATT, BITS) (!((BITS)[(ATT) >> 3] & (1 << ((ATT) & 0x07))))
+
+/*
+ * given a AttributeTupleForm and a pointer into a tuple's data
+ * area, return the correct value or pointer.
+ *
+ * note that T must already be properly LONGALIGN/SHORTALIGN'd for
+ * this to work correctly.
+ *
+ * the double-cast is to stop gcc from (correctly) complaining about 
+ * casting integer types with size < sizeof(char *) to (char *).
+ * sign-extension may get weird if you use an integer type that
+ * isn't the same size as (char *) for the first cast.  (on the other
+ * hand, it's safe to use another type for the (foo *)(T).)
+ */
+#define fetchatt(A, T) \
+ ((*(A))->attbyval \
+  ? ((*(A))->attlen > sizeof(int16) \
+     ? (char *) (long) *((int32 *)(T)) \
+     : ((*(A))->attlen < sizeof(int16) \
+        ? (char *) (long) *((char *)(T)) \
+        : (char *) (long) *((int16 *)(T)))) \
+  : (char *) (T))
+	
+#endif

src/backend/access/valid.h

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * valid.h--
+ *    POSTGRES tuple qualification validity definitions.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: valid.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:09 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef	VALID_H
+#define VALID_H
+
+#include "c.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+#include "storage/buf.h"
+#include "utils/tqual.h"
+#include "access/tupdesc.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "storage/bufpage.h"
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	extern decl's
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+extern bool heap_keytest(HeapTuple t, TupleDesc tupdesc,
+			 int nkeys, ScanKey keys);
+
+extern HeapTuple heap_tuple_satisfies(ItemId itemId, Relation relation,
+       PageHeader disk_page, TimeQual qual, int nKeys, ScanKey key);
+
+extern bool TupleUpdatedByCurXactAndCmd(HeapTuple t);
+
+#endif	/* VALID_H */

src/backend/access/xact.h

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * xact.h--
+ *    postgres transaction system header
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: xact.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:09 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef XACT_H
+#define XACT_H
+
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#include "storage/ipc.h"
+#include "miscadmin.h"
+#include "utils/portal.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/mcxt.h"
+#include "utils/nabstime.h"
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	transaction state structure
+ * ----------------
+ */
+typedef struct TransactionStateData {
+    TransactionId	transactionIdData;
+    CommandId		commandId;
+    AbsoluteTime		startTime;
+    int			state;
+    int			blockState;
+} TransactionStateData;
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	transaction states
+ * ----------------
+ */
+#define TRANS_DEFAULT		0
+#define TRANS_START		1
+#define TRANS_INPROGRESS	2
+#define TRANS_COMMIT		3
+#define TRANS_ABORT		4
+#define TRANS_DISABLED		5
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	transaction block states
+ * ----------------
+ */
+#define TBLOCK_DEFAULT		0
+#define TBLOCK_BEGIN		1
+#define TBLOCK_INPROGRESS	2
+#define TBLOCK_END		3
+#define TBLOCK_ABORT		4
+#define TBLOCK_ENDABORT		5
+
+typedef TransactionStateData *TransactionState;
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	extern definitions
+ * ----------------
+ */
+extern int TransactionFlushEnabled();
+extern void SetTransactionFlushEnabled(bool state);
+
+extern bool IsTransactionState(void);
+extern bool IsAbortedTransactionBlockState(void);
+extern void OverrideTransactionSystem(bool flag);
+extern TransactionId GetCurrentTransactionId(void);
+extern CommandId GetCurrentCommandId(void);
+extern AbsoluteTime GetCurrentTransactionStartTime(void);
+extern bool TransactionIdIsCurrentTransactionId(TransactionId xid);
+extern bool CommandIdIsCurrentCommandId(CommandId cid);
+extern void ClearCommandIdCounterOverflowFlag(void);
+extern void CommandCounterIncrement(void);
+extern void InitializeTransactionSystem(void);
+extern void AtStart_Cache(void);
+extern void AtStart_Locks(void);
+extern void AtStart_Memory(void);
+extern void RecordTransactionCommit(void);
+extern void AtCommit_Cache(void);
+extern void AtCommit_Locks(void);
+extern void AtCommit_Memory(void);
+extern void RecordTransactionAbort(void);
+extern void AtAbort_Cache(void);
+extern void AtAbort_Locks(void);
+extern void AtAbort_Memory(void);
+extern void StartTransaction(void);
+extern bool CurrentXactInProgress(void);
+extern void CommitTransaction(void);
+extern void AbortTransaction(void);
+extern void StartTransactionCommand(void);
+extern void CommitTransactionCommand(void);
+extern void AbortCurrentTransaction(void);
+extern void BeginTransactionBlock(void);
+extern void EndTransactionBlock(void);
+extern void AbortTransactionBlock(void);
+extern bool IsTransactionBlock();
+extern void UserAbortTransactionBlock();
+
+extern TransactionId DisabledTransactionId;
+
+/* defined in xid.c */
+extern bool TransactionIdIsValid(TransactionId transactionId);
+extern void StoreInvalidTransactionId(TransactionId *destination);
+extern void TransactionIdStore(TransactionId transactionId,
+			       TransactionId *destination);
+extern bool TransactionIdEquals(TransactionId id1, TransactionId id2);
+extern bool TransactionIdIsLessThan(TransactionId id1, TransactionId id2);
+extern void TransactionIdIncrement(TransactionId *transactionId);
+extern void TransactionIdAdd(TransactionId *xid, int value);
+
+#endif	/* XACT_H */

src/backend/bootstrap/Makefile.inc

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Makefile.inc--
+#    Makefile for the bootstrap module
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+#
+#
+# IDENTIFICATION
+#    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/bootstrap/Attic/Makefile.inc,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:14 scrappy Exp $
+#
+#
+# Another kinda weird Makefile.inc cause we need two
+#  scanner/parsers in the backend and most yaccs and lexs
+#  don't have the prefix option.
+#
+#	sed files are HACK CITY! - redo...
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+bootdir= $(CURDIR)/bootstrap
+VPATH:= $(VPATH):$(bootdir)
+
+#BOOTYACCS= bootstrap_tokens.h bootparse.c
+BOOTYACCS= bootparse.c
+
+SRCS_BOOTSTRAP= bootparse.c bootscanner.c bootstrap.c 
+
+$(BOOTYACCS): bootparse.y
+	cd $(objdir); \
+	$(YACC) $(YFLAGS) $<; \
+	sed -f $(bootdir)/boot.sed < y.tab.c > bootparse.c; \
+	mv y.tab.h bootstrap_tokens.h; \
+	rm -f y.tab.c
+
+$(objdir)/bootparse.o: bootparse.c
+	$(cc_inobjdir)
+
+
+bootscanner.c: bootscanner.l
+	cd $(objdir); \
+	$(LEX) $<; \
+	sed -f $(bootdir)/boot.sed < lex.yy.c > bootscanner.c; \
+	rm -f lex.yy.c
+
+$(objdir)/bootscanner.o: bootscanner.c
+	$(cc_inobjdir)
+
+
+
+#
+# The following insures that y.tab.h gets made as bootstrap.c
+# includes it
+#
+bootstrap.o: $(BOOTYACCS)
+
+POSTGRES_DEPEND+= $(BOOTYACCS) bootscanner.c
+
+
+CLEANFILES+= bootscanner.c $(BOOTYACCS) y.tab.h y.output
+
+HEADERS+= bootstrap.h
+

src/backend/bootstrap/boot.sed

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+#
+# lex.sed - sed rules to remove conflicts between the 
+#               bootstrap backend interface LEX scanner and the
+#               normal backend SQL LEX scanner
+#
+# $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/bootstrap/Attic/boot.sed,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:14 scrappy Exp $
+#
+s/^yy/Int_yy/g
+s/\([^a-zA-Z0-9_]\)yy/\1Int_yy/g

src/backend/bootstrap/bootparse.y

@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+%{
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * backendparse.y--
+ *    yacc parser grammer for the "backend" initialization program.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/bootstrap/bootparse.y,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:14 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/tupdesc.h"
+#include "bootstrap/bootstrap.h"
+#include "utils/portal.h" 
+#include "storage/smgr.h" 
+#include "nodes/pg_list.h"
+#include "catalog/catalog.h"
+#include "catalog/catname.h"
+#include "catalog/heap.h"
+#include "catalog/index.h"
+#include "commands/rename.h"
+#include "commands/defrem.h"
+#include "access/transam.h"
+#include "access/xact.h"
+
+#define DO_START { StartTransactionCommand();\
+		 }
+
+#define DO_END   { CommitTransactionCommand();\
+		   if (!Quiet) { EMITPROMPT; }\
+		   fflush(stdout); \
+		 }
+
+int num_tuples_read = 0;
+static Oid objectid;
+
+%}
+
+%union {
+    List     *list;
+    IndexElem	*ielem;
+    char     *str;
+    int		ival;
+}
+
+%type <list>  arg_list
+%type <ielem> index_params index_on
+%type <ival> const ident
+%type <ival> optbootstrap optoideq tuple tuplelist
+
+%token <ival> CONST ID
+%token OPEN XCLOSE XCREATE INSERT_TUPLE
+%token STRING XDEFINE 
+%token XDECLARE INDEX ON USING XBUILD INDICES
+%token COMMA EQUALS LPAREN RPAREN
+%token OBJ_ID XBOOTSTRAP NULLVAL
+%start TopLevel
+
+%nonassoc low
+%nonassoc high
+
+%%
+
+TopLevel:
+	  Queries
+	|
+	;
+
+Queries:
+	  Query
+	| Queries Query
+	;
+
+Query :
+  	  OpenStmt
+	| CloseStmt 
+	| CreateStmt
+	| InsertStmt 
+	| DeclareIndexStmt
+	| BuildIndsStmt
+	;
+
+OpenStmt: 
+	  OPEN ident
+		{ 
+		    DO_START;
+		    boot_openrel(LexIDStr($2));
+		    DO_END; 
+		}	
+	;
+
+CloseStmt:
+	  XCLOSE ident %prec low
+		{
+		    DO_START;
+		    closerel(LexIDStr($2));
+		    DO_END;
+		}
+	| XCLOSE %prec high
+		{
+		    DO_START;
+		    closerel(NULL);
+		    DO_END;
+		}
+	;
+
+CreateStmt:
+	  XCREATE optbootstrap ident LPAREN 
+		{ 
+		    DO_START; 
+		    numattr=(int)0;
+		}
+	  typelist 
+		{ 
+		    if (!Quiet) putchar('\n');
+		    DO_END;
+		}
+	  RPAREN 
+		{ 
+		    DO_START; 
+
+		    if ($2) {
+			extern Relation reldesc;
+			TupleDesc tupdesc;
+
+			if (reldesc) {
+			    puts("create bootstrap: Warning, open relation");
+			    puts("exists, closing first");
+			    closerel(NULL);
+			}
+			if (DebugMode)
+			    puts("creating bootstrap relation");
+			tupdesc = CreateTupleDesc(numattr,attrtypes);
+			reldesc = heap_creatr(LexIDStr($3),
+					      DEFAULT_SMGR,
+					      tupdesc);
+			if (DebugMode)
+			    puts("bootstrap relation created ok");
+		    } else {
+			Oid id;
+			TupleDesc tupdesc;
+			/* extern Oid heap_create();*/
+
+			tupdesc = CreateTupleDesc(numattr,attrtypes);
+			id = heap_create(LexIDStr($3),
+					 NULL,
+					 'n',
+					 DEFAULT_SMGR,
+					 tupdesc);
+			if (!Quiet)
+			    printf("CREATED relation %s with OID %d\n",
+				   LexIDStr($3), id);
+		    }
+		    DO_END;
+		    if (DebugMode)
+			puts("Commit End");
+		}
+	;
+
+InsertStmt:
+	  INSERT_TUPLE optoideq		
+		{ 
+		    DO_START;
+		    if (DebugMode)
+		        printf("tuple %d<", $2);
+		    num_tuples_read = 0;
+		}
+	  LPAREN  tuplelist RPAREN	
+  		{
+		    if (num_tuples_read != numattr)
+		        elog(WARN,"incorrect number of values for tuple");
+		    if (reldesc == (Relation)NULL) {
+		        elog(WARN,"must OPEN RELATION before INSERT\n");
+		        err();
+		    }
+		    if (DebugMode)
+			puts("Insert Begin");
+		    objectid = $2;
+		    InsertOneTuple(objectid);
+		    if (DebugMode)
+			puts("Insert End");
+		    if (!Quiet) { putchar('\n'); }
+		    DO_END;
+		    if (DebugMode)
+			puts("Transaction End");
+		} 
+	;
+
+DeclareIndexStmt:
+	  XDECLARE INDEX ident ON ident USING ident LPAREN index_params RPAREN
+		{
+		  List *params;
+
+		  DO_START;
+
+		  params = lappend(NIL, (List*)$9);
+		  DefineIndex(LexIDStr($5), 
+			      LexIDStr($3), 
+			      LexIDStr($7),
+			      params, NIL, 0, NIL);
+		  DO_END;
+		}
+	;
+
+BuildIndsStmt:
+	  XBUILD INDICES	{ build_indices(); }
+
+index_params:
+	index_on ident
+		{
+		    IndexElem *n = (IndexElem*)$1;
+		    n->class = LexIDStr($2);
+		    $$ = n;
+		}
+
+index_on:
+	  ident
+		{
+		    IndexElem *n = makeNode(IndexElem);
+		    n->name = LexIDStr($1);
+		    $$ = n;
+		}
+	| ident LPAREN arg_list RPAREN
+		{
+		    IndexElem *n = makeNode(IndexElem);
+		    n->name = LexIDStr($1);
+		    n->args = (List*)$3;
+		    $$ = n;
+		}
+
+arg_list:
+	  ident
+		{
+		  $$ = lappend(NIL, makeString(LexIDStr($1)));
+		}
+	| arg_list COMMA ident
+		{
+		  $$ = lappend((List*)$1, makeString(LexIDStr($3)));
+		}
+    
+optbootstrap:
+	    XBOOTSTRAP	{ $$ = 1; }
+	|  		{ $$ = 0; }
+	;
+
+typelist:
+	  typething
+	| typelist COMMA typething
+	;
+
+typething:
+	  ident EQUALS ident
+		{ 
+		   if(++numattr > MAXATTR)
+			elog(FATAL,"Too many attributes\n");
+		   DefineAttr(LexIDStr($1),LexIDStr($3),numattr-1);
+		   if (DebugMode)
+		       printf("\n");
+		}
+	;
+
+optoideq:
+	    OBJ_ID EQUALS ident { $$ = atol(LexIDStr($3)); 		}
+	|			{ extern Oid newoid(); $$ = newoid();	}
+	;
+
+tuplelist:
+	   tuple
+	|  tuplelist tuple
+	|  tuplelist COMMA tuple
+	;
+
+tuple:
+	  ident {InsertOneValue(objectid, LexIDStr($1), num_tuples_read++); }
+        | const {InsertOneValue(objectid, LexIDStr($1), num_tuples_read++); }
+	| NULLVAL
+	    { InsertOneNull(num_tuples_read++); }
+	;
+  
+const :
+	  CONST { $$=yylval.ival; }
+	;
+
+ident :
+	  ID	{ $$=yylval.ival; }
+	;
+%%
+
+

src/backend/bootstrap/bootscanner.l

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+%{
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * bootscanner.lex--
+ *    a lexical scanner for the bootstrap parser
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/bootstrap/bootscanner.l,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:14 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "bootstrap/bootstrap.h"
+#include "utils/portal.h" 
+#include "access/xact.h"
+#include "parser/scansup.h"
+
+#include "bootstrap_tokens.h"
+
+/* some versions of lex define this as a macro */
+#if defined(yywrap)
+#undef yywrap
+#endif /* yywrap */
+
+YYSTYPE	yylval;
+int	yyline;  /* keep track of the line number for error reporting */
+
+%}
+
+D	[0-9]
+oct     \\{D}{D}{D}
+Exp	[Ee][-+]?{D}+
+id      ([A-Za-z0-9_]|{oct}|\-)+
+sid     \"([^\"])*\"
+arrayid	[A-Za-z0-9_]+\[{D}*\]
+
+%%
+
+open       	{ return(OPEN); }
+
+close		{ return(XCLOSE); }
+
+create		{ return(XCREATE); }
+
+OID             { return(OBJ_ID); }
+bootstrap	{ return(XBOOTSTRAP); }
+_null_		{ return(NULLVAL); }
+
+insert		{ return(INSERT_TUPLE); }
+
+","     	{ return(COMMA); }
+"="		{ return(EQUALS); }
+"("		{ return(LPAREN); }
+")"		{ return(RPAREN); }
+
+[\n]      	{ yyline++; }
+[\t]		;
+" "		; 
+
+^\#[^\n]* ; /* drop everything after "#" for comments */
+
+
+"declare"	{ return(XDECLARE); }
+"build"		{ return(XBUILD); }
+"indices"	{ return(INDICES); }
+"index"		{ return(INDEX); }
+"on"		{ return(ON); }
+"using"		{ return(USING); }
+{arrayid}	{
+		    yylval.ival = EnterString(MapArrayTypeName((char*)yytext));
+		    return(ID);
+		}
+{id}	 	{ 
+		    yylval.ival = EnterString(scanstr((char*)yytext));
+		    return(ID);
+		}
+{sid}		{
+		    yylval.ival = EnterString(scanstr((char*)yytext));
+		    return(ID);
+		}
+
+(-)?{D}+"."{D}*({Exp})?	|
+(-)?{D}*"."{D}+({Exp})?	|
+(-)?{D}+{Exp}		{
+			    yylval.ival = EnterString((char*)yytext);
+			    return(CONST);
+			}
+
+.		{
+		    printf("syntax error %d : -> %s\n", yyline, yytext);
+		}
+
+
+
+%%
+
+yywrap()
+{
+    return 1;
+}
+
+yyerror(str)
+    char *str;
+{
+    fprintf(stderr,"\tsyntax error %d : %s",yyline, str);
+}

src/backend/bootstrap/bootstrap.h

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * bootstrap.h--
+ *    include file for the bootstrapping code
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: bootstrap.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:14 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef BOOTSTRAP_H
+#define BOOTSTRAP_H
+
+#include <sys/file.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "access/htup.h"
+#include "access/itup.h"
+#include "access/relscan.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+#include "utils/tqual.h"
+#include "storage/buf.h"
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"	/* for BufferManagerFlush */
+#include "utils/portal.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+
+#define	MAXATTR 40		/* max. number of attributes in a relation */
+
+typedef struct hashnode {
+    int		strnum;		/* Index into string table */
+    struct hashnode	*next;
+} hashnode;
+
+#define EMITPROMPT printf("> ")
+
+extern Relation reldesc;
+extern AttributeTupleForm attrtypes[MAXATTR];
+extern int numattr;
+extern int DebugMode;
+
+extern int BootstrapMain(int ac, char *av[]);
+extern void index_register(char *heap,
+			   char *ind,
+			   int natts,
+			   AttrNumber *attnos,
+			   uint16 nparams,
+			   Datum *params,
+			   FuncIndexInfo *finfo,
+			   PredInfo *predInfo);
+
+extern void err(void);
+extern void InsertOneTuple(Oid objectid);
+extern void closerel(char *name);
+extern void boot_openrel(char *name);
+extern char *LexIDStr(int ident_num);
+
+extern void DefineAttr(char *name, char *type, int attnum);
+extern void InsertOneValue(Oid objectid, char *value, int i);
+extern void InsertOneNull(int i);
+extern bool BootstrapAlreadySeen(Oid id);
+extern void cleanup(void);
+extern int gettype(char *type);
+extern AttributeTupleForm AllocateAttribute(void);
+extern char* MapArrayTypeName(char *s);
+extern char* CleanUpStr(char *s);
+extern int EnterString (char *str);
+extern int CompHash (char *str, int len);
+extern hashnode *FindStr (char *str, int length, hashnode *mderef);
+extern hashnode *AddStr(char *str, int strlength, int mderef);
+extern void build_indices(void);
+
+#endif /* BOOTSTRAP_H */

src/backend/catalog/Makefile.inc

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# Makefile.inc--
+#    Makefile for the system catalogs module
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+#
+#
+# IDENTIFICATION
+#    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/Attic/Makefile.inc,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:14 scrappy Exp $
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+catdir=$(CURDIR)/catalog
+VPATH:=$(VPATH):$(catdir)
+
+
+SRCS_CATALOG= catalog.c heap.c index.c indexing.c \
+	pg_aggregate.c pg_operator.c pg_proc.c pg_type.c
+
+HEADERS+= catalog.h catname.h heap.h index.h indexing.h pg_aggregate.h \
+	pg_am.h pg_amop.h pg_amproc.h pg_attribute.h pg_database.h \
+	pg_defaults.h pg_demon.h pg_group.h pg_index.h pg_inheritproc.h \
+	pg_inherits.h pg_ipl.h pg_language.h pg_listener.h \
+	pg_log.h pg_magic.h pg_opclass.h pg_operator.h pg_parg.h \
+	pg_proc.h pg_class.h \
+	pg_rewrite.h pg_server.h pg_statistic.h pg_time.h pg_type.h \
+	pg_user.h pg_variable.h pg_version.h
+
+#
+# The following is to create the .bki files.
+# TODO: sort headers, (figure some automatic way of of determining
+#  the bki sources?)
+#
+# XXX - more grot.  includes names and uid's in the header file.  FIX THIS
+#  (not sure if i got this right - which do i need - or should i 
+#   burn the whole damned thing)
+#
+ifdef ALLOW_PG_GROUP
+BKIOPTS= -DALLOW_PG_GROUP
+endif
+
+GENBKI= $(catdir)/genbki.sh
+BKIFILES= global1.bki local1_template1.bki 
+
+GLOBALBKI_SRCS= pg_database.h pg_demon.h pg_magic.h pg_defaults.h \
+	pg_variable.h pg_server.h pg_user.h pg_hosts.h \
+	pg_group.h pg_log.h pg_time.h
+
+LOCALBKI_SRCS= pg_proc.h pg_type.h pg_attribute.h pg_class.h \
+	pg_inherits.h pg_index.h pg_version.h pg_statistic.h pg_operator.h \
+	pg_opclass.h pg_am.h pg_amop.h pg_amproc.h pg_language.h pg_parg.h \
+	pg_aggregate.h pg_ipl.h pg_inheritproc.h \
+	pg_rewrite.h pg_listener.h indexing.h
+
+global1.bki: $(GENBKI) $(GLOBALBKI_SRCS)
+	sh $(SHOPTS) $(GENBKI) $(BKIOPTS) \
+		$(patsubst $(GENBKI),,$^) > $(objdir)/$(@F)
+
+
+local1_template1.bki: $(GENBKI) $(LOCALBKI_SRCS)
+	sh $(SHOPTS) $(GENBKI) $(BKIOPTS) \
+		$(patsubst $(GENBKI),,$^) > $(objdir)/$(@F)
+
+
+#${PROG}: ${BKIFILES}
+#
+
+CLEANFILES+= ${BKIFILES}

src/backend/catalog/README

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+$Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/README,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:15 scrappy Exp $
+
+This directory contains .c files that manipulate the system catalogs
+as well as .h files that define the structure of the system catalogs.
+
+When the compile-time scripts (such as Gen_fmgrtab.sh and genbki.sh)
+execute, they grep the DATA statements out of the .h files and munge
+these in order to generate the .bki files.  The .bki files are then
+used as input to initdb (which is just a wrapper around postgres
+running single-user in bootstrapping mode) in order to generate the
+initial (template) system catalog relation files.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+People who are going to hose around with the .h files should be aware
+of the following facts:
+
+- It is very important that the DATA statements be properly formatted
+(e.g., no broken lines, proper use of white-space and _null_).  The
+scripts are line-oriented and break easily.  In addition, the only
+documentation on the proper format for them is the code in the
+bootstrap/ directory.  Just be careful when adding new DATA
+statements.
+
+- Some catalogs require that OIDs be preallocated to tuples because
+certain catalogs contain circular references.  For example, pg_type
+contains pointers into pg_proc (pg_type.typinput), and pg_proc
+contains back-pointers into pg_type (pg_proc.proargtypes).  In these
+cases, the references may be explicitly set by use of the "OID ="
+clause of the .bki insert statement.  If no such pointers are required
+to a given tuple, then the OID may be set to the wildcard value 0
+(i.e., the system generates a random OID in the usual way).
+
+If you need to find a valid OID for a set of tuples that refer to each
+other, use the unused_oids script.  It generates inclusive ranges of
+*unused* OIDs (i.e., the line "45-900" means OIDs 45 through 900 have
+not been allocated yet).  However, you should not rely 100% on this
+script, since it only looks at the .h files in the catalog/ directory.
+Do a pg_grepsrc (recursive grep) of the source tree to insure that
+there aren't any hidden crocks (i.e., explicit use of a numeric OID)
+anywhere in the code.
+
+-----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+When munging the .c files, you should be aware of certain conventions:
+
+- The system catalog cache code (and most catalog-munging code in
+general) assumes that the fixed-length portion of all system catalog
+tuples are in fact present.  That is, only the variable-length
+portions of a catalog tuple are assumed to be permitted to be
+non-NULL.  For example, if you set pg_type.typdelim to be NULL, a
+piece of code will likely perform "typetup->typdelim" (or, worse,
+"typetyp->typelem", which follows typdelim).  This will result in
+random errors or even segmentation violations.  Hence, do NOT insert
+catalog tuples that contain NULL attributes except in their
+variable-length portions!
+
+- Modification of the catalogs must be performed with the proper
+updating of catalog indexes!  That is, several catalogs have indexes
+on them; when you munge them using the executor, the executor will
+take care of doing the index updates, but if you make direct access
+method calls to insert new or modified tuples into a heap, you must
+also make the calls to insert the tuple into ALL of its indexes!  If
+not, the new tuple will generally be "invisible" to the system because
+most of the accesses to the catalogs in question will be through the
+associated indexes.

src/backend/catalog/catalog.c

@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * catalog.c--
+ *    
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/catalog.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:15 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include <string.h>	/* XXX */
+#include "postgres.h"
+#include "miscadmin.h"  /* for DataDir */
+#include "access/htup.h"
+#include "storage/buf.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+
+#include "utils/syscache.h"
+#include "catalog/catname.h"	/* NameIs{,Shared}SystemRelationName */
+#include "catalog/pg_attribute.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_type.h"
+#include "catalog/catalog.h"
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "access/transam.h"
+
+
+#ifndef	MAXPATHLEN
+#define	MAXPATHLEN	80
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * relpath		- path to the relation
+ *	Perhaps this should be in-line code in relopen().
+ */
+char *
+relpath(char relname[])
+{
+    char    *path;
+    
+    if (IsSharedSystemRelationName(relname)) {
+	path = (char *) palloc(strlen(DataDir) + sizeof(NameData) + 2);
+	sprintf(path, "%s/%.*s", DataDir, NAMEDATALEN, relname);
+	return (path);
+    }
+    return(relname);
+}
+
+/*
+ * issystem	- returns non-zero iff relname is a system catalog
+ *
+ *	We now make a new requirement where system catalog relns must begin
+ *	with pg_ while user relns are forbidden to do so.  Make the test
+ * 	trivial and instantaneous.
+ *
+ *	XXX this is way bogus. -- pma
+ */
+bool
+issystem(char relname[])
+{
+    if (relname[0] && relname[1] && relname[2])
+	return (relname[0] == 'p' && 
+		relname[1] == 'g' && 
+		relname[2] == '_');
+    else
+	return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * IsSystemRelationName --
+ *	True iff name is the name of a system catalog relation.
+ *
+ *	We now make a new requirement where system catalog relns must begin
+ *	with pg_ while user relns are forbidden to do so.  Make the test
+ * 	trivial and instantaneous.
+ *
+ *	XXX this is way bogus. -- pma
+ */
+bool
+IsSystemRelationName(char *relname)
+{
+    if (relname[0] && relname[1] && relname[2])
+	return (relname[0] == 'p' && 
+		relname[1] == 'g' && 
+		relname[2] == '_');
+    else
+	return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * IsSharedSystemRelationName --
+ *	True iff name is the name of a shared system catalog relation.
+ */
+bool
+IsSharedSystemRelationName(char *relname)
+{
+    int i;
+    
+    /*
+     * Quick out: if it's not a system relation, it can't be a shared
+     * system relation.
+     */
+    if (!IsSystemRelationName(relname))
+	return FALSE;
+    
+    i = 0;
+    while ( SharedSystemRelationNames[i] != NULL) {
+         if (strcmp(SharedSystemRelationNames[i],relname) == 0)
+	     return TRUE;
+	 i++;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+ *	newoid		- returns a unique identifier across all catalogs.
+ *
+ *	Object Id allocation is now done by GetNewObjectID in
+ *	access/transam/varsup.c.  oids are now allocated correctly.
+ *
+ * old comments:
+ *	This needs to change soon, it fails if there are too many more
+ *	than one call per second when postgres restarts after it dies.
+ *
+ *	The distribution of OID's should be done by the POSTMASTER.
+ *	Also there needs to be a facility to preallocate OID's.  Ie.,
+ *	for a block of OID's to be declared as invalid ones to allow
+ *	user programs to use them for temporary object identifiers.
+ */
+Oid newoid()
+{
+    Oid	 lastoid;
+    
+    GetNewObjectId(&lastoid);
+    if (! OidIsValid(lastoid))
+	elog(WARN, "newoid: GetNewObjectId returns invalid oid");
+    return lastoid;
+}
+
+/*
+ *	fillatt		- fills the ATTRIBUTE relation fields from the TYP
+ *
+ *	Expects that the atttypid domain is set for each att[].
+ *	Returns with the attnum, and attlen domains set.
+ *	attnum, attproc, atttyparg, ... should be set by the user.
+ *
+ *	In the future, attnum may not be set?!? or may be passed as an arg?!?
+ *
+ *	Current implementation is very inefficient--should cashe the
+ *	information if this is at all possible.
+ *
+ *	Check to see if this is really needed, and especially in the case
+ *	of index tuples.
+ */
+void
+fillatt(TupleDesc tupleDesc)
+{
+    AttributeTupleForm	*attributeP;
+    register TypeTupleForm	typp;
+    HeapTuple		tuple;
+    int			i;
+    int natts = tupleDesc->natts;
+    AttributeTupleForm *att = tupleDesc->attrs;
+
+    if (natts < 0 || natts > MaxHeapAttributeNumber)
+	elog(WARN, "fillatt: %d attributes is too large", natts);
+    if (natts == 0) {
+	elog(DEBUG, "fillatt: called with natts == 0");
+	return;
+    }
+    
+    attributeP = &att[0];
+    
+    for (i = 0; i < natts;) {
+	tuple = SearchSysCacheTuple(TYPOID,
+				    Int32GetDatum((*attributeP)->atttypid),
+				    0,0,0);
+	if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) {
+	    elog(WARN, "fillatt: unknown atttypid %ld",
+		 (*attributeP)->atttypid);
+	} else {
+	    (*attributeP)->attnum = (int16) ++i;
+	    /* Check if the attr is a set before messing with the length
+	       and byval, since those were already set in 
+	       TupleDescInitEntry.  In fact, this seems redundant 
+	       here, but who knows what I'll break if I take it out...
+
+	       same for char() and varchar() stuff. I share the same
+	       sentiments. This function is poorly written anyway. -ay 6/95
+	       */
+	    if (!(*attributeP)->attisset &&
+		(*attributeP)->atttypid!=BPCHAROID &&
+		(*attributeP)->atttypid!=VARCHAROID) {
+		
+		typp = (TypeTupleForm) GETSTRUCT(tuple);  /* XXX */
+		(*attributeP)->attlen = typp->typlen;
+		(*attributeP)->attbyval = typp->typbyval;
+	    }
+	}
+	attributeP += 1;
+    }
+}

src/backend/catalog/catalog.h

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * catalog.h--
+ *    prototypes for functions in lib/catalog/catalog.c
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: catalog.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:15 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef CATALOG_H
+#define CATALOG_H
+
+#include "access/tupdesc.h"
+
+extern char *relpath(char relname[]);
+extern bool IsSystemRelationName(char *relname);
+extern bool IsSharedSystemRelationName(char *relname);
+extern Oid newoid(void);
+extern void fillatt(TupleDesc att);
+
+#endif	/* CATALOG_H */

src/backend/catalog/catname.h

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * catname.h--
+ *    POSTGRES system catalog relation name definitions.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: catname.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:15 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef	CATNAME_H
+#define CATNAME_H
+
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+
+#define  AggregateRelationName "pg_aggregate"
+#define  AccessMethodRelationName "pg_am"
+#define  AccessMethodOperatorRelationName "pg_amop"
+#define  AccessMethodProcedureRelationName "pg_amproc"
+#define  AttributeRelationName "pg_attribute"
+#define  DatabaseRelationName "pg_database"
+#define  DefaultsRelationName "pg_defaults"
+#define  DemonRelationName "pg_demon"
+#define  GroupRelationName "pg_group"
+#define  HostsRelationName "pg_hosts"
+#define  IndexRelationName "pg_index"
+#define  InheritProcedureRelationName "pg_inheritproc"
+#define  InheritsRelationName "pg_inherits"
+#define  InheritancePrecidenceListRelationName "pg_ipl"
+#define  LanguageRelationName "pg_language"
+#define  ListenerRelationName "pg_listener"
+#define  LogRelationName "pg_log"
+#define  MagicRelationName "pg_magic"
+#define  OperatorClassRelationName "pg_opclass"
+#define  OperatorRelationName "pg_operator"
+#define  ProcedureRelationName "pg_proc"
+#define  RelationRelationName "pg_class"
+#define  RewriteRelationName "pg_rewrite"
+#define  ServerRelationName "pg_server"
+#define  StatisticRelationName "pg_statistic"
+#define  TimeRelationName "pg_time"
+#define  TypeRelationName "pg_type"
+#define  UserRelationName "pg_user"
+#define  VariableRelationName "pg_variable"
+#define  VersionRelationName "pg_version"
+
+extern char *SharedSystemRelationNames[];
+
+#endif	/* CATNAME_H */

src/backend/catalog/genbki.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#
+# genbki.sh--
+#    shell script which generates .bki files from specially formatted .h
+#    files.  These .bki files are used to initialize the postgres template
+#    database.
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+#
+#
+# IDENTIFICATION
+#    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/Attic/genbki.sh,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:15 scrappy Exp $
+#
+# NOTES
+#    non-essential whitespace is removed from the generated file.
+#    if this is ever a problem, then the sed script at the very
+#    end can be changed into another awk script or something smarter..
+#
+#-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+PATH=$PATH:/lib:/usr/ccs/lib		# to find cpp
+BKIOPTS=''
+if [ $? != 0 ]
+then
+    echo `basename $0`: Bad option
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+for opt in $*
+do
+    case $opt in
+    -D) BKIOPTS="$BKIOPTS -D$2"; shift; shift;;
+    -D*) BKIOPTS="$BKIOPTS $1";shift;;
+    --) shift; break;;
+    esac
+done
+
+# ----------------
+# 	collect nodefiles
+# ----------------
+SYSFILES=''
+x=1
+numargs=$#
+while test $x -le $numargs ; do
+    SYSFILES="$SYSFILES $1"
+    x=`expr $x + 1`
+    shift
+done
+
+# ----------------
+# 	strip comments and trash from .h before we generate
+#	the .bki file...
+# ----------------
+#	also, change Oid to oid. -- AY 8/94.
+#	also, change NameData to name. -- jolly 8/21/95.
+#
+cat $SYSFILES | \
+sed -e 's/\/\*.*\*\///g' \
+    -e 's/;[ 	]*$//g'  \
+    -e 's/\ Oid/\ oid/g' \
+    -e 's/\ NameData/\ name/g' \
+    -e 's/(NameData/(name/g' \
+    -e 's/(Oid/(oid/g' | \
+awk '
+# ----------------
+#	now use awk to process remaining .h file..
+#
+#	nc is the number of catalogs
+#	inside is a variable set to 1 when we are scanning the
+#	   contents of a catalog definition.
+#	inserting_data is a flag indicating when we are processing DATA lines.
+#		(i.e. have a relation open and need to close it)
+# ----------------
+BEGIN {
+	inside = 0;
+	raw = 0;
+	bootstrap = 0;
+	nc = 0;
+	reln_open = 0;
+}
+
+# ----------------
+#	anything in a BKI_BEGIN .. BKI_END block should be passed
+#	along without interpretation.
+# ----------------
+/^BKI_BEGIN/ 	{ raw = 1; next; }
+/^BKI_END/ 	{ raw = 0; next; }
+raw == 1 	{ print; next; }
+
+# ----------------
+#	DATA() statements should get passed right through after
+#	stripping off the DATA( and the ) on the end.
+# ----------------
+/^DATA\(/ {
+	data = substr($0, 6, length($0) - 6);
+	print data;
+	next;
+}
+
+/^DECLARE_INDEX\(/ {
+# ----
+#  end any prior catalog data insertions before starting a define index
+# ----
+	if (reln_open == 1) {
+#		print "show";
+		print "close " catalog;
+		reln_open = 0;
+	}
+
+	data = substr($0, 15, length($0) - 15);
+	print "declare index " data
+}
+
+/^BUILD_INDICES/	{ print "build indices"; }
+	
+# ----------------
+#	CATALOG() definitions take some more work.
+# ----------------
+/^CATALOG\(/ { 
+# ----
+#  end any prior catalog data insertions before starting a new one..
+# ----
+	if (reln_open == 1) {
+#		print "show";
+		print "close " catalog;
+		reln_open = 0;
+	}
+
+# ----
+#  get the name of the new catalog
+# ----
+	pos = index($1,")");
+	catalog = substr($1,9,pos-9); 
+
+	if ($0 ~ /BOOTSTRAP/) {
+		bootstrap = 1;
+	}
+
+        i = 1;
+	inside = 1;
+        nc++;
+	next;
+}
+
+# ----------------
+#	process the contents of the catalog definition
+#
+#	attname[ x ] contains the attribute name for attribute x
+#	atttype[ x ] contains the attribute type fot attribute x
+# ----------------
+inside == 1 {
+# ----
+#  ignore a leading brace line..
+# ----
+        if ($1 ~ /\{/)
+		next;
+
+# ----
+#  if this is the last line, then output the bki catalog stuff.
+# ----
+	if ($1 ~ /}/) {
+		if (bootstrap) {
+			print "create bootstrap " catalog;
+		} else {
+			print "create " catalog;
+		}
+		print "\t(";
+
+		for (j=1; j<i-1; j++) {
+			print "\t " attname[ j ] " = " atttype[ j ] " ,";
+		}
+		print "\t " attname[ j ] " = " atttype[ j ] ;
+		print "\t)";
+
+		if (! bootstrap) {
+			print "open " catalog;
+		}
+
+		i = 1;
+		reln_open = 1;
+		inside = 0;
+		bootstrap = 0;
+		next;
+	}
+
+# ----
+#  if we are inside the catalog definition, then keep sucking up
+#  attibute names and types
+# ----
+	if ($2 ~ /\[.*\]/) {			# array attribute
+		idlen = index($2,"[") - 1;
+		atttype[ i ] = $1 "[]";		# variable-length only..
+		attname[ i ] = substr($2,1,idlen);
+	} else {
+		atttype[ i ] = $1;
+		attname[ i ] = $2;
+	}
+	i++;
+	next;
+}
+
+END {
+	if (reln_open == 1) {
+#		print "show";
+		print "close " catalog;
+		reln_open = 0;
+	}
+}
+' | \
+cpp $BKIOPTS | \
+sed -e '/^[ 	]*$/d' \
+    -e 's/[ 	][ 	]*/ /g'
+
+# ----------------
+#	all done
+# ----------------
+exit 0

src/backend/catalog/heap.h

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * heap.h--
+ *    prototypes for functions in lib/catalog/heap.c
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: heap.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:15 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef HEAP_H
+#define HEAP_H
+
+extern Relation heap_creatr(char *relname, unsigned smgr, TupleDesc att);
+
+extern int RelationAlreadyExists(Relation pg_class_desc, char relname[]);
+extern void addNewRelationType(char *typeName, Oid new_rel_oid);
+
+extern void AddPgRelationTuple(Relation pg_class_desc,
+	Relation new_rel_desc, Oid new_rel_oid, int arch, unsigned natts);
+
+extern Oid heap_create(char relname[], 
+		       char *typename,
+		       int arch, 
+		       unsigned smgr, TupleDesc tupdesc);
+
+extern void RelationRemoveInheritance(Relation relation);
+extern void RelationRemoveIndexes(Relation relation);
+extern void DeletePgRelationTuple(Relation rdesc);
+extern void DeletePgAttributeTuples(Relation rdesc);
+extern void DeletePgTypeTuple(Relation rdesc);
+extern void heap_destroy(char relname[]);
+extern void heap_destroyr(Relation r);
+ 
+extern void InitTempRelList();
+extern void AddToTempRelList(Relation r);
+extern void RemoveFromTempRelList(Relation r);
+extern void DestroyTempRels();
+
+#endif	/* HEAP_H */

src/backend/catalog/index.h

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * index.h--
+ *    prototypes for index.c.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: index.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:15 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef	INDEX_H 
+#define INDEX_H
+
+#include "access/funcindex.h"
+#include "access/itup.h"
+#include "nodes/execnodes.h"
+
+
+extern Form_pg_am
+AccessMethodObjectIdGetAccessMethodTupleForm(Oid accessMethodObjectId);
+
+extern void
+UpdateIndexPredicate(Oid indexoid, Node *oldPred, Node *predicate);
+
+extern void InitIndexStrategy(int numatts,
+			      Relation indexRelation,
+			      Oid accessMethodObjectId);
+
+extern void index_create(char *heapRelationName, 
+			 char* indexRelationName,
+			 FuncIndexInfo *funcInfo, 
+			 Oid accessMethodObjectId,
+			 int numatts, 
+			 AttrNumber attNums[],
+			 Oid classObjectId[], 
+			 uint16 parameterCount,
+			 Datum parameter[], 
+			 Node *predicate);
+
+extern void index_destroy(Oid indexId);
+
+extern void FormIndexDatum(int numberOfAttributes,
+	AttrNumber attributeNumber[], HeapTuple heapTuple,
+	TupleDesc heapDescriptor, Buffer buffer, Datum *datum,
+	char *nullv, FuncIndexInfoPtr fInfo);
+
+extern void UpdateStats(Oid relid, long reltuples, bool hasindex);
+
+extern void FillDummyExprContext(ExprContext *econtext, TupleTableSlot *slot,
+			  TupleDesc tupdesc, Buffer buffer);
+
+extern void index_build(Relation heapRelation, Relation indexRelation,
+	int numberOfAttributes, AttrNumber attributeNumber[],
+	uint16 parameterCount, Datum parameter[], FuncIndexInfo *funcInfo,
+	PredInfo *predInfo);
+
+#endif /* INDEX_H */

src/backend/catalog/indexing.c

@@ -0,0 +1,561 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * indexing.c--
+ *    This file contains routines to support indices defined on system
+ *    catalogs.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/indexing.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:15 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+#include "utils/builtins.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/oidcompos.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "access/htup.h"
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/genam.h"
+#include "access/attnum.h"
+#include "access/funcindex.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+#include "storage/buf.h"
+#include "storage/bufmgr.h"
+#include "nodes/execnodes.h"
+#include "catalog/catalog.h"
+#include "catalog/catname.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_index.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_proc.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_type.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_class.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_attribute.h"
+#include "utils/syscache.h"
+#include "catalog/indexing.h"
+#include "catalog/index.h"
+
+/*
+ * Names of indices on the following system catalogs:
+ *
+ *	pg_attribute
+ *	pg_proc
+ *	pg_type
+ *	pg_naming
+ *	pg_class
+ */
+/*
+static NameData	AttributeNameIndexData = { "pg_attnameind" };
+static NameData	AttributeNumIndexData  = { "pg_attnumind" };
+static NameData AttributeRelidIndexData= { "pg_attrelidind" };
+static NameData	ProcedureNameIndexData = { "pg_procnameind" };
+static NameData	ProcedureOidIndexData  = { "pg_procidind" };
+static NameData	ProcedureSrcIndexData  = { "pg_procsrcind" };
+static NameData	TypeNameIndexData      = { "pg_typenameind" };
+static NameData	TypeOidIndexData       = { "pg_typeidind" };
+static NameData ClassNameIndexData     = { "pg_classnameind" };
+static NameData ClassOidIndexData      = { "pg_classoidind" };
+
+Name	AttributeNameIndex = &AttributeNameIndexData;
+Name	AttributeNumIndex  = &AttributeNumIndexData;
+Name	AttributeRelidIndex= &AttributeRelidIndexData;
+Name	ProcedureNameIndex = &ProcedureNameIndexData;
+Name	ProcedureOidIndex  = &ProcedureOidIndexData;
+Name	ProcedureSrcIndex  = &ProcedureSrcIndexData;
+Name	TypeNameIndex      = &TypeNameIndexData;
+Name	TypeOidIndex       = &TypeOidIndexData;
+Name	ClassNameIndex     = &ClassNameIndexData;
+Name	ClassOidIndex      = &ClassOidIndexData;
+char *Name_pg_attr_indices[Num_pg_attr_indices] = {AttributeNameIndexData.data,
+						   AttributeNumIndexData.data,
+						   AttributeRelidIndexData.data};
+char *Name_pg_proc_indices[Num_pg_proc_indices] = {ProcedureNameIndexData.data,
+						   ProcedureOidIndexData.data,
+						   ProcedureSrcIndexData.data};char *Name_pg_type_indices[Num_pg_type_indices] = {TypeNameIndexData.data,
+						   TypeOidIndexData.data};
+char *Name_pg_class_indices[Num_pg_class_indices]= {ClassNameIndexData.data,
+						   ClassOidIndexData.data};
+*/
+
+char *Name_pg_attr_indices[Num_pg_attr_indices] = {AttributeNameIndex,
+						   AttributeNumIndex,
+						   AttributeRelidIndex};
+char *Name_pg_proc_indices[Num_pg_proc_indices] = { ProcedureNameIndex,
+						    ProcedureOidIndex,
+						    ProcedureSrcIndex};
+char *Name_pg_type_indices[Num_pg_type_indices] = { TypeNameIndex,
+						    TypeOidIndex};
+char *Name_pg_class_indices[Num_pg_class_indices]= { ClassNameIndex,
+						     ClassOidIndex};
+
+
+static HeapTuple CatalogIndexFetchTuple(Relation heapRelation,
+					Relation idesc,
+					ScanKey skey);
+
+
+/*
+ * Changes (appends) to catalogs can (and does) happen at various places
+ * throughout the code.  We need a generic routine that will open all of
+ * the indices defined on a given catalog a return the relation descriptors
+ * associated with them.
+ */
+void
+CatalogOpenIndices(int nIndices, char *names[], Relation idescs[])
+{
+    int i;
+    
+    for (i=0; i<nIndices; i++)
+	{
+	    idescs[i] = index_openr(names[i]);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * This is the inverse routine to CatalogOpenIndices()
+ */
+void
+CatalogCloseIndices(int nIndices, Relation *idescs)
+{
+    int i;
+    
+    for (i=0; i<nIndices; i++)
+	index_close(idescs[i]);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * For the same reasons outlined above CatalogOpenIndices() we need a routine
+ * that takes a new catalog tuple and inserts an associated index tuple into 
+ * each catalog index.
+ */
+void
+CatalogIndexInsert(Relation *idescs,
+		   int nIndices,
+		   Relation heapRelation,
+		   HeapTuple heapTuple)
+{
+    HeapTuple pgIndexTup;
+    TupleDesc heapDescriptor;
+    IndexTupleForm pgIndexP;
+    IndexTuple newIndxTup;
+    Datum datum;
+    int natts;
+    AttrNumber *attnumP;
+    FuncIndexInfo finfo, *finfoP;
+    char nulls[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
+    int i;
+    
+    heapDescriptor =  RelationGetTupleDescriptor(heapRelation);
+    
+    for (i=0; i<nIndices; i++) 
+	{
+	    TupleDesc     indexDescriptor;
+	    InsertIndexResult indexRes;
+	    
+	    indexDescriptor = RelationGetTupleDescriptor(idescs[i]);
+	    pgIndexTup = SearchSysCacheTuple(INDEXRELID,
+					     Int32GetDatum(idescs[i]->rd_id),
+					     0,0,0);
+	    Assert(pgIndexTup);
+	    pgIndexP = (IndexTupleForm)GETSTRUCT(pgIndexTup);
+	    
+	    /*
+	     * Compute the number of attributes we are indexing upon.
+	     * very important - can't assume one if this is a functional
+	     * index.
+	     */
+	    for (attnumP=(&pgIndexP->indkey[0]), natts=0;
+		 *attnumP != InvalidAttrNumber;
+		 attnumP++, natts++)
+		;
+	    
+	    if (pgIndexP->indproc != InvalidOid)
+		{
+		    FIgetnArgs(&finfo) = natts;
+		    natts = 1;
+		    FIgetProcOid(&finfo) = pgIndexP->indproc;
+		    *(FIgetname(&finfo)) = '\0';
+		    finfoP = &finfo;
+		}
+	    else
+		finfoP = (FuncIndexInfo *)NULL;
+	    
+	    FormIndexDatum(natts,
+			   (AttrNumber *)&pgIndexP->indkey[0],
+			   heapTuple,
+			   heapDescriptor,
+			   InvalidBuffer,
+			   &datum,
+			   nulls,
+			   finfoP);
+	    
+	    newIndxTup = (IndexTuple)index_formtuple(indexDescriptor,
+						     &datum,nulls);
+	    Assert(newIndxTup);
+	    /*
+	     * Doing this structure assignment makes me quake in my boots when I 
+	     * think about portability.
+	     */
+	    newIndxTup->t_tid = heapTuple->t_ctid;
+	    
+	    indexRes = index_insert(idescs[i], newIndxTup);
+	    if (indexRes) pfree(indexRes);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * This is needed at initialization when reldescs for some of the crucial
+ * system catalogs are created and nailed into the cache.
+ */
+bool
+CatalogHasIndex(char *catName, Oid catId)
+{
+    Relation    pg_class;
+    HeapTuple   htup;
+    Form_pg_class pgRelP;
+    int i;
+    
+    Assert(IsSystemRelationName(catName));
+    
+    /*
+     * If we're bootstraping we don't have pg_class (or any indices).
+     */
+    if (IsBootstrapProcessingMode())
+	return false;
+    
+    if (IsInitProcessingMode()) {
+	for (i = 0; IndexedCatalogNames[i] != NULL; i++) {
+	    if ( strcmp(IndexedCatalogNames[i], catName) == 0)
+		return (true);
+	}
+	return (false);
+    }
+    
+    pg_class = heap_openr(RelationRelationName);
+    htup = ClassOidIndexScan(pg_class, catId);
+    heap_close(pg_class);
+    
+    if (! HeapTupleIsValid(htup)) {
+	elog(NOTICE, "CatalogHasIndex: no relation with oid %d", catId);
+	return false;
+    }
+    
+    pgRelP = (Form_pg_class)GETSTRUCT(htup);
+    return (pgRelP->relhasindex);
+}
+
+/*
+ *  CatalogIndexFetchTuple() -- Get a tuple that satisfies a scan key
+ *				from a catalog relation.
+ *
+ *	Since the index may contain pointers to dead tuples, we need to
+ *	iterate until we find a tuple that's valid and satisfies the scan
+ *	key.
+ */
+static HeapTuple
+CatalogIndexFetchTuple(Relation heapRelation,
+		       Relation idesc,
+		       ScanKey skey)
+{
+    IndexScanDesc sd;
+    RetrieveIndexResult indexRes;
+    HeapTuple tuple;
+    Buffer buffer;
+    
+    sd = index_beginscan(idesc, false, 1, skey);
+    tuple = (HeapTuple)NULL;
+    
+    do {
+	indexRes = index_getnext(sd, ForwardScanDirection);
+	if (indexRes) {
+	    ItemPointer iptr;
+	    
+	    iptr = &indexRes->heap_iptr;
+	    tuple = heap_fetch(heapRelation, NowTimeQual, iptr, &buffer);
+	    pfree(indexRes);
+	} else
+	    break;
+    } while (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple));
+    
+    if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) {
+	tuple = heap_copytuple(tuple);
+	ReleaseBuffer(buffer);
+    }
+    
+    index_endscan(sd);
+    if (sd->opaque)
+	pfree(sd->opaque);
+    pfree(sd);
+    return (tuple);
+}
+
+/*
+ * The remainder of the file is for individual index scan routines.  Each
+ * index should be scanned according to how it was defined during bootstrap
+ * (that is, functional or normal) and what arguments the cache lookup
+ * requires.  Each routine returns the heap tuple that qualifies.
+ */
+HeapTuple
+AttributeNameIndexScan(Relation heapRelation,
+		       Oid relid,
+		       char *attname)
+{
+    Relation idesc;
+    ScanKeyData skey;
+    OidName keyarg;
+    HeapTuple tuple;
+    
+    keyarg = mkoidname(relid, attname);
+    ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&skey,
+			   (bits16)0x0,
+			   (AttrNumber)1,
+			   (RegProcedure)OidNameEqRegProcedure,
+			   (Datum)keyarg);
+    
+    idesc = index_openr(AttributeNameIndex);
+    tuple = CatalogIndexFetchTuple(heapRelation, idesc, &skey);
+    
+    index_close(idesc);
+    pfree(keyarg);
+    
+    return tuple;
+}
+
+HeapTuple
+AttributeNumIndexScan(Relation heapRelation,
+		      Oid relid,
+		      AttrNumber attnum)
+{
+    Relation idesc;
+    ScanKeyData skey;
+    OidInt2 keyarg;
+    HeapTuple tuple;
+    
+    keyarg = mkoidint2(relid, (uint16)attnum);
+    ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&skey,
+			   (bits16)0x0,
+			   (AttrNumber)1,
+			   (RegProcedure)OidInt2EqRegProcedure,
+			   (Datum)keyarg);
+    
+    idesc = index_openr(AttributeNumIndex);
+    tuple = CatalogIndexFetchTuple(heapRelation, idesc, &skey);
+    
+    index_close(idesc);
+    pfree(keyarg);
+    
+    return tuple;
+}
+
+HeapTuple
+ProcedureOidIndexScan(Relation heapRelation, Oid procId)
+{
+    Relation idesc;
+    ScanKeyData skey;
+    HeapTuple tuple;
+    
+    ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&skey,
+			   (bits16)0x0,
+			   (AttrNumber)1,
+			   (RegProcedure)ObjectIdEqualRegProcedure,
+			   (Datum)procId);
+    
+    idesc = index_openr(ProcedureOidIndex);
+    tuple = CatalogIndexFetchTuple(heapRelation, idesc, &skey);
+    
+    index_close(idesc);
+    
+    return tuple;
+}
+
+HeapTuple
+ProcedureNameIndexScan(Relation heapRelation,
+		       char *procName,
+		       int nargs,
+		       Oid *argTypes)
+{
+    Relation idesc;
+    ScanKeyData skey;
+    HeapTuple tuple;
+    IndexScanDesc sd;
+    RetrieveIndexResult indexRes;
+    Buffer buffer;
+    Form_pg_proc pgProcP;
+    bool bufferUsed = FALSE;
+    
+    ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&skey,
+			   (bits16)0x0,
+			   (AttrNumber)1,
+			   (RegProcedure)NameEqualRegProcedure,
+			   (Datum)procName);
+    
+    idesc = index_openr(ProcedureNameIndex);
+    
+    sd = index_beginscan(idesc, false, 1, &skey);
+    
+    /*
+     * for now, we do the work usually done by CatalogIndexFetchTuple
+     * by hand, so that we can check that the other keys match.  when
+     * multi-key indices are added, they will be used here.
+     */
+    do {  
+	tuple = (HeapTuple)NULL;
+	if (bufferUsed) {
+	    ReleaseBuffer(buffer);
+	    bufferUsed = FALSE;
+        }
+	
+	indexRes = index_getnext(sd, ForwardScanDirection);
+	if (indexRes) {
+	    ItemPointer iptr;
+	    
+	    iptr = &indexRes->heap_iptr;
+	    tuple = heap_fetch(heapRelation, NowTimeQual, iptr, &buffer);
+	    pfree(indexRes);
+	    if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) {
+		pgProcP = (Form_pg_proc)GETSTRUCT(tuple);
+		bufferUsed = TRUE;
+	    }
+	} else
+	    break;
+    } while (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple) ||
+	     pgProcP->pronargs != nargs ||
+	     !oid8eq(&(pgProcP->proargtypes[0]), argTypes));
+    
+    if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) {
+	tuple = heap_copytuple(tuple);
+	ReleaseBuffer(buffer);
+    }
+    
+    index_endscan(sd);
+    index_close(idesc);
+    
+    return tuple;
+}
+
+HeapTuple
+ProcedureSrcIndexScan(Relation heapRelation, text *procSrc)
+{
+    Relation idesc;
+    IndexScanDesc sd;
+    ScanKeyData skey;
+    RetrieveIndexResult indexRes;
+    HeapTuple tuple;
+    Buffer buffer;
+    
+    ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&skey,
+			   (bits16)0x0,
+			   (AttrNumber)Anum_pg_proc_prosrc,
+		           (RegProcedure)TextEqualRegProcedure,
+			   (Datum)procSrc);
+    
+    idesc = index_openr(ProcedureSrcIndex);
+    sd = index_beginscan(idesc, false, 1, &skey);
+    
+    indexRes = index_getnext(sd, ForwardScanDirection);
+    if (indexRes) {
+	ItemPointer iptr;
+	    
+	iptr = &indexRes->heap_iptr;
+	tuple = heap_fetch(heapRelation, NowTimeQual, iptr, &buffer);
+	pfree(indexRes);
+    } else
+	tuple = (HeapTuple)NULL;
+    
+    if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) {
+	tuple = heap_copytuple(tuple);
+	ReleaseBuffer(buffer);
+    }
+    
+    index_endscan(sd);
+    
+    return tuple;
+}
+
+HeapTuple
+TypeOidIndexScan(Relation heapRelation, Oid typeId)
+{
+    Relation idesc;
+    ScanKeyData skey;
+    HeapTuple tuple;
+    
+    ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&skey,
+			   (bits16)0x0,
+			   (AttrNumber)1,
+			   (RegProcedure)ObjectIdEqualRegProcedure,
+			   (Datum)typeId);
+    
+    idesc = index_openr(TypeOidIndex);
+    tuple = CatalogIndexFetchTuple(heapRelation, idesc, &skey);
+    
+    index_close(idesc);
+    
+    return tuple;
+}
+
+HeapTuple
+TypeNameIndexScan(Relation heapRelation, char *typeName)
+{
+    Relation idesc;
+    ScanKeyData skey;
+    HeapTuple tuple;
+    
+    ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&skey,
+			   (bits16)0x0,
+			   (AttrNumber)1,
+			   (RegProcedure)NameEqualRegProcedure,
+			   (Datum)typeName);
+    
+    idesc = index_openr(TypeNameIndex);
+    tuple = CatalogIndexFetchTuple(heapRelation, idesc, &skey);
+    
+    index_close(idesc);
+    
+    return tuple;
+}
+
+HeapTuple
+ClassNameIndexScan(Relation heapRelation, char *relName)
+{
+    Relation idesc;
+    ScanKeyData skey;
+    HeapTuple tuple;
+    
+    ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&skey,
+			   (bits16)0x0,
+			   (AttrNumber)1,
+			   (RegProcedure)NameEqualRegProcedure,
+			   (Datum)relName);
+    
+    idesc = index_openr(ClassNameIndex);
+    
+    tuple = CatalogIndexFetchTuple(heapRelation, idesc, &skey);
+    
+    index_close(idesc);
+    return tuple;
+}
+
+HeapTuple
+ClassOidIndexScan(Relation heapRelation, Oid relId)
+{
+    Relation idesc;
+    ScanKeyData skey;
+    HeapTuple tuple;
+    
+    ScanKeyEntryInitialize(&skey,
+			   (bits16)0x0,
+			   (AttrNumber)1,
+			   (RegProcedure)ObjectIdEqualRegProcedure,
+			   (Datum)relId);
+    
+    idesc = index_openr(ClassOidIndex);
+    tuple = CatalogIndexFetchTuple(heapRelation, idesc, &skey);
+    
+    index_close(idesc);
+    
+    return tuple;
+}

src/backend/catalog/indexing.h

@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * indexing.h--
+ *    This include provides some definitions to support indexing 
+ *    on system catalogs
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: indexing.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:15 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef INDEXING_H
+#define INDEXING_H
+
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+
+/*
+ * Some definitions for indices on pg_attribute
+ */
+#define Num_pg_attr_indices	3
+#define Num_pg_proc_indices	3
+#define Num_pg_type_indices	2
+#define Num_pg_class_indices	2
+
+
+/*
+ * Names of indices on system catalogs
+ */
+#define AttributeNameIndex "pg_attnameind"
+#define AttributeNumIndex  "pg_attnumind"
+#define AttributeRelidIndex "pg_attrelidind"
+#define ProcedureNameIndex "pg_procnameind"
+#define ProcedureOidIndex  "pg_procidind"
+#define ProcedureSrcIndex  "pg_procsrcind"
+#define TypeNameIndex      "pg_typenameind"
+#define TypeOidIndex       "pg_typeidind"
+#define ClassNameIndex     "pg_classnameind"
+#define ClassOidIndex      "pg_classoidind"
+
+extern char *Name_pg_attr_indices[];
+extern char *Name_pg_proc_indices[];
+extern char *Name_pg_type_indices[];
+extern char *Name_pg_class_indices[];
+
+extern char *IndexedCatalogNames[];
+
+/*
+ * indexing.c prototypes 
+ *
+ * Functions for each index to perform the necessary scan on a cache miss.
+ */
+extern void CatalogOpenIndices(int nIndices, char *names[], Relation idescs[]);
+extern void CatalogCloseIndices(int nIndices, Relation *idescs);
+extern void CatalogIndexInsert(Relation *idescs,
+			       int nIndices,
+			       Relation heapRelation,
+			       HeapTuple heapTuple);
+extern bool CatalogHasIndex(char *catName, Oid catId);
+
+extern HeapTuple AttributeNameIndexScan(Relation heapRelation,
+					Oid relid,
+					char *attname);
+
+extern HeapTuple AttributeNumIndexScan(Relation heapRelation,
+				       Oid relid,
+				       AttrNumber attnum);
+extern HeapTuple ProcedureOidIndexScan(Relation heapRelation, Oid procId);
+extern HeapTuple ProcedureNameIndexScan(Relation heapRelation,
+	char *procName, int nargs, Oid *argTypes);
+extern HeapTuple ProcedureSrcIndexScan(Relation heapRelation, text *procSrc);
+extern HeapTuple TypeOidIndexScan(Relation heapRelation, Oid typeId);
+extern HeapTuple TypeNameIndexScan(Relation heapRelation, char *typeName);
+extern HeapTuple ClassNameIndexScan(Relation heapRelation, char *relName);
+extern HeapTuple ClassOidIndexScan(Relation heapRelation, Oid relId);
+
+
+/*
+ * What follows are lines processed by genbki.sh to create the statements
+ * the bootstrap parser will turn into DefineIndex commands.
+ *
+ * The keyword is DECLARE_INDEX every thing after that is just like in a
+ * normal specification of the 'define index' POSTQUEL command.
+ */
+DECLARE_INDEX(pg_attnameind on pg_attribute using btree (mkoidname(attrelid, attname) oidname_ops));
+DECLARE_INDEX(pg_attnumind  on pg_attribute using btree (mkoidint2(attrelid, attnum) oidint2_ops));
+DECLARE_INDEX(pg_attrelidind on pg_attribute using btree (attrelid oid_ops));
+
+DECLARE_INDEX(pg_procidind on pg_proc using btree (Oid oid_ops));
+DECLARE_INDEX(pg_procnameind on pg_proc using btree (proname name_ops));
+DECLARE_INDEX(pg_procsrcind on pg_proc using btree (prosrc text_ops));
+
+DECLARE_INDEX(pg_typeidind on pg_type using btree (Oid oid_ops));
+DECLARE_INDEX(pg_typenameind on pg_type using btree (typname name_ops));
+
+DECLARE_INDEX(pg_classnameind on pg_class using btree (relname name_ops));
+DECLARE_INDEX(pg_classoidind on pg_class using btree (Oid oid_ops));
+
+/* now build indices in the initialization scripts */
+BUILD_INDICES
+
+#endif /* INDEXING_H */

src/backend/catalog/pg_aggregate.c

@@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * pg_aggregate.c--
+ *    routines to support manipulation of the pg_aggregate relation
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ *
+ * IDENTIFICATION
+ *    $Header: /cvsroot/pgsql/src/backend/catalog/pg_aggregate.c,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:16 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#include <string.h>
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+#include "access/heapam.h"
+#include "access/relscan.h"
+#include "access/skey.h"
+#include "access/htup.h"
+#include "access/tupdesc.h"
+#include "utils/rel.h"
+#include "utils/elog.h"
+#include "utils/palloc.h"
+#include "utils/builtins.h"
+#include "fmgr.h"
+
+#include "catalog/catname.h"
+#include "utils/syscache.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_operator.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_proc.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_type.h"
+#include "catalog/pg_aggregate.h"
+
+/* ----------------
+ * AggregateCreate
+ *
+ * aggregates overloading has been added.  Instead of the full
+ * overload support we have for functions, aggregate overloading only
+ * applies to exact basetype matches.  That is, we don't check the 
+ * the inheritance hierarchy
+ *
+ * OLD COMMENTS:
+ *	Currently, redefining aggregates using the same name is not
+ *	supported.  In such a case, a warning is printed that the 
+ *	aggregate already exists.  If such is not the case, a new tuple
+ *	is created and inserted in the aggregate relation.  The fields
+ *	of this tuple are aggregate name, owner id, 2 transition functions
+ *	(called aggtransfn1 and aggtransfn2), final function (aggfinalfn),
+ *	type of data on which aggtransfn1 operates (aggbasetype), return
+ *	types of the two transition functions (aggtranstype1 and 
+ *	aggtranstype2), final return type (aggfinaltype), and initial values
+ *	for the two state transition functions (agginitval1 and agginitval2).
+ *	All types and functions must have been defined
+ *	prior to defining the aggregate.
+ * 
+ * ---------------
+ */
+void
+AggregateCreate(char *aggName,
+		char *aggtransfn1Name,
+		char *aggtransfn2Name,
+		char *aggfinalfnName, 
+		char *aggbasetypeName,
+		char *aggtransfn1typeName,
+		char *aggtransfn2typeName,
+		char *agginitval1,
+		char *agginitval2)
+{
+    register		i;
+    Relation		aggdesc;
+    HeapTuple		tup;
+    char		nulls[Natts_pg_aggregate];
+    Datum               values[Natts_pg_aggregate];
+    Form_pg_proc	proc;
+    Oid		xfn1 = InvalidOid;
+    Oid		xfn2 = InvalidOid;
+    Oid		ffn = InvalidOid;
+    Oid		xbase = InvalidOid;
+    Oid		xret1 = InvalidOid;
+    Oid		xret2 = InvalidOid;
+    Oid		fret = InvalidOid;
+    Oid		fnArgs[8];
+    TupleDesc    tupDesc;
+    
+    memset(fnArgs, 0, 8 * sizeof(Oid)); 
+    
+    /* sanity checks */
+    if (!aggName)
+	elog(WARN, "AggregateCreate: no aggregate name supplied");
+    
+    if (!aggtransfn1Name && !aggtransfn2Name)
+	elog(WARN, "AggregateCreate: aggregate must have at least one transition function");
+    
+    tup = SearchSysCacheTuple(TYPNAME, 
+			      PointerGetDatum(aggbasetypeName),
+			      0,0,0);
+    if(!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
+	elog(WARN, "AggregateCreate: Type '%s' undefined",aggbasetypeName);
+    xbase = tup->t_oid;
+
+    if (aggtransfn1Name) {
+	tup = SearchSysCacheTuple(TYPNAME, 
+				  PointerGetDatum(aggtransfn1typeName),
+				  0,0,0);
+	if(!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
+	    elog(WARN, "AggregateCreate: Type '%s' undefined",
+		 aggtransfn1typeName);
+	xret1 = tup->t_oid;
+	
+	fnArgs[0] = xret1;
+	fnArgs[1] = xbase;
+	tup = SearchSysCacheTuple(PRONAME,
+				  PointerGetDatum(aggtransfn1Name),
+				  Int32GetDatum(2),
+				  PointerGetDatum(fnArgs),
+				  0);
+	if(!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
+	    elog(WARN, "AggregateCreate: '%s('%s', '%s') does not exist",
+		 aggtransfn1Name,  aggtransfn1typeName, aggbasetypeName);
+	if (((Form_pg_proc) GETSTRUCT(tup))->prorettype != xret1)
+	    elog(WARN, "AggregateCreate: return type of '%s' is not '%s'",
+		 aggtransfn1Name,
+		 aggtransfn1typeName);
+	xfn1 = tup->t_oid;
+	if (!OidIsValid(xfn1) || !OidIsValid(xret1) ||
+	    !OidIsValid(xbase))
+	    elog(WARN, "AggregateCreate: bogus function '%s'", aggfinalfnName);
+    }
+    
+    if (aggtransfn2Name) {
+	tup = SearchSysCacheTuple(TYPNAME, 
+				  PointerGetDatum(aggtransfn2typeName),
+				  0,0,0);
+	if(!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
+	    elog(WARN, "AggregateCreate: Type '%s' undefined",
+		 aggtransfn2typeName);
+	xret2 = tup->t_oid;
+	
+	fnArgs[0] = xret2;
+	fnArgs[1] = 0;
+	tup = SearchSysCacheTuple(PRONAME, 
+				  PointerGetDatum(aggtransfn2Name),
+				  Int32GetDatum(1),
+				  PointerGetDatum(fnArgs),
+				  0);
+	if(!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
+	    elog(WARN, "AggregateCreate: '%s'('%s') does not exist",
+		 aggtransfn2Name, aggtransfn2typeName);
+	if (((Form_pg_proc) GETSTRUCT(tup))->prorettype != xret2)
+	    elog(WARN, "AggregateCreate: return type of '%s' is not '%s'",
+		 aggtransfn2Name, aggtransfn2typeName);
+	xfn2 = tup->t_oid;
+	if (!OidIsValid(xfn2) || !OidIsValid(xret2))
+	    elog(WARN, "AggregateCreate: bogus function '%s'",aggfinalfnName);
+    }
+    
+    tup = SearchSysCacheTuple(AGGNAME, PointerGetDatum(aggName),
+			      ObjectIdGetDatum(xbase),  
+			      0,0);
+    if (HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
+	elog(WARN, 
+	     "AggregateCreate: aggregate '%s' with base type '%s' already exists",
+	     aggName, aggbasetypeName);
+
+    /* more sanity checks */
+    if (aggtransfn1Name && aggtransfn2Name && !aggfinalfnName)
+	elog(WARN, "AggregateCreate: Aggregate must have final function with both transition functions");
+    
+    if ((!aggtransfn1Name || !aggtransfn2Name) && aggfinalfnName)
+	elog(WARN, "AggregateCreate: Aggregate cannot have final function without both transition functions");
+    
+    if (aggfinalfnName) {
+        fnArgs[0] = xret1;
+	fnArgs[1] = xret2;
+	tup = SearchSysCacheTuple(PRONAME,
+				  PointerGetDatum(aggfinalfnName),
+				  Int32GetDatum(2),
+				  PointerGetDatum(fnArgs),
+				  0);
+	if(!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
+	    elog(WARN, "AggregateCreate: '%s'('%s','%s') does not exist",
+		 aggfinalfnName, aggtransfn1typeName, aggtransfn2typeName);
+	ffn = tup->t_oid;
+	proc = (Form_pg_proc) GETSTRUCT(tup);
+	fret = proc->prorettype;
+	if (!OidIsValid(ffn) || !OidIsValid(fret))
+	    elog(WARN, "AggregateCreate: bogus function '%s'", aggfinalfnName);
+    }
+    
+    /*
+     * If transition function 2 is defined, it must have an initial value,
+     * whereas transition function 1 does not, which allows man and min
+     * aggregates to return NULL if they are evaluated on empty sets.
+     */
+    if (OidIsValid(xfn2) && !agginitval2)
+	elog(WARN, "AggregateCreate: transition function 2 MUST have an initial value");
+    
+    /* initialize nulls and values */
+    for(i=0; i < Natts_pg_aggregate; i++) {
+	nulls[i] = ' ';
+	values[i] = (Datum)NULL;
+    }
+    values[Anum_pg_aggregate_aggname-1] = PointerGetDatum(aggName);
+    values[Anum_pg_aggregate_aggowner-1] =
+	Int32GetDatum(GetUserId());
+    values[Anum_pg_aggregate_aggtransfn1-1] =
+	ObjectIdGetDatum(xfn1);
+    values[Anum_pg_aggregate_aggtransfn2-1] =
+	ObjectIdGetDatum(xfn2);
+    values[Anum_pg_aggregate_aggfinalfn-1] =
+	ObjectIdGetDatum(ffn);
+    
+    values[Anum_pg_aggregate_aggbasetype-1] =
+	ObjectIdGetDatum(xbase);
+    if (!OidIsValid(xfn1)) {
+	values[Anum_pg_aggregate_aggtranstype1-1] =
+	    ObjectIdGetDatum(InvalidOid);
+	values[Anum_pg_aggregate_aggtranstype2-1] =
+	    ObjectIdGetDatum(xret2);
+	values[Anum_pg_aggregate_aggfinaltype-1] =
+	    ObjectIdGetDatum(xret2);
+    }
+    else if (!OidIsValid(xfn2)) {
+	values[Anum_pg_aggregate_aggtranstype1-1] =
+	    ObjectIdGetDatum(xret1);
+	values[Anum_pg_aggregate_aggtranstype2-1] =
+	    ObjectIdGetDatum(InvalidOid);
+	values[Anum_pg_aggregate_aggfinaltype-1] =
+	    ObjectIdGetDatum(xret1);
+    }
+    else {
+	values[Anum_pg_aggregate_aggtranstype1-1] =
+	    ObjectIdGetDatum(xret1);
+	values[Anum_pg_aggregate_aggtranstype2-1] =
+	    ObjectIdGetDatum(xret2);
+	values[Anum_pg_aggregate_aggfinaltype-1] =
+	    ObjectIdGetDatum(fret);
+    }
+    
+    if (agginitval1)
+	values[Anum_pg_aggregate_agginitval1-1] = PointerGetDatum(textin(agginitval1));
+    else
+	nulls[Anum_pg_aggregate_agginitval1-1] = 'n';
+    
+    if (agginitval2)
+	values[Anum_pg_aggregate_agginitval2-1] = PointerGetDatum(textin(agginitval2));
+    else
+	nulls[Anum_pg_aggregate_agginitval2-1] = 'n';
+    
+    if (!RelationIsValid(aggdesc = heap_openr(AggregateRelationName)))
+	elog(WARN, "AggregateCreate: could not open '%s'",
+	     AggregateRelationName);
+
+    tupDesc = aggdesc->rd_att;
+    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup = heap_formtuple(tupDesc,
+					       values,
+					       nulls)))
+	elog(WARN, "AggregateCreate: heap_formtuple failed");
+    if (!OidIsValid(heap_insert(aggdesc, tup)))
+	elog(WARN, "AggregateCreate: heap_insert failed");
+    heap_close(aggdesc);
+
+}
+
+char *
+AggNameGetInitVal(char *aggName, Oid basetype, int xfuncno, bool *isNull)
+{
+    HeapTuple	tup;
+    Relation	aggRel;
+    int		initValAttno;
+    Oid	transtype;
+    text	*textInitVal;
+    char	*strInitVal, *initVal;
+    extern char	*textout();
+    
+    Assert(PointerIsValid(aggName));
+    Assert(PointerIsValid(isNull));
+    Assert(xfuncno == 1 || xfuncno == 2);
+
+    tup = SearchSysCacheTuple(AGGNAME, 
+			      PointerGetDatum(aggName),
+			      PointerGetDatum(basetype),
+			      0,0);
+    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
+	elog(WARN, "AggNameGetInitVal: cache lookup failed for aggregate '%s'",
+	     aggName);
+    if (xfuncno == 1) {
+	transtype = ((Form_pg_aggregate) GETSTRUCT(tup))->aggtranstype1;
+	initValAttno = Anum_pg_aggregate_agginitval1;
+    }
+    else if (xfuncno == 2) {
+	transtype = ((Form_pg_aggregate) GETSTRUCT(tup))->aggtranstype2;
+	initValAttno = Anum_pg_aggregate_agginitval2;
+    }
+    
+    aggRel = heap_openr(AggregateRelationName);
+    if (!RelationIsValid(aggRel))
+	elog(WARN, "AggNameGetInitVal: could not open \"%-.*s\"",
+	     AggregateRelationName);
+    /* 
+     * must use fastgetattr in case one or other of the init values is NULL
+     */
+    textInitVal = (text *) fastgetattr(tup, initValAttno, 
+				       RelationGetTupleDescriptor(aggRel),
+				       isNull);
+    if (!PointerIsValid(textInitVal))
+	*isNull = true;
+    if (*isNull) {
+	heap_close(aggRel);
+	return((char *) NULL);
+    }
+    strInitVal = textout(textInitVal);
+    heap_close(aggRel);
+    
+    tup = SearchSysCacheTuple(TYPOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(transtype),
+			      0,0,0);
+    if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) {
+	pfree(strInitVal);
+	elog(WARN, "AggNameGetInitVal: cache lookup failed on aggregate transition function return type");
+    }
+    initVal = fmgr(((TypeTupleForm) GETSTRUCT(tup))->typinput, strInitVal, -1);
+    pfree(strInitVal);
+    return(initVal);
+}

src/backend/catalog/pg_aggregate.h

@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * pg_aggregate.h--
+ *    definition of the system "aggregate" relation (pg_aggregate)
+ *    along with the relation's initial contents.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: pg_aggregate.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:16 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ *    the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
+ *    information from the DATA() statements.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef PG_AGGREGATE_H
+#define PG_AGGREGATE_H
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	postgres.h contains the system type definintions and the
+ *	CATALOG(), BOOTSTRAP and DATA() sugar words so this file
+ *	can be read by both genbki.sh and the C compiler.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+/* ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ *	pg_aggregate definition.
+ *
+ *	cpp turns this into typedef struct FormData_pg_aggregate
+ *
+ *  aggname		name of the aggregate
+ *  aggtransfn1		transition function 1
+ *  aggtransfn2		transition function 2
+ *  aggfinalfn		final function
+ *  aggbasetype		type of data on which aggregate operates
+ *  aggtranstype1	output types for xition func 1
+ *  aggtranstype2	output types for xition func 2
+ *  aggfinaltype	output type for final func
+ *  agginitval1		initial aggregate value
+ *  agginitval2		initial value for transition state 2
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------
+ */ 
+CATALOG(pg_aggregate) {
+    NameData 		aggname;
+    Oid			aggowner;
+    regproc	 	aggtransfn1;
+    regproc		aggtransfn2;
+    regproc 		aggfinalfn;
+    Oid			aggbasetype;
+    Oid			aggtranstype1;
+    Oid			aggtranstype2;
+    Oid			aggfinaltype;
+    text		agginitval1;	/* VARIABLE LENGTH FIELD */
+    text		agginitval2;	/* VARIABLE LENGTH FIELD */
+} FormData_pg_aggregate;
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	Form_pg_aggregate corresponds to a pointer to a tuple with
+ *	the format of pg_aggregate relation.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+typedef FormData_pg_aggregate	*Form_pg_aggregate;
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	compiler constants for pg_aggregate
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+#define Natts_pg_aggregate		11
+#define Anum_pg_aggregate_aggname	1
+#define Anum_pg_aggregate_aggowner	2
+#define Anum_pg_aggregate_aggtransfn1	3
+#define Anum_pg_aggregate_aggtransfn2	4
+#define Anum_pg_aggregate_aggfinalfn	5
+#define Anum_pg_aggregate_aggbasetype	6
+#define Anum_pg_aggregate_aggtranstype1	7
+#define Anum_pg_aggregate_aggtranstype2	8
+#define Anum_pg_aggregate_aggfinaltype	9
+#define Anum_pg_aggregate_agginitval1	10
+#define Anum_pg_aggregate_agginitval2	11
+
+
+/* ----------------
+ * initial contents of pg_aggregate
+ * ---------------
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 ( avg   PGUID int4pl  int4inc  int4div  23  23  23  23 0  0 ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 ( avg   PGUID int2pl  int2inc  int2div  21  21  21  21  0  0 ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 ( avg PGUID float4pl float4inc float4div  700  700  700  700 0.0 0.0 ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 ( avg PGUID float8pl float8inc float8div  701  701  701  701 0.0 0.0 ));
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 ( sum   PGUID int4pl   - -  23  23  0  23  0   _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 ( sum   PGUID int2pl   - -  21  21  0  21  0   _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 ( sum PGUID float4pl - - 700  700 0  700  0.0 _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 ( sum PGUID float8pl - - 701  701 0  701  0.0 _null_ ));
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 ( max   PGUID int4larger   - -  23  23  0  23  _null_ _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 ( max   PGUID int2larger   - -  21  21  0  21  _null_ _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 ( max PGUID float4larger - - 700  700 0  700  _null_ _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 ( max PGUID float8larger - - 701  701 0  701  _null_ _null_ ));
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 ( min   PGUID int4smaller   - -  23  23  0  23  _null_ _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 ( min   PGUID int2smaller   - -  21  21  0  21    _null_ _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 ( min PGUID float4smaller - - 700  700 0  700   _null_ _null_ ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 ( min PGUID float8smaller - - 701  701 0  701  _null_ _null_ ));
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 ( count     PGUID - int4inc - 0 0 23 23  _null_ 0 ));
+
+/*
+ * prototypes for fucnctions in pg_aggregate.c
+ */
+extern void AggregateCreate(char *aggName, 
+			    char *aggtransfn1Name,
+			    char *aggtransfn2Name,
+			    char *aggfinalfnName,
+			    char *aggbasetypeName,
+			    char *aggtransfn1typeName,
+			    char *aggtransfn2typeName,
+			    char *agginitval1,
+			    char *agginitval2);
+extern char *AggNameGetInitVal(char *aggName, Oid basetype, 
+			       int xfuncno, bool *isNull);
+
+#endif /* PG_AGGREGATE_H */
+
+
+
+

src/backend/catalog/pg_am.h

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * pg_am.h--
+ *    definition of the system "am" relation (pg_am)
+ *    along with the relation's initial contents.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: pg_am.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:16 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ *	the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
+ *	information from the DATA() statements.
+ *
+ *	XXX do NOT break up DATA() statements into multiple lines!
+ *	    the scripts are not as smart as you might think...
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef PG_AM_H
+#define PG_AM_H
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	postgres.h contains the system type definintions and the
+ *	CATALOG(), BOOTSTRAP and DATA() sugar words so this file
+ *	can be read by both genbki.sh and the C compiler.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	pg_am definition.  cpp turns this into
+ *	typedef struct FormData_pg_am
+ * ----------------
+ */ 
+CATALOG(pg_am) {
+    NameData	amname;
+    Oid 	amowner;
+    char	amkind;
+    int2 	amstrategies;
+    int2 	amsupport;
+    regproc 	amgettuple;
+    regproc	aminsert;
+    regproc 	amdelete;
+    regproc 	amgetattr;
+    regproc 	amsetlock;
+    regproc 	amsettid;
+    regproc	amfreetuple;
+    regproc 	ambeginscan;
+    regproc 	amrescan;
+    regproc 	amendscan;
+    regproc 	ammarkpos;
+    regproc 	amrestrpos;
+    regproc 	amopen;
+    regproc 	amclose;
+    regproc 	ambuild;
+    regproc 	amcreate; 
+    regproc 	amdestroy;
+} FormData_pg_am;
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	Form_pg_am corresponds to a pointer to a tuple with
+ *	the format of pg_am relation.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+typedef FormData_pg_am	*Form_pg_am;
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	compiler constants for pg_am
+ * ----------------
+ */
+#define Natts_pg_am			22
+#define Anum_pg_am_amname		1
+#define Anum_pg_am_amowner		2
+#define Anum_pg_am_amkind		3
+#define Anum_pg_am_amstrategies		4
+#define Anum_pg_am_amsupport		5
+#define Anum_pg_am_amgettuple		6
+#define Anum_pg_am_aminsert		7
+#define Anum_pg_am_amdelete		8
+#define Anum_pg_am_amgetattr		9
+#define Anum_pg_am_amsetlock		10
+#define Anum_pg_am_amsettid		11
+#define Anum_pg_am_amfreetuple		12
+#define Anum_pg_am_ambeginscan		13
+#define Anum_pg_am_amrescan		14
+#define Anum_pg_am_amendscan		15
+#define Anum_pg_am_ammarkpos		16
+#define Anum_pg_am_amrestrpos		17
+#define Anum_pg_am_amopen		18
+#define Anum_pg_am_amclose		19
+#define Anum_pg_am_ambuild		20
+#define Anum_pg_am_amcreate		21
+#define Anum_pg_am_amdestroy		22
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	initial contents of pg_am
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 405 (  hash PGUID "o"  1 1 hashgettuple hashinsert hashdelete - - - - hashbeginscan hashrescan hashendscan hashmarkpos hashrestrpos - - hashbuild - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 402 (  rtree PGUID "o" 8 3 rtgettuple rtinsert rtdelete - - - - rtbeginscan rtrescan rtendscan rtmarkpos rtrestrpos - - rtbuild - - ));
+DATA(insert OID = 403 (  btree PGUID "o" 5 1 btgettuple btinsert btdelete - - - - btbeginscan btrescan btendscan btmarkpos btrestrpos - - btbuild - - ));
+#define BTREE_AM_OID 403
+
+BKI_BEGIN
+#ifdef NOBTREE
+BKI_END
+DATA(insert OID = 404 (  nobtree PGUID "o" 5 1 nobtgettuple nobtinsert nobtdelete - - - - nobtbeginscan nobtrescan nobtendscan nobtmarkpos nobtrestrpos - - nobtbuild - - ));
+BKI_BEGIN
+#endif /* NOBTREE */
+BKI_END
+
+#endif /* PG_AM_H */

src/backend/catalog/pg_amop.h

@@ -0,0 +1,546 @@
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * pg_amop.h--
+ *    definition of the system "amop" relation (pg_amop)
+ *    along with the relation's initial contents.
+ *
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
+ *
+ * $Id: pg_amop.h,v 1.1.1.1 1996/07/09 06:21:16 scrappy Exp $
+ *
+ * NOTES
+ *   the genbki.sh script reads this file and generates .bki
+ *   information from the DATA() statements.
+ *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+#ifndef PG_AMOP_H
+#define PG_AMOP_H
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	postgres.h contains the system type definintions and the
+ *	CATALOG(), BOOTSTRAP and DATA() sugar words so this file
+ *	can be read by both genbki.sh and the C compiler.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+#include "postgres.h"
+#include "access/istrat.h"
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	pg_amop definition.  cpp turns this into
+ *	typedef struct FormData_pg_amop
+ * ----------------
+ */ 
+CATALOG(pg_amop) {
+    Oid 	amopid;
+    Oid 	amopclaid;
+    Oid 	amopopr;
+    int2 	amopstrategy;
+    regproc 	amopselect;
+    regproc 	amopnpages;  
+} FormData_pg_amop;
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	Form_pg_amop corresponds to a pointer to a tuple with
+ *	the format of pg_amop relation.
+ * ----------------
+ */
+typedef FormData_pg_amop	*Form_pg_amop;
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	compiler constants for pg_amop
+ * ----------------
+ */
+/* #define Name_pg_amop			"pg_amop" */
+#define Natts_pg_amop			6
+#define Anum_pg_amop_amopid   		1
+#define Anum_pg_amop_amopclaid 		2
+#define Anum_pg_amop_amopopr		3
+#define Anum_pg_amop_amopstrategy	4
+#define Anum_pg_amop_amopselect		5
+#define Anum_pg_amop_amopnpages		6
+
+/* ----------------
+ *	initial contents of pg_amop
+ * ----------------
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  rtree box_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  402 422 493 1 rtsel rtnpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  402 422 494 2 rtsel rtnpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  402 422 500 3 rtsel rtnpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  402 422 495 4 rtsel rtnpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  402 422 496 5 rtsel rtnpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  402 422 499 6 rtsel rtnpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  402 422 498 7 rtsel rtnpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  402 422 497 8 rtsel rtnpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  rtree bigbox_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  402 433 493 1 rtsel rtnpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  402 433 494 2 rtsel rtnpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  402 433 500 3 rtsel rtnpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  402 433 495 4 rtsel rtnpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  402 433 496 5 rtsel rtnpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  402 433 499 6 rtsel rtnpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  402 433 498 7 rtsel rtnpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  402 433 497 8 rtsel rtnpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  rtree poly_ops (supports polygons)
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  402 434 485 1 rtsel rtnpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  402 434 486 2 rtsel rtnpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  402 434 487 3 rtsel rtnpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  402 434 488 4 rtsel rtnpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  402 434 489 5 rtsel rtnpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  402 434 490 6 rtsel rtnpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  402 434 491 7 rtsel rtnpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  402 434 492 8 rtsel rtnpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nbtree int2_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 421  95 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 421 522 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 421  94 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 421 524 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 421 520 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nbtree float8_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 423 672 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 423 673 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 423 670 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 423 675 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 423 674 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nbtree int24_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 424 534 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 424 540 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 424 532 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 424 542 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 424 536 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nbtree int42_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 425 535 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 425 541 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 425 533 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 425 543 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 425 537 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nbtree int4_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 426  97 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 426 523 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 426  96 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 426 525 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 426 521 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nbtree oid_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 427 609 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 427 611 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 427 607 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 427 612 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 427 610 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nbtree float4_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 428 622 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 428 624 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 428 620 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 428 625 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 428 623 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nbtree char_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 429 631 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 429 632 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 429 92 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 429 634 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 429 633 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nbtree char2_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 406 418 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 406 457 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 406 412 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 406 463 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 406 460 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nbtree char4_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 407 419 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 407 458 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 407 413 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 407 464 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 407 461 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nbtree char8_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 408 420 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 408 459 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 408 414 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 408 465 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 408 462 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nbtree name_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 409 660 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 409 661 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 409 93 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 409 663 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 409 662 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nbtree char16_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 430 645 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 430 646 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 430 99 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 430 648 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 430 647 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nbtree text_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 431 664 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 431 665 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 431 98 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 431 667 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 431 666 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nbtree abstime_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 432 562 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 432 564 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 432 560 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 432 565 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 432 563 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nbtree oidint4_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 435 930 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 435 931 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 435 932 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 435 933 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 435 934 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nbtree oidint2_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 437 830 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 437 831 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 437 832 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 437 833 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 437 834 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nbtree oidname_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 436 676 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 436 677 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 436 678 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 436 679 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 436 680 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nbtree bpchar_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 1076 1058 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 1076 1059 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 1076 1054 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 1076 1061 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 1076 1060 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nbtree varchar_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 1077 1066 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 1077 1067 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 1077 1062 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 1077 1069 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 1077 1068 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nbtree date_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 1114 1095 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 1114 1096 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 1114 1093 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 1114 1098 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 1114 1097 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+
+/*
+ *  nbtree time_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 1115 1110 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 1115 1111 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 1115 1108 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 1115 1113 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  403 1115 1112 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+BKI_BEGIN
+#ifdef NOBTREE
+BKI_END
+/*
+ *  nobtree int2_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 421  95 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 421 522 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 421  94 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 421 524 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 421 520 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nobtree float8_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 423 672 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 423 673 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 423 670 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 423 675 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 423 674 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nobtree int24_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 424 534 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 424 540 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 424 532 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 424 542 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 424 536 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nobtree int42_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 425 535 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 425 541 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 425 533 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 425 543 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 425 537 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nobtree int4_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 426  97 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 426 523 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 426  96 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 426 525 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 426 521 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nobtree oid_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 427 609 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 427 611 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 427 607 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 427 612 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 427 610 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nobtree float4_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 428 622 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 428 624 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 428 620 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 428 625 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 428 623 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nobtree char_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 429 631 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 429 632 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 429 92 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 429 634 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 429 633 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nobtree char2_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 406 418 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 406 457 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 406 412 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 406 463 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 406 460 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nobtree char4_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 407 419 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 407 458 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 407 413 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 407 464 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 407 461 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nobtree char8_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 408 420 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 408 459 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 408 414 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 408 465 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 408 462 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nobtree char16_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 430 645 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 430 646 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 430 99 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 430 648 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 430 647 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nobtree name_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 409 660 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 409 661 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 409 93 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 409 663 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 409 662 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nobtree text_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 431 664 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 431 665 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 431 98 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 431 667 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 431 666 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  nobtree abstime_ops
+ */
+
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 432 562 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 432 564 2 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 432 560 3 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 432 565 4 btreesel btreenpage ));
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  404 432 563 5 btreesel btreenpage ));
+
+BKI_BEGIN
+#endif /* NOBTREE */
+BKI_END
+
+/*
+ *  hash table int2_ops
+ */
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  405 421  94 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+/*
+ *  hash table float8_ops
+ */
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  405 423 670 1 btreesel btreenpage ));
+/*
+ *  hash table int4_ops
+ */
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  405 426  96 1 hashsel hashnpage ));
+/*
+ *  hash table oid_ops
+ */
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  405 427 607 1 hashsel hashnpage ));
+/*
+ *  hash table float4_ops
+ */
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  405 428 620 1 hashsel hashnpage ));
+/*
+ *  hash table char_ops
+ */
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  405 429 92 1 hashsel hashnpage ));
+/*
+ *  hash table char2_ops
+ */
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  405 406 412 1 hashsel hashnpage ));
+/*
+ *  hash table char4_ops
+ */
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  405 407 413 1 hashsel hashnpage ));
+/*
+ *  hash table char8_ops
+ */
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  405 408 414 1 hashsel hashnpage ));
+/*
+ *  hash table char16_ops
+ */
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  405 430 99 1 hashsel hashnpage ));
+/*
+ *  hash table name_ops
+ */
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  405 409 93 1 hashsel hashnpage ));
+/*
+ *  hash table text_ops
+ */
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  405 431 98 1 hashsel hashnpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  hash table bpchar_ops
+ */
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  405 1076 1054 1 hashsel hashnpage ));
+
+/*
+ *  hash table varchar_ops
+ */
+DATA(insert OID = 0 (  405 1077 1062 1 hashsel hashnpage ));
+
+
+#endif /* PG_AMOP_H */